ford.ca
owner.ford.com
March 2019
First Printing
Litho in U.S.A.
LL2J 19A321 RA
2020 POLICE INTERCEPTOR UTILITY
Owner’s Manual
2020 POLICE INTERCEPTOR UTILITY
Owner’s Manual
The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of
continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time
without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a
retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission.
Errors and omissions excepted.
© Ford Motor Company 2019
All rights reserved.
Part Number: 201902 20190222193534
California Proposition 65
WARNING: Operating, servicing and
maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-highway
motor vehicle can expose you to chemicals
including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide,
phthalates, and lead, which are known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize
exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle the
engine except as necessary, service your vehicle
in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash
your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle.
For more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and
related accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
Wash your hands after handling.
Introduction
About This Manual ..........................................7
Symbols Glossary ............................................7
Data Recording .................................................9
Perchlorate .......................................................13
Ford Credit ........................................................13
Replacement Parts Recommendation
...........................................................................14
Special Notices ...............................................14
Mobile Communications Equipment
............................................................................15
Export Unique Options ................................16
Environment
Protecting the Environment .......................17
At a Glance
Instrument Panel ...........................................18
Child Safety
General Information .....................................20
Installing Child Restraints ..........................22
Booster Seats .................................................28
Child Restraint Positioning ........................30
Child Safety Locks .........................................32
Seatbelts
Principle of Operation ..................................33
Fastening the Seatbelts .............................34
Seatbelt Height Adjustment .....................36
Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator
Chime ............................................................36
Seatbelt Reminder ........................................37
Child Restraint and Seatbelt
Maintenance ...............................................38
Seatbelt Extension .......................................39
Personal Safety System™
Personal Safety System™ ........................40
Supplementary Restraints
System
Principle of Operation ..................................41
Driver and Passenger Airbags ...................42
Front Passenger Sensing System ...........43
Side Airbags ....................................................45
Driver and Passenger Knee Airbags .......46
Safety Canopy™ ...........................................46
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator ......48
Airbag Disposal ..............................................54
Pedestrian Protection
Pedestrian Alert System .............................55
Keys and Remote Controls
General Information on Radio
Frequencies .................................................56
Remote Control .............................................56
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control
..........................................................................58
Doors and Locks
Locking and Unlocking ................................59
Liftgate
Manual Liftgate ..............................................62
Security
Anti-Theft Alarm ...........................................64
Steering Wheel
Adjusting the Steering Wheel ..................66
Audio Control .................................................66
Voice Control ...................................................67
Cruise Control .................................................67
Information Display Control ......................67
Horn ....................................................................67
Wipers and Washers
Windshield Wipers .......................................68
1
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Windshield Washers ....................................68
Rear Window Wiper and Washers .........68
Lighting
General Information .....................................70
Lighting Control .............................................70
Autolamps .........................................................71
Instrument Lighting Dimmer .....................72
Daytime Running Lamps - Vehicles With:
Configurable Daytime Running Lamps
...........................................................................72
Daytime Running Lamps - Vehicles With:
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...........72
Front Fog Lamps ............................................72
Direction Indicators .......................................73
Interior Lamps .................................................73
Windows and Mirrors
Power Windows .............................................75
Global Opening ..............................................76
Exterior Mirrors ...............................................76
Interior Mirror ...................................................78
Sun Visors ........................................................78
Instrument Cluster
Gauges ...............................................................79
Warning Lamps and Indicators ...............80
Audible Warnings and Indicators ............83
Information Displays
General Information .....................................85
Information Messages ................................88
Climate Control
Automatic Climate Control .....................102
Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate
........................................................................104
Rear Passenger Climate Controls .........105
Heated Rear Window ................................106
Heated Exterior Mirrors .............................106
Interior Air Quality
About the Cabin Air Filter .........................107
Locating the Cabin Air Filter ....................107
Changing the Cabin Air Filter ..................107
Seats
Sitting in the Correct Position ................108
Head Restraints ...........................................108
Manual Seats .................................................110
Power Seats .....................................................111
Rear Seats .......................................................113
Auxiliary Power Points
Auxiliary Power Points ................................115
Storage Compartments
Center Console ...............................................117
Starting and Stopping the
Engine
General Information ....................................118
Ignition Switch ...............................................118
Starting a Gasoline Engine .......................118
Engine Block Heater ...................................120
Police Engine Idle Feature .........................121
Unique Driving Characteristics
Hybrid Vehicle Operation ..........................122
Hybrid Vehicle Frequently Asked
Questions ...................................................124
Fuel and Refueling
Safety Precautions ......................................126
Fuel Quality - E85 ........................................126
Fuel Quality - Gasoline ..............................128
Fuel Quality - Hybrid Electric Vehicle
(HEV) ...........................................................128
Fuel Filler Funnel Location .......................129
Running Out of Fuel ....................................129
2
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Refueling - Excluding: Hybrid Electric
Vehicle (HEV) ............................................131
Refueling - Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV)
.........................................................................133
Fuel Consumption .......................................136
Engine Emission Control
Emission Law ................................................138
Catalytic Converter .....................................139
High Voltage Battery
General Information ...................................142
Transmission
Automatic Transmission ...........................143
All-Wheel Drive
Using All-Wheel Drive ................................145
Brakes
General Information ...................................152
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes
.........................................................................152
Electric Parking Brake ................................153
Hill Start Assist .............................................154
Traction Control
Principle of Operation ................................156
Using Traction Control ...............................156
Stability Control
Principle of Operation ................................157
Using Stability Control ..............................158
Parking Aids
Principle of Operation ................................159
Rear Parking Aid ...........................................159
Rear View Camera .......................................161
Cruise Control
About Cruise Control .................................165
Switching Cruise Control On and Off
.........................................................................165
Setting the Cruise Control Speed .........165
Canceling the Set Speed ..........................166
Resuming the Set Speed .........................166
Cruise Control Indicators ..........................166
Driving Aids
Blind Spot Information System ..............167
Cross Traffic Alert ..........................................171
Steering ...........................................................174
Pre-Collision Assist .....................................174
Drive Mode Control
About Drive Mode Control ........................178
Selecting a Drive Mode ..............................178
Drive Modes ...................................................178
Load Carrying
Load Limit .......................................................179
Towing
Towing a Trailer ............................................184
Recommended Towing Weights ...........185
Essential Towing Checks ..........................186
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels ......188
Driving Hints
Breaking-In ....................................................189
Reduced Engine Performance ...............189
Economical Driving .....................................189
Cold Weather Precautions ......................190
Driving Through Water ..............................190
Floor Mats .......................................................191
Roadside Emergencies
Roadside Assistance ..................................192
3
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Hazard Flashers ...........................................193
Fuel Shutoff ...................................................193
Jump Starting the Vehicle ........................194
Collision, Damage or Fire Event .............196
Post-Crash Alert System ..........................197
Transporting the Vehicle ...........................197
Towing Points ...............................................198
Customer Assistance
Getting the Services You Need ..............199
In California (U.S. Only) ...........................200
The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto
Line Program (U.S. Only) .....................201
Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration
Program (Canada Only) ......................202
Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and
Canada .......................................................202
Ordering Additional Owner's Literature
........................................................................204
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. Only)
........................................................................204
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada Only)
........................................................................204
Fuses
Fuse Specification Chart .........................206
Changing a Fuse ...........................................214
Maintenance
General Information ...................................216
Opening and Closing the Hood ..............216
Under Hood Overview - 3.0L ..................218
Under Hood Overview - 3.3L ...................219
Engine Oil Dipstick - 3.3L .........................220
Engine Oil Dipstick - 3.0L ........................220
Engine Oil Check .........................................220
Oil Change Indicator Reset .......................221
Engine Coolant Check ...............................222
Automatic Transmission Fluid Check
........................................................................226
Brake Fluid Check .......................................226
Power Steering Fluid Check ....................227
Washer Fluid Check ....................................227
Fuel Filter .......................................................228
Changing the 12V Battery ........................228
Checking the Wiper Blades ....................230
Changing the Front Wiper Blades ........230
Changing the Rear Wiper Blades ...........231
Adjusting the Headlamps .........................231
Changing a Bulb ..........................................232
Changing the Engine Air Filter - 3.0L
........................................................................234
Changing the Engine Air Filter - 3.3L ....235
Vehicle Care
General Information ...................................237
Cleaning Products .......................................237
Cleaning the Exterior ..................................237
Waxing ............................................................239
Cleaning the Engine ...................................239
Cleaning the Windows and Wiper Blades
........................................................................239
Cleaning the Interior ..................................240
Cleaning the Instrument Panel and
Instrument Cluster Lens ......................240
Repairing Minor Paint Damage ..............241
Cleaning the Wheels ..................................241
Vehicle Storage ............................................242
Wheels and Tires
General Information ..................................244
Tire Care .........................................................245
Using Snow Chains ....................................259
Tire Pressure Monitoring System ...........261
Changing a Road Wheel ..........................266
Technical Specifications ...........................272
Capacities and Specifications
Engine Specifications - 3.0L ...................274
Engine Specifications - 3.3L ...................274
4
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Engine Specifications - 3.3L, Hybrid
Electric Vehicle (HEV) ...........................275
Motorcraft Parts - 3.0L .............................276
Motorcraft Parts - 3.3L ..............................277
Vehicle Identification Number ...............278
Vehicle Certification Label ......................278
Transmission Code Designation ...........279
Capacities and Specifications - 3.0L
.......................................................................280
Capacities and Specifications - 3.3L
........................................................................287
Capacities and Specifications - 3.3L,
Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) ............294
Bulb Specification Chart .........................302
Audio System
General Information ..................................304
Audio Unit .....................................................304
USB Port ........................................................306
SYNC™
General Information ..................................308
Using Voice Recognition ..........................309
Using SYNC™ With Your Phone .............311
SYNC™ Applications and Services ......312
Using SYNC™ With Your Media Player
.........................................................................316
SYNC™ Troubleshooting ..........................317
Ford Protect
Ford Protect ..................................................325
Scheduled Maintenance
General Maintenance Information .......327
Normal Scheduled Maintenance .........330
Special Operating Conditions Scheduled
Maintenance .............................................333
Scheduled Maintenance Record ..........336
Decommissioning the Vehicle
Decommissioning Requirements .........347
Appendices
Electromagnetic Compatibility .............348
End User License Agreement ................350
Declaration of Conformity .......................376
Declaration of Conformity - Vehicles
With: SYNC 3 ............................................376
5
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Table of Contents
6
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Thank you for choosing Ford. We
recommend that you take some time to
get to know your vehicle by reading this
manual. The more that you know about
your vehicle, the greater the safety and
pleasure you will get from driving it.
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
Note: This manual describes product
features and options available throughout
the range of available models, sometimes
even before they are generally available. It
may describe options not fitted to the
vehicle you have purchased.
Note: Some of the illustrations in this
manual may show features as used in
different models, so may appear different
to you on your vehicle.
Note: Always use and operate your vehicle
in line with all applicable laws and
regulations.
Note: Pass on this manual when selling
your vehicle. It is an integral part of your
vehicle.
This manual may qualify the location of a
component as left-hand side or right-hand
side. The side is determined when facing
forward in the seat.
E154903
Right-hand side.A
Left-hand side.B
SYMBOLS GLOSSARY
These are some of the symbols you may
see on your vehicle.
E162384
Air conditioning system
E231157
Air conditioning system lubricant
type
Anti-lock braking system
Avoid smoking, flames or sparks
Battery
Battery acid
Brake fluid - non petroleum
based
Brake system
7
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Introduction
E270480
Brake system
Cabin air filter
Check fuel cap
Child safety door lock or unlock
Child seat lower anchor
Child seat tether anchor
E71340
Cruise control
Do not open when hot
Engine air filter
Engine coolant
Engine coolant temperature
Engine oil
Explosive gas
Fan warning
E71880
Fasten seatbelt
E231160
Flammable
E67017
Front airbag
Front fog lamps
Fuel pump reset
Fuse compartment
Hazard flashers
Heated rear window
Windshield defrosting system
Interior luggage compartment
release
Jack
E161353
Keep out of reach of children
Lighting control
Low tire pressure warning
Maintain correct fluid level
Note operating instructions
8
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Introduction
E270945
Horn control
Panic alarm
E139213
Parking aid
Parking brake
Power steering fluid
Power windows front/rear
Power window lockout
E231159
Requires registered technician
Safety alert
See Owner's Manual
E231158
See Service Manual
Service engine soon
E270849
Passenger airbag activated
E270850
Passenger airbag deactivated
Side airbag
E167012
Shield the eyes
E138639
Stability control
E163957
Hill descent control
E272858
Trail control
E270969
Windshield wiping system
Windshield wash and wipe
DATA RECORDING
WARNING: Do not connect
wireless plug-in devices to the data link
connector. Unauthorized third parties
could gain access to vehicle data and
impair the performance of safety related
systems. Only allow repair facilities that
follow our service and repair instructions
to connect their equipment to the data
link connector.
We respect your privacy and are
committed to protecting it. The
information contained in this publication
was correct at the time of going to print,
but as technology rapidly changes, we
recommend that you visit the regional Ford
website for the latest information.
9
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Introduction
Your vehicle has electronic control units
that have data recording functionality and
the ability to permanently or temporarily
store data. This data could include
information on the condition and status of
your vehicle, vehicle maintenance
requirements, events and malfunctions.
The types of data that can be recorded are
described in this section. Some of the data
recorded is stored in event logs or error
logs.
Note: Error logs are reset following a service
or repair.
Note: We may provide information in
response to requests from law enforcement,
other government authorities and third
parties acting with lawful authority or
through a legal process. Such information
could be used by them in legal proceedings.
Data recorded includes, for example:
• Operating states of system
components, for example, fuel level,
tire pressure and battery charge level.
• Vehicle and component status, for
example, wheel speed, deceleration,
lateral acceleration and seatbelt
status.
• Events or errors in essential systems,
for example, headlamps and brakes.
• System responses to driving situations,
for example, airbag deployment and
stability control.
• Environmental conditions, for example,
temperature.
Some of this data, when used in
combination with other information, for
example, an accident report, damage to a
vehicle or eyewitness statements, could
be associated with a specific person.
Service Data
Service data recorders in your vehicle are
capable of collecting and storing
diagnostic information about your vehicle.
This potentially includes information about
the performance or status of various
systems and modules in the vehicle, such
as engine, throttle, steering or brake
systems. In order to properly diagnose and
service your vehicle, Ford Motor Company
(Ford of Canada in Canada), and service
and repair facilities may access or share
among them vehicle diagnostic
information received through a direct
connection to your vehicle when
diagnosing or servicing your vehicle.
Additionally, Ford Motor Company (Ford
of Canada, in Canada) may, where
permitted by law, use vehicle diagnostic
information for vehicle improvement or
with other information we may have about
you, for example, your contact information,
to offer you products or services that may
interest you. Data may be provided to our
service providers such as part suppliers
that may help diagnose malfunctions, and
who are similarly obligated to protect data.
We retain this data only as long as
necessary to perform these functions or to
comply with law. We may provide
information where required in response to
official requests to law enforcement or
other government authorities or third
parties acting with lawful authority or court
order, and such information may be used
in legal proceedings. For U.S. only (if
equipped), if you choose to use connected
apps and services, you consent that certain
diagnostic information may also be
accessed electronically by Ford Motor
Company and Ford authorized service
facilities, and that the diagnostic
information may be used to provide
services to you, personalizing your
experience, troubleshoot, and to improve
products and services and offer you
products and services that may interest
10
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Introduction
you, where permitted by law. For Canada
only, for more information, please review
the Ford of Canada privacy policy at
www.ford.ca, including our U.S. data
storage and use of service providers in
other jurisdictions who may be subject to
legal requirements in Canada, the United
States and other countries applicable to
them, for example, lawful requirements to
disclose personal information to
governmental authorities in those
countries.
Event Data
This vehicle is equipped with an event data
recorder. The main purpose of an event
data recorder is to record, in certain crash
or near crash-like situations, such as an
airbag deployment or hitting a road
obstacle; this data assist in understanding
how a vehicle’s systems performed. The
event data recorder is designed to record
data related to vehicle dynamics and
safety systems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less.
The event data recorder in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle
were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger seatbelts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or the
brake pedal; and
• How fast the vehicle was traveling; and
• Where the driver was positioning the
steering wheel.
This data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur.
Note: Event data recorder data is recorded
by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
situation occurs; no data is recorded by the
event data recorder under normal driving
conditions and no personal data or
information (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) is recorded. However, other
parties, such as law enforcement, could
combine the event data recorder data with
the type of personally identifying data
routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an event data
recorder, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the event data
recorder is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have such special
equipment, can read the information if they
have access to the vehicle or the event
data recorder.
Comfort, Convenience and
Entertainment Data
Your vehicle has electronic control units
that have the ability to store data based
on your personalized settings. The data is
stored locally in the vehicle or on devices
that you connect to it, for example, a USB
drive or digital music player. You can delete
some of this data and also choose whether
to share it through the services to which
you subscribe.
Comfort and Convenience Data
Data recorded includes, for example:
• Seat and steering wheel position.
• Climate control settings.
• Radio presets.
11
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Introduction
Entertainment Data
Data recorded includes, for example:
• Music, videos or album art.
• Contacts and corresponding address
book entries.
• Navigation destinations.
Services That We Provide
If you use our services, we collect and use
data, for example, account information,
vehicle location and driving characteristics,
that could identify you. We transmit this
data through a dedicated, protected
connection. We only collect and use data
to enable your use of our services to which
you have subscribed, with your consent or
where permitted by law. For additional
information, see the terms and conditions
of the services to which you have
subscribed.
Services That Third Parties
Provide
We recommend that you review the terms
and conditions and data privacy
information for any services to which you
subscribe. We take no responsibility for
services that third parties provide.
Vehicles With a Modem
The modem has a SIM. The modem was
enabled when your vehicle was built and
periodically sends messages to stay
connected to the cell phone network,
receive automatic software updates and
send vehicle-related information to us, for
example, diagnostic information. These
messages could include information that
identifies your vehicle, the SIM and the
electronic serial number of the modem.
Cell phone network service providers could
have access to additional information, for
example, cell phone network tower
identification. For additional information
about our privacy policy, visit
www.FordConnected.com or refer to your
local Ford website.
Note: The modem continues to send this
information unless you disable the modem
or stop the modem from sharing vehicle
data by changing the modem settings. .
Note: The service can be unavailable or
interrupted for a number of reasons, for
example, environmental or topographical
conditions and data plan coverage.
Vehicles With SYNC
Mobile Device Data
If you connect a mobile device to your
vehicle, you can display data from your
device on the touchscreen for example,
music and album art. You can share your
vehicle data with mobile apps on your
device through the system.
The mobile apps function operates by your
connected device sending data to us in the
United States. The data is encrypted and
includes the vehicle identification number
of your vehicle, the SYNC module serial
number, odometer, enabled apps, usage
statistics and debugging information. We
retain it only as long as necessary to
provide the service, to troubleshoot, for
continuous improvement and to offer you
products and services that may be of
interest to you according to your
preferences and where allowed by law.
If you connect a cell phone to the system,
the system creates a profile that links to
that cell phone. The cell phone profile
enables more mobile features and efficient
operation. The profile contains, for
example, data from your phonebook, read
and unread text messages and call history,
including history of calls when your cell
phone was not connected to the system.
12
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Introduction
If you connect a media device, the system
creates and retains a media device index
of supported media content. The system
also records a short diagnostic log of
approximately 10 minutes of all recent
system activity.
The cell phone profile, media device index
and diagnostic log remain in your vehicle
unless you delete them and are generally
accessible only in your vehicle when you
connect your cell phone or media device.
If you no longer plan to use the system or
your vehicle, we recommend you use the
master reset function to erase the stored
information.
System data cannot be accessed without
special equipment and access to your
vehicle's module.
For additional information about our
privacy policy, refer to your local Ford
website.
911 Assist Privacy Notice
When you switch on 911 Assist, it may
disclose to emergency services that your
vehicle has been in a crash involving the
deployment of an airbag or activation of
the fuel pump shut-off.
Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist
may also be capable of electronically or
verbally disclosing to 911 operators your
vehicle location or other details about your
vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to
provide the most appropriate emergency
services.
If you do not want to disclose this
information, do not switch the feature on.
Note: To switch 911 Assist on or off.
PERCHLORATE
Certain components in your vehicle such
as airbag modules, seatbelt pretensioners
and remote control batteries may contain
perchlorate material. Special handling
may apply for service or vehicle end of life
disposal.
For more information visit:
Web Address
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazard-
ouswaste/perchlorate
FORD CREDIT
US Only
Ford Credit offers a full range of financing
and lease plans to help you acquire your
vehicle. If you have financed or leased your
vehicle through Ford Credit, thank you for
your business.
We offer a number of convenient ways for
you to contact us, and to manage your
account.
Call 1-800-727-7000.
For more information about Ford Credit
and access to Account Manager, go to
www.ford.com/finance.
13
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Introduction
REPLACEMENT PARTS
RECOMMENDATION
We have built your vehicle to the highest
standards using quality parts. We
recommend that you demand the use of
genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
whenever your vehicle requires scheduled
maintenance or repair. You can clearly
identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or
Motorcraft branding on the parts or their
packaging.
Scheduled Maintenance and
Mechanical Repairs
One of the best ways for you to make sure
that your vehicle provides years of service
is to have it maintained in line with our
recommendations using parts that
conform to the specifications detailed in
this Owner’s Manual. Genuine Ford and
Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these
specifications.
Collision Repairs
We hope that you never experience a
collision, but accidents do happen.
Genuine Ford replacement collision parts
meet our stringent requirements for fit,
finish, structural integrity, corrosion
protection and dent resistance. During
vehicle development we validate that
these parts deliver the intended level of
protection as a whole system. A great way
to know for sure you are getting this level
of protection is to use genuine Ford
replacement collision parts.
Warranty on Replacement Parts
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement
parts are the only replacement parts that
benefit from a Ford Warranty. The Ford
Warranty may not cover damage caused
to your vehicle as a result of failed
non-Ford parts. For additional information,
refer to the terms and conditions of the
Ford Warranty.
SPECIAL NOTICES
New Vehicle Limited Warranty
For a detailed description of what is
covered and what is not covered by your
vehicle’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty,
refer to the Warranty Guide that is provided
to you along with your Owner’s Manual.
Special Instructions
For your added safety, your vehicle is fitted
with sophisticated electronic controls.
WARNING: You risk death or
serious injury to yourself and others if you
do not follow the instruction highlighted
by the warning symbol. Failure to follow
the specific warnings and instructions
could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not place a
rearward facing child restraint in front of
an active airbag. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
14
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Introduction
On Board Diagnostics Data Link
Connector
WARNING: Do not connect
wireless plug-in devices to the data link
connector. Unauthorized third parties
could gain access to vehicle data and
impair the performance of safety related
systems. Only allow repair facilities that
follow our service and repair instructions
to connect their equipment to the data
link connector.
Your vehicle has an OBD Data Link
Connector (DLC) that is used in
conjunction with a diagnostic scan tool for
vehicle diagnostics, repairs and
reprogramming services. Installing an
aftermarket device that uses the DLC
during normal driving for purposes such as
remote insurance company monitoring,
transmission of vehicle data to other
devices or entities, or altering the
performance of the vehicle, may cause
interference with or even damage to
vehicle systems. We do not recommend
or endorse the use of aftermarket plug-in
devices unless approved by Ford. The
vehicle Warranty will not cover damage
caused by an aftermarket plug-in device.
Notice to Owners of Pickup Trucks
and Utility Type Vehicles
WARNING: Utility vehicles have a
significantly higher rollover rate than
other types of vehicles.
Before you drive your vehicle, please read
this Owner’s Guide carefully. Your vehicle
is not a passenger car. As with other
vehicles of this type, failure to operate this
vehicle correctly may result in loss of
vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal
injury or death.
Using Your Vehicle With a
Snowplow
Do not use this vehicle for
snowplowing.
Your vehicle does not have a snowplowing
package.
Using Your Vehicle as an
Ambulance
Do not use this vehicle as an
ambulance.
Your vehicle does not have the Ford
Ambulance Preparation Package.
Decommissioning Requirements
We have implemented a decommissioning
process of Ford-provided police features.
It is the responsibility of the owner to
complete the decommissioning of the
vehicle in compliance with any state
regulations prior to initial sale to the public
sector. See Decommissioning
Requirements (page 347).
MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
EQUIPMENT
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
15
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Introduction
Using mobile communications equipment
is becoming increasingly important in the
conduct of business and personal affairs.
However, you must not compromise your
own or others’ safety when using such
equipment. Mobile communications can
enhance personal safety and security when
appropriately used, particularly in
emergency situations. Safety must be
paramount when using mobile
communications equipment to avoid
negating these benefits. Mobile
communication equipment includes, but
is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers,
portable email devices, text messaging
devices and portable two-way radios.
EXPORT UNIQUE OPTIONS
For your particular global region, your
vehicle may be equipped with features and
options that are different from the features
and options that are described in this
Owner’s Manual. A market unique
supplement may be supplied that
complements this book. By referring to the
market unique supplement, if provided,
you can properly identify those features,
recommendations and specifications that
are unique to your vehicle. This Owner’s
Manual is written primarily for the U.S. and
Canadian Markets. Features or equipment
listed as standard may be different on units
built for export. Refer to this Owner’s
Manual for all other required
information and warnings.
16
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Introduction
PROTECTING THE
ENVIRONMENT
You should play your part in protecting the
environment. Correct vehicle usage and
the authorized disposal of waste, cleaning
and lubrication materials are significant
steps toward this aim.
For details about Ford Motor
Company's sustainability progress and
initiatives visit:
Web Address
www.sustainability.ford.com
17
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Environment
INSTRUMENT PANEL
E283251
Cruise control. See Cruise Control (page 67). Auxiliary control. See Audio
Control (page 66).
A
Direction indicator. See Direction Indicators (page 73). Wiper lever. See
Windshield Wipers (page 68).
B
Information display. See General Information (page 85).C
Information display control. See Information Display Control (page 67).D
Gearshift lever. See Automatic Transmission (page 143).E
Deep sand/snow mode button. See About Drive Mode Control (page 178).F
Information and Entertainment display.G
Pre-collision assist disable. See Pre-Collision Assist (page 174). Police
perimeter alert. See Security (page 64).
H
Audio unit. See Audio Unit (page 304).I
Climate control. See Automatic Climate Control (page 102).J
18
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
At a Glance
Rear climate control. See Rear Passenger Climate Controls (page 105).K
Electric parking brake. See Electric Parking Brake (page 153).L
Ignition switch. See Ignition Switch (page 118).M
Horn.N
Steering wheel adjustment. See Adjusting the Steering Wheel (page 66).O
Lighting control. See Lighting Control (page 70). Police engine idle switch.
See Police Engine Idle Feature (page 121).
P
19
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
At a Glance
GENERAL INFORMATION
See the following sections for directions
on how to properly use safety restraints
for children.
WARNING: Always make sure your
child is secured properly in a device that
is appropriate for their height, age and
weight. Child safety restraints must be
bought separately from your vehicle.
Failure to follow these instructions and
guidelines may result in an increased risk
of serious injury or death to your child.
WARNING: All children are shaped
differently. The National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration and other safety
organizations, base their
recommendations for child restraints on
probable child height, age and weight
thresholds, or on the minimum
requirements of the law. We recommend
that you check with a NHTSA Certified
Child Passenger Safety Technician
(CPST) to make sure that you properly
install the child restraint in your vehicle
and that you consult your pediatrician to
make sure you have a child restraint
appropriate for your child. To locate a
child restraint fitting station and CPST,
contact NHTSA toll free at
1-888-327-4236 or go to
www.nhtsa.dot.gov. In Canada, contact
Transport Canada toll free at
1-800-333-0371 or go to www.tc.gc.ca
to find a Child Car Seat Clinic in your
area. Failure to properly restrain children
in child restraints made especially for
their height, age and weight, may result
in an increased risk of serious injury or
death to your child.
WARNING: On hot days, the
temperature inside the vehicle can rise
very quickly. Exposure of people or
animals to these high temperatures for
even a short time can cause death or
serious heat related injuries, including
brain damage. Small children are
particularly at risk.
20
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Child Safety
Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children
Recommended Restraint
Type
Child Size, Height, Weight, or AgeChild
Use a child restraint
(sometimes called an
infant carrier, convertible
seat, or toddler seat).
Children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less
(generally age four or younger).
Infants or
toddlers
Use a belt-positioning
booster seat.
Children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a child restraint (generally
children who are less than 57 in (1.45 m)
tall, are greater than age four and less
than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg)
and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb
(45 kg) if recommended by your child
restraint manufacturer).
Small children
Use a vehicle seatbelt
having the lap belt snug
and low across the hips,
shoulder belt centered
across the shoulder and
chest, and seat backrest
upright.
Children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a belt-positioning booster
seat (generally children who are at least
57 in (1.45 m) tall or greater than 80 lb
(36 kg) or 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended
by child restraint manufacturer).
Larger children
• You are required by law to properly use
child restraints for infants and toddlers
in the United States and Canada.
• Many states and provinces require that
small children use approved booster
seats until they reach age eight, a
height of 57 in (1.45 m) tall, or 80 lb
(36 kg). Check your local and state or
provincial laws for specific
requirements about the safety of
children in your vehicle.
• When possible, always properly
restrain children 12 years of age and
under in a rear seating position of your
vehicle. Accident statistics suggest that
children are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seating positions
than in a front seating position. See
Front Passenger Sensing System
(page 43).
• When installing a rear facing child
restraint, adjust the vehicle seats to
avoid interference between the child
restraint and the vehicle seat in front
of the child restraint.
21
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Child Safety
INSTALLING CHILD
RESTRAINTS
Child Seats
E142594
Use a child restraint (sometimes called an
infant carrier, convertible seat, or toddler
seat) for infants, toddlers or children
weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less (generally
age four or younger).
Using Lap and Shoulder Belts
WARNING: Do not place a
rearward facing child restraint in front of
an active airbag. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Properly secure
children 12 years old and under in a rear
seating position whenever possible. If
you are unable to properly secure all
children in a rear seating position,
properly secure the largest child on the
front seat. If you must use a forward
facing child restraint on the front seat,
move the seat as far back as possible.
Failure to follow these instructions could
result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Depending on where
you secure a child restraint, and
depending on the child restraint design,
you may block access to certain seatbelt
buckle assemblies and LATCH lower
anchors, rendering those features
potentially unusable. To avoid risk of
injury, make sure occupants only use
seating positions where they are able to
be properly restrained.
When installing a child restraint with
combination lap and shoulder belts:
• Use the correct seatbelt buckle for that
seating position.
• Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle until you hear a snap and feel it
latch. Make sure the tongue is securely
fastened in the buckle.
• Keep the buckle release button
pointing up and away from the child
restraint, with the tongue between the
child restraint and the release button,
to prevent accidental unbuckling.
• Place the vehicle seat in the upright
position before you install the child
restraint.
• For second-row seating positions,
adjust the recliner slightly to improve
child restraint fit. If needed, remove the
head restraints.
• Put the seatbelt in the automatic
locking mode. See Step 5. This vehicle
does not require the use of a locking
clip.
Perform the following steps when
installing the child restraint with
combination lap and shoulder belts:
Note: Although the child restraint
illustrated is a forward facing child restraint,
the steps are the same for installing a rear
facing child restraint.
22
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Child Safety
Note: Follow all instructions provided by
the manufacturer of the child restraint
regarding the necessary and proper use of
the Lock-off device. In some instances these
devices have been provided only for use in
vehicles with seatbelt systems that would
otherwise require a locking clip. This vehicle
does not require the use of a locking clip.
E142528
1. Position the child restraint in a seat
with a combination lap and shoulder
belt.
E142529
2. After positioning the child restraint in
the proper seating position, pull down
on the shoulder belt and then grasp the
shoulder belt and lap belt together
behind the belt tongue.
E142530
3. While holding the shoulder and lap belt
portions together, route the tongue
through the child restraint according
to the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions. Make sure you do not twist
the belt webbing.
E142531
4. Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle (the buckle closest to the
direction the tongue is coming from)
for that seating position until you hear
a snap and feel the latch engage. Make
sure you securely latch the tongue by
pulling on it.
23
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Child Safety
E142875
5. To put the retractor in the automatic
locking mode, grasp the shoulder
portion of the belt and pull downward
until all of the belt is pulled out.
6. Allow the belt to retract to remove
slack. The belt will click as it retracts
to indicate it is in the automatic locking
mode.
7. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor
to make sure the retractor is in the
automatic locking mode. You should
not be able to pull more belt out. If the
retractor did not lock, unbuckle the belt
and repeat Steps 5 and 6.
E142533
8. Remove remaining slack from the belt.
Force the seat down with extra weight,
for example, by pressing down or
kneeling on the child restraint as you
pull up on the shoulder belt to force
slack from the belt. This is necessary
to remove the remaining slack that
exists once you add the extra weight
of the child to the child restraint. It also
helps to achieve the proper snugness
of the child restraint to your vehicle.
Sometimes, a slight lean toward the
buckle provides extra help to remove
remaining slack from the belt.
9. Attach the tether strap (if the child
restraint is equipped). See Using
Tether Straps later in this chapter.
E142534
10. Before placing the child in the seat,
forcibly move the seat forward and
back to make sure you have the seat
securely held in place. To check this,
grab the seat at the belt path and
attempt to move it side to side and
forward and back. There should be
no more than 1 in (2.5 cm) of
movement for proper installation.
We recommend checking with a NHTSA
Certified Child Passenger Safety
Technician to make certain the child
restraint is properly installed. In Canada,
check with Transport Canada for referral
to a Child Car Seat Clinic.
24
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Child Safety
Using Lower Anchors and Tethers
for CHildren (LATCH)
WARNING: Do not attach two
child safety restraints to the same
anchor. In a crash, one anchor may not
be strong enough to hold two child
safety restraint attachments and may
break, causing serious injury or death.
WARNING: Depending on where
you secure a child restraint, and
depending on the child restraint design,
you may block access to certain seatbelt
buckle assemblies and LATCH lower
anchors, rendering those features
potentially unusable. To avoid risk of
injury, make sure occupants only use
seating positions where they are able to
be properly restrained.
The LATCH system has three vehicle
anchor points: two lower anchors where
the seat backrest and seat cushion meet
(called the seat bight) and one top tether
anchor behind that seating position.
LATCH compatible child restraints have
two rigid or webbing mounted
attachments that connect to the two lower
anchors at the LATCH equipped seating
positions in your vehicle. This type of
attachment method eliminates the need
to use seatbelts to attach the child
restraint. However, you can still use the
seatbelt to attach the child restraint. For
forward-facing child restraints, you must
also attach the top tether strap to the
proper top tether anchor if one came with
your child restraint.
E142535
Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for
child restraint installation at the seating
positions marked with the child restraint
symbol.
E144054
The LATCH anchors are at the rear section
of the rear seat between the cushion and
seat backrest below the symbols as
shown. Follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions to properly
install a child restraint with LATCH
attachments.
Follow the instructions on attaching child
restraints with tether straps. See Using
Tether Straps later in this chapter.
Attach LATCH lower attachments of the
child restraint only to the anchors shown.
25
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Child Safety
Use of Inboard Lower Anchors from the
Outermost Seating Positions (Center
Seating Use)
WARNING: The standardized
spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 11 in
(280 mm) center to center. Do not use
LATCH lower anchors for the center
seating position unless the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions permit and
specify using anchors spaced at least as
far apart as those in this vehicle.
The lower anchors at the center of the
second row bench seat are spaced 20.5 in
(52 cm) apart. The standardized spacing
for LATCH lower anchors is 11 in (28 cm)
center to center. You cannot install a child
restraint with rigid LATCH attachments at
the center seating position. You can only
use LATCH compatible child restraints with
attachments on belt webbing at this
seating position provided that the child
restraint manufacturer’s instructions
permit use with the anchor spacing stated.
Do not attach a child restraint to any lower
anchor if an adjacent child restraint is
attached to that anchor.
Each time you use the child restraint, check
that you properly attach the seat to the
lower anchors and tether anchor, if
applicable. Tug the child restraint from side
to side and forward and back where you
secured it to your vehicle. The seat should
move less than 1 in (2.5 cm) when you do
this for a proper installation.
If the child restraint is not anchored
properly, the risk of injury to a child greatly
increases in a crash.
Combining Seatbelt and LATCH Lower
Anchors for Attaching Child Restraints
When used in combination, you can attach
either the seatbelt or the LATCH lower
anchors first, provided a proper installation
is achieved. Attach the tether strap
afterward, if included with the child
restraint.
Using Tether Straps
Many forward-facing child
restraints include a tether strap
which extends from the back of
the child restraint and hooks to an
anchoring point called the top tether
anchor. Tether straps are available as an
accessory for many older child restraints.
Contact the manufacturer of your child
restraint for information about ordering a
tether strap, or to obtain a longer tether
strap if the tether strap on your child
restraint does not reach the appropriate
top tether anchor in your vehicle.
Once you install the child restraint using
either the seatbelt, the lower anchors of
the LATCH system, or both, you can attach
the top tether strap.
The tether strap anchors in your vehicle
are in the following positions (shown from
top view).
E274697
26
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Child Safety
Note: If you install a child restraint with rigid
LATCH attachments, do not tighten the
tether strap enough to lift the child restraint
off your vehicle seat cushion when the child
is seated in it. Keep the tether strap just snug
without lifting the front of the child restraint.
Keeping the child restraint just touching your
vehicle seat gives the best protection in a
severe crash.
E251593
Perform the following steps to install a
child restraint with tether anchors.
1. Route the child restraint tether strap
over the seat backrest.
E190833
2. Locate the correct anchor for the
selected seating position.
3. Clip the tether strap to the anchor as
shown. The tether hook may be
twisted ½ turn to improve installation.
If the tether strap is clipped incorrectly,
the child restraint may not be retained
properly in the event of a crash.
4. Tighten the child restraint tether strap
according to the manufacturer's
instructions.
If the child restraint is not properly
anchored, the risk of injury to a child greatly
increases in a crash.
27
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Child Safety
If your child restraint system has a tether
strap, and the child restraint manufacturer
recommends its use, we also recommend
its use.
BOOSTER SEATS
WARNING: Do not put the
shoulder section of the seatbelt or allow
the child to put the shoulder section of
the seatbelt under their arm or behind
their back. Failure to follow this
instruction could reduce the
effectiveness of the seatbelt and
increase the risk of injury or death in a
crash.
Use a belt-positioning booster seat for
children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a child safety restraint
(generally children who are less than 57 in
(1.45 m) tall, are greater than age 4 and
less than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg)
and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb
(45 kg) if recommended by your child
restraint manufacturer). Many state and
provincial laws require that children use
approved booster seats until they reach
age eight, a height of 57 in (1.45 m) tall, or
80 lb (36 kg).
Booster seats should be used until you can
answer YES to ALL of these questions
when seated without a booster seat:
E142595
• Can the child sit all the way back
against their vehicle seat backrest with
knees bent comfortably at the edge of
the seat cushion?
• Can the child sit without slouching?
• Does the lap belt rest low across the
hips?
• Is the shoulder belt centered on the
shoulder and chest?
• Can the child stay seated like this for
the whole trip?
Always use booster seats in conjunction
with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt.
Types of Booster Seats
E68924
• Backless booster seats
28
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Child Safety
If your backless booster seat has a
removable shield, remove the shield. If a
vehicle seating position has a low seat
backrest or no head restraint, a backless
booster seat may place your child's head
(as measured at the tops of the ears)
above the top of the seat. In this case,
move the backless booster to another
seating position with a higher seat backrest
or head restraint and lap and shoulder
belts, or consider using a high back booster
seat.
E70710
• High back booster seats
If, with a backless booster seat, you cannot
find a seating position that adequately
supports your child's head, a high back
booster seat would be a better choice.
Children and booster seats vary in size and
shape. Choose a booster that keeps the
lap belt low and snug across the hips,
never up across the stomach, and lets you
adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest
and rest snugly near the center of the
shoulder. The following drawings compare
the ideal fit (center) to a shoulder belt
uncomfortably close to the neck and a
shoulder belt that could slip off the
shoulder. The drawings also show how the
lap belt should be low and snug across the
child's hips.
E142596
29
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Child Safety
E142597
If the booster seat slides on the vehicle
seat upon which it is being used, placing a
rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet
liner under the booster seat may improve
this condition. Do not introduce any item
thicker than this under the booster seat.
Check with the booster seat
manufacturer's instructions.
CHILD RESTRAINT
POSITIONING
WARNING: Do not place a
rearward facing child restraint in front of
an active airbag. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Properly secure
children 12 years old and under in a rear
seating position whenever possible. If
you are unable to properly secure all
children in a rear seating position,
properly secure the largest child on the
front seat. If you must use a forward
facing child restraint on the front seat,
move the seat as far back as possible.
Failure to follow these instructions could
result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Always carefully
follow the instructions and warnings
provided by the manufacturer of any
child restraint to determine if the
restraint device is appropriate for your
child's size, height, weight, or age. Follow
the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions and warnings provided for
installation and use in conjunction with
the instructions and warnings provided
by your vehicle manufacturer. A safety
seat that is improperly installed or
utilized, is inappropriate for your child's
height, age, or weight or does not
properly fit the child may increase the
risk of serious injury or death.
WARNING: Do not allow a
passenger to hold a child on their lap
when your vehicle is moving. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death in the event of a
sudden stop or crash.
WARNING: Do not use pillows,
books or towels to boost your child's
height. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
30
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Child Safety
WARNING: Properly secure child
restraints or booster seats when they are
not in use. They could become projectiles
in a sudden stop or crash. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not put the
shoulder section of the seatbelt or allow
the child to put the shoulder section of
the seatbelt under their arm or behind
their back. Failure to follow this
instruction could reduce the
effectiveness of the seatbelt and
increase the risk of injury or death in a
crash.
WARNING: Do not leave children
or pets unattended in your vehicle.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death.
Recommendations for Attaching Child Safety Restraints for Children
Use Any Attachment Method as Indicated Below by X
Combined
Weight of
Child and
Child
Restraint
Restraint
Type
Seatbelt
Only
Seatbelt
and LATCH
(Lower
Anchors
and Top
Tether
Anchor)
Seatbelt
and Top
Tether
Anchor
LATCH
(Lower
Anchors
Only)
LATCH
(Lower
Anchors
and Top
Tether
Anchor)
XX
Up to 65 lb
(29.5 kg)
Rear facing
child
restraint
X
Over 65 lb
(29.5 kg)
Rear facing
child
restraint
XXX
Up to 65 lb
(29.5 kg)
Forward
facing
child
restraint
XX
Over 65 lb
(29.5 kg)
Forward
facing
child
restraint
31
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Child Safety
Note: The child restraint must rest tightly
against the vehicle seat upon which it is
installed. It may be necessary to lift or
remove the head restraint. See Seats (page
108).
CHILD SAFETY LOCKS
When these locks are set, you cannot open
the rear doors from the inside.
E300933
A child safety lock is on the rear edge of
each rear door. You must set the child
safety lock separately on each door.
Left-Hand Side
Turn the key clockwise to switch the child
lock on and counter clockwise to switch it
off.
Right-Hand Side
Turn the key counter clockwise to switch
the child lock on and clockwise to switch
it off.
32
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Child Safety
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING: Always drive and ride
with your seatback upright and the lap
belt snug and low across the hips.
WARNING: Children must always
be properly restrained.
WARNING: Do not allow a
passenger to hold a child on their lap
when your vehicle is moving. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death in the event of a
sudden stop or crash.
WARNING: All occupants of your
vehicle, including the driver, should
always properly wear their seatbelts,
even when an airbag supplemental
restraint system is provided. Failure to
properly wear your seatbelt could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
WARNING: It is extremely
dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside
or outside of a vehicle. In a crash, people
riding in these areas are more likely to be
seriously injured or killed. Do not allow
people to ride in any area of your vehicle
that is not equipped with seats and
seatbelts. Make sure everyone in your
vehicle is in a seat and properly using a
seatbelt. Failure to follow this warning
could result in serious personal injury or
death.
WARNING: In a rollover crash, an
unbelted person is significantly more
likely to die than a person wearing a
seatbelt.
WARNING: Each seating position
in your vehicle has a specific seatbelt
assembly made up of one buckle and
one tongue designed to be used as a pair.
Use the shoulder belt on the outside
shoulder only. Never wear the shoulder
belt under the arm. Never use a single
seatbelt for more than one person.
WARNING: Even with advanced
restraints systems, properly restrain
children 12 and under in a rear seating
position. Failure to follow this could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
WARNING: Seatbelts and seats
may be hot in a vehicle that is in the
sunshine. The hot seatbelts or seats may
burn a small child. Check seat covers and
buckles before you place a child
anywhere near them.
All seating positions in your vehicle have
lap and shoulder seatbelts. All occupants
of the vehicle should always properly wear
their seatbelts, even when an airbag
supplemental restraint system is provided.
The seatbelt system consists of:
• Lap and shoulder seatbelts.
• Shoulder seatbelt with automatic
locking mode, (except driver seatbelt).
• Height adjuster at the front outermost
seating positions.
• Seatbelt pretensioners at the front
outermost and second row outermost
seating positions.
• Belt tension sensor at the front
outermost passenger seating position.
E71880
• Seatbelt warning light and chime.
33
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Seatbelts
E67017
• Crash sensors and monitoring system
with readiness indicator.
The seatbelt pretensioners are designed
to tighten the seatbelts when activated. In
frontal and near-frontal crashes, the
seatbelt pretensioners may be activated
alone or, if the crash is of sufficient severity,
together with the front airbags. The
pretensioners may also activate when a
Safety Canopy airbag deploys.
FASTENING THE SEATBELTS
The front outboard and rear safety
restraints in the vehicle are combination
lap and shoulder belts.
E142587
1. Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle (the buckle closest to the
direction the tongue is coming from)
until you hear a snap and feel it latch.
Make sure that you securely fasten the
tongue in the buckle.
E142588
2. To unfasten, press the release button
and remove the tongue from the
buckle.
Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy
WARNING: Always ride and drive
with your seatback upright and properly
fasten your seatbelt. Fit the lap portion
of the seatbelt snugly and low across
the hips. Position the shoulder portion of
the seatbelt across your chest. Pregnant
women must follow this practice. See
the following figure.
E142590
34
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Seatbelts
Pregnant women should always wear their
seatbelt. Position the lap belt portion of a
combination lap and shoulder belt low
across the hips below the belly and worn
as tight as comfort allows. Position the
shoulder belt to cross the middle of the
shoulder and the center of the chest.
Seatbelt Locking Modes
WARNING: If your vehicle is
involved in a crash, have the seatbelts
and associated components inspected
as soon as possible. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
All safety restraints in the vehicle are
combination lap and shoulder belts. The
driver seatbelt has the first type of locking
mode, and the front outboard passenger
and rear seat seatbelts have both types of
locking modes described as follows:
Vehicle Sensitive Mode
This is the normal retractor mode, which
allows free shoulder belt length
adjustment to your movements and
locking in response to vehicle movement.
For example, if the driver brakes suddenly
or turns a corner sharply, or the vehicle
receives an impact of about 5 mph
(8 km/h) or more, the combination
seatbelts lock to help reduce forward
movement of the driver and passengers.
In addition, the design of the retractor is to
lock if you pull the webbing out too quickly.
If the seatbelt retractor locks, slowly lower
the height adjuster to allow the seatbelt
to retract. If the retractor does not unlock,
pull the seatbelt out slowly then feed a
small length of webbing back toward the
stowed position. For rear seatbelts, recline
the rear seat backrest or push the seat
backrest cushion away from the seatbelt.
Feed a small length of webbing back
toward the stowed position.
Automatic Locking Mode
In this mode, the shoulder belt
automatically pre-locks. The belt retracts
to remove any slack in the shoulder belt.
The automatic locking mode is not
available on the driver seatbelt.
When to Use the Automatic Locking
Mode
Use this mode any time you install a child
safety seat, except a booster, in passenger
front or rear seating positions. Properly
restrain children 12 years old and under in
a rear seating position whenever possible.
See Child Safety (page 20).
How to Use the Automatic Locking
Mode
E142591
1. Buckle the combination lap and
shoulder belt.
2. Grasp the shoulder portion and pull
downward until you pull the entire belt
out. Allow the belt to retract. As the
belt retracts, you will hear a clicking
sound. This indicates the seatbelt is
now in the automatic locking mode.
35
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Seatbelts
How to Disengage the Automatic
Locking Mode
Unbuckle the combination lap and
shoulder belt and allow it to retract
completely to disengage the automatic
locking mode and turn on the vehicle
sensitive (emergency) locking mode.
SEATBELT HEIGHT
ADJUSTMENT
WARNING: Position the seatbelt
height adjuster so that the seatbelt rests
across the middle of your shoulder.
Failure to adjust the seatbelt correctly
could reduce its effectiveness and
increase the risk of injury in a crash.
E201573
1. Adjust the height of the shoulder belt
so the belt rests across the middle of
your shoulder.
2. Slide the adjuster up to raise the belt.
Press the button and slide it down to
lower the belt.
SEATBELT WARNING LAMP
AND INDICATOR CHIME
E71880
This lamp illuminates and an
indicator chime will sound if the
driver seatbelt has not been
fastened when the vehicle's ignition is
turned on.
Conditions of operation
ThenIf
The seatbelt warning lamp illuminates and
the indicator chime sounds for a few
seconds.
The driver seatbelt is not buckled before
the ignition switch is turned to the on posi-
tion...
The seatbelt warning lamp and indicator
chime turn off.
The driver seatbelt is buckled while the
warning lamp is illuminated and the indic-
ator chime is sounding...
The seatbelt warning lamp and indicator
chime remain off.
The driver seatbelt is buckled before the
ignition switch is turned to the on position...
36
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Seatbelts
SEATBELT REMINDER
WARNING: The system will only
provide protection when you use the
seatbelt correctly.
This system monitors all seating positions
and provides audio and graphic feedback.
E71880
This lamp illuminates and a
warning tone sounds if you do
not fasten your seatbelt when
you switch the ignition on. The lamp and
tone switch off when you fasten your
seatbelt or about one minute has elapsed.
When the initial warning expires for the
driver, more warnings are provided for the
driver and front passenger. This lamp
illuminates and a warning tone sounds if
you or your front passenger do not fasten
the seatbelt buckle and the vehicle speed
exceeds 6 mph (9.7 km/h). To deactivate
the warning, see Deactivating and
Activating the Belt-Minder Feature.
Note: To avoid inadvertent warnings, do
not place large objects on the seat.
E206718
This lamp illuminates when you
switch the ignition on, identifying
the number of seating positions
with fastened buckles. It illuminates again
when a seating position changes from
unfastened to fastened.
E283584
This warning displays and a tone sounds
if an occupant unfastens the rear seatbelt
buckle or it becomes unfastened.
Note: If a rear seat is unoccupied, or an
occupant never fastens the seatbelt buckle
to begin with, the warning will not display.
Note: Front seating positions appear in this
warning display. Warnings for unfastened
front seatbelt buckles appear in the initial
warning lamp.
Seatbelt Status
E281361
37
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Seatbelts
E274703
Seatbelt fastened.A
Seatbelt not fastened.B
Seatbelt recently unfastened.C
FaultD
To view the seatbelt status, use the
information display controls on the
steering wheel.
Deactivating and Activating the
Seatbelt Reminder (Front Seats Only)
WARNING: While the system
allows you to deactivate it, this system
is designed to improve your chances of
being safely belted and surviving an
accident. We recommend you leave the
system activated for yourself and others
who may use the vehicle.
Note: The driver and front passenger
warnings switch on and off independently.
When you perform this procedure for one
seating position, do not buckle the other
position as this terminates the process.
Read Steps 1 - 4 before starting the
procedure.
Make sure that:
• You set the parking brake.
• The transmission is in park (P).
• The ignition is off.
• You close all vehicle doors.
• You unbuckle the driver and front
passenger seatbelts.
1. Switch the ignition on. Do not start the
engine.
2. Wait until the seatbelt warning lamp
turns off (about one minute). After
Step 2, wait an additional five seconds
before proceeding with Step 3. Once
you start Step 3, you must complete
the procedure within 60 seconds.
3. For the seating position you are
switching off, buckle then unbuckle the
seatbelt three times at a moderate
speed, ending in the unbuckled state.
After Step 3, the seatbelt warning lamp
turns on.
4. When the seatbelt warning lamp is on,
buckle then unbuckle the seatbelt.
After Step 4, the seatbelt warning lamp
flashes for confirmation.
• This switches the feature off if it is
currently on.
• This switches the feature on if it is
currently off.
CHILD RESTRAINT AND
SEATBELT MAINTENANCE
Inspect the vehicle seatbelts and child
safety seat systems periodically to make
sure they work properly and are not
damaged. Inspect the vehicle and child
restraint seatbelts to make sure there are
no nicks, tears or cuts. Replace if
necessary. All vehicle seatbelt assemblies,
including retractors, buckles, front seatbelt
buckle assemblies, buckle support
assemblies (slide bar-if equipped),
shoulder belt height adjusters (if
equipped), shoulder belt guide on seat
backrest (if equipped), child safety seat
38
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Seatbelts
LATCH and tether anchors, and attaching
hardware, should be inspected after a
crash. Read the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions for additional
inspection and maintenance information
specific to the child restraint.
We recommend that all seatbelt
assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a
crash be replaced. However, if the crash
was minor and an authorized dealer finds
that the belts do not show damage and
continue to operate properly, they do not
need to be replaced. Seatbelt assemblies
not in use during a crash should also be
inspected and replaced if either damage
or improper operation is noted.
Properly care for seatbelts. See Vehicle
Care (page 237).
SEATBELT EXTENSION
WARNING: Persons who fit into
the vehicle's seatbelt should not use an
extension. Unnecessary use could result
in serious personal injury in the event of
a crash.
WARNING: Only use extensions
provided free of charge by our dealers.
The dealer will provide an extension
designed specifically for this vehicle,
model year and seating position. The use
of an extension intended for another
vehicle, model year or seating position
may not offer you the full protection of
your vehicle's seatbelt restraint system.
WARNING: Never use seatbelt
extensions to install child restraints.
WARNING: Do not use a seatbelt
extension with an inflatable seatbelt.
WARNING: Do not use extensions
to change the way the seatbelt fits
across the torso, over the lap or to make
the seatbelt buckle easier to reach.
If, because of body size or driving position,
it is not possible to properly fasten the
seatbelt over your lap and shoulder, an
extension that is compatible with the
seatbelts is available free of charge from
our dealers. Only use our seatbelt
extensions made by the original equipment
seatbelt manufacturer with our seatbelts.
Ask your authorized dealer if your extension
is compatible with your vehicle restraint
system.
39
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Seatbelts
This system provides an improved overall
level of frontal crash protection to front
seat occupants and is designed to help
further reduce the risk of airbag-related
injuries. The system analyzes different
occupant conditions and crash severity
before activating the appropriate safety
devices to help better protect occupants
in a variety of frontal crash situations.
Your vehicle's Personal Safety System
consists of:
• Driver and passenger dual-stage airbag
supplemental restraints.
• Front seat outermost seatbelts with
pretensioners, energy management
retractors and seatbelt usage sensors.
• Front passenger sensing system.
• Passenger airbag off and on indicators.
• Front crash severity sensors.
• Restraints control module with impact
and safing sensors.
• Restraint system warning light and
tone.
• The electrical wiring for the airbags,
crash sensors, seatbelt pretensioners,
front seatbelt usage sensors, front
passenger sensing system and
indicator lights.
How Does the Personal Safety
System Work?
The Personal Safety System can adapt the
deployment strategy of the safety devices
according to crash severity and occupant
conditions. A collection of crash and
occupant sensors provides information to
the restraints control module. During a
crash, the restraints control module may
deploy the seatbelt pretensioners, one or
both stages of the dual-stage airbags
based on crash severity and occupant
conditions.
40
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Personal Safety System™
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING: Airbags do not inflate
slowly or gently, and the risk of injury
from a deploying airbag is the greatest
close to the trim covering the airbag
module.
WARNING: All occupants of your
vehicle, including the driver, should
always properly wear their seatbelts,
even when an airbag supplemental
restraint system is provided. Failure to
properly wear your seatbelt could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
WARNING: Even with advanced
restraints systems, properly restrain
children 12 and under in a rear seating
position. Failure to follow this could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not place your arms
on the airbag cover or through the
steering wheel. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Keep the areas in front
of the airbags free from obstruction. Do
not affix anything to or over the airbag
covers. Objects could become projectiles
during airbag deployment or in a sudden
stop. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Airbags can kill or
injure a child in a child restraint. Never
place a rear-facing child restraint in front
of an active airbag. If you must use a
forward-facing child restraint in the front
seat, move the seat upon which the child
restraint is installed all the way back.
WARNING: Do not attempt to
service, repair, or modify the
supplementary restraint system or
associated components. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
WARNING: Several airbag system
components get hot after inflation. To
reduce the risk of injury, do not touch
them after inflation.
WARNING: If a supplementary
restraint system component has
deployed, it will not function again. Have
the system and associated components
inspected as soon as possible. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
The airbags are a supplemental restraint
system and are designed to work with the
seatbelts to help protect the driver and
right front passenger from certain upper
body injuries. Airbags do not inflate slowly;
there is a risk of injury from a deploying
airbag.
Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a
cloud of harmless powdery residue if an
airbag deploys. This is normal.
The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly
upon activation. After airbag deployment,
it is normal to notice a smoke-like, powdery
residue or smell the burnt propellant. This
may consist of cornstarch, talcum powder
(to lubricate the bag) or sodium
compounds (for example, baking soda)
that result from the combustion process
that inflates the airbag. Small amounts of
sodium hydroxide may be present which
may irritate the skin and eyes, but none of
the residue is toxic.
41
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
While the system is designed to help
reduce serious injuries, contact with a
deploying airbag may also cause abrasions
or swelling. Temporary hearing loss is also
a possibility as a result of the noise
associated with a deploying airbag.
Because airbags must inflate rapidly and
with considerable force, there is the risk of
death or serious injuries such as fractures,
facial and eye injuries or internal injuries,
particularly to occupants who are not
properly restrained or are otherwise out of
position at the time of airbag deployment.
Thus, it is extremely important that
occupants be properly restrained as far
away from the airbag module as possible
while maintaining vehicle control.
Routine maintenance of the airbags is not
required.
DRIVER AND PASSENGER
AIRBAGS
WARNING: Do not place your arms
on the airbag cover or through the
steering wheel. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Keep the areas in front
of the airbags free from obstruction. Do
not affix anything to or over the airbag
covers. Objects could become projectiles
during airbag deployment or in a sudden
stop. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Airbags can kill or
injure a child in a child restraint. Never
place a rear-facing child restraint in front
of an active airbag. If you must use a
forward-facing child restraint in the front
seat, move the seat upon which the child
restraint is installed all the way back.
E151127
The driver and front passenger airbags will
deploy during significant frontal and near
frontal crashes.
The driver and passenger front airbag
system consists of:
• Driver and passenger airbag modules.
• Front passenger sensing system.
E67017
· Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
See Crash Sensors and Airbag
Indicator (page 48).
Proper Driver and Front Passenger
Seating Adjustment
WARNING: National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA)
recommends a minimum distance of at
least 10 in (25 cm) between an
occupant's chest and the driver airbag
module.
To properly position yourself away from
the airbag:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as you
can while still reaching the pedals
comfortably.
• Recline the seat slightly (one or two
degrees) from the upright position.
42
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
After all occupants have adjusted their
seats and put on seatbelts, it is very
important that they continue to sit
properly. A properly seated occupant sits
upright, leaning against the seatback, and
centered on the seat cushion, with their
feet comfortably extended on the floor.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance
of injury in a crash event. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns
sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
Children and Airbags
WARNING: Airbags can kill or
injure a child in a child restraint. Never
place a rear-facing child restraint in front
of an active airbag. If you must use a
forward-facing child restraint in the front
seat, move the seat upon which the child
restraint is installed all the way back.
E142846
Children must always be properly
restrained. Accident statistics suggest that
children are safer when properly restrained
in the rear seating positions than in the
front seating position. Failure to follow
these instructions may increase the risk of
injury in a crash.
FRONT PASSENGER SENSING
SYSTEM
WARNING: Even with advanced
restraints systems, properly restrain
children 12 and under in a rear seating
position. Failure to follow this could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
WARNING: Sitting improperly, out
of position or with the seatback reclined
too far can take weight off the seat
cushion and affect the decision of the
passenger sensing system, resulting in
serious injury or death in the event of a
crash. Always sit upright against your
seat back, with your feet on the floor.
WARNING: Any alteration or
modification to the front passenger seat
may affect the performance of the front
passenger sensing system. This could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
This system works with sensors that are
part of the front passenger seat and
seatbelt to detect the presence of a
properly-seated occupant and determine
if the front passenger frontal airbag should
be enabled (may inflate) or not.
E181984
43
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
The front passenger sensing system uses
a passenger airbag status indicator that
illuminates indicating that the front
passenger frontal airbag is either on
(enabled) or off (disabled).
The indicators are on the overhead
console.
Note: The indicators illuminate briefly when
you first switch the ignition on to confirm
they are functional.
The front passenger sensing system is
designed to disable (will not inflate) the
front passenger frontal airbag when the
front passenger seat is unoccupied, or a
rear facing infant seat, a forward-facing
child restraint, or a booster seat is
detected. Even with this technology,
parents are strongly encouraged to
always properly restrain children in the rear
seat.
• When the front passenger sensing
system disables (will not inflate) the
front passenger frontal airbag, the
airbag off indicator illuminates and
stays lit to remind you that the front
passenger frontal airbag is disabled.
• If you have installed the child restraint
and the airbag on indicator illuminates,
switch the vehicle off, remove the child
restraint from the vehicle and reinstall
the restraint according to the child
restraint manufacturer's instructions.
The front passenger sensing system is
designed to enable (may inflate) the front
passenger frontal airbag anytime the
system senses that a person of adult size
is sitting properly in the front passenger
seat.
• When the front passenger sensing
system enables the front passenger
frontal airbag (may inflate), the airbag
on indicator illuminates and remains
illuminated.
If a person of adult size is sitting in the front
passenger seat, but the airbag off indicator
is lit, it is possible that the person is not
sitting properly in the seat. If this happens:
• Switch the vehicle off and ask the
person to place the seat backrest in an
upright position.
• Have the person sit upright in the seat,
centered on the seat cushion, with the
person’s legs comfortably extended.
• Restart the vehicle and have the person
remain in this position for about two
minutes. This allows the system to
detect that person and enables the
passenger frontal airbag.
• If the airbag off indicator remains lit
even after this, advise the person to
ride in the rear seat.
Passenger AirbagPassenger Airbag Status
Indicator
Occupant
DisabledOFF: LitEmpty
ON: Unlit
DisabledOFF: LitChild
ON: Unlit
EnabledOFF: UnlitAdult
ON: Lit
44
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
After all occupants have adjusted their
seats and put on seatbelts, it is very
important that they continue to sit
properly. A properly seated occupant sits
upright, leaning against the seat backrest,
and centered on the seat cushion, with
their feet comfortably extended on the
floor. Sitting improperly can increase the
chance of injury in a crash event. For
example, if an occupant slouches, lies
down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans
forward or sideways, or puts one or both
feet up, the chance of injury during a crash
greatly increases.
E67017
Make sure the front passenger
sensing system is operating
properly. See Crash Sensors
and Airbag Indicator (page 48).
Do not attempt to repair or service the
system. Take your vehicle immediately to
an authorized dealer.
If it is necessary to modify an advanced
front airbag system to accommodate a
person with disabilities, contact the Ford
Customer Relationship Center. See
Getting the Services You Need (page
199).
SIDE AIRBAGS
WARNING: Do not place objects
or mount equipment on or near the
airbag cover, on the side of the front or
rear seatbacks, or in areas that may
come into contact with a deploying
airbag. Failure to follow these
instructions may increase the risk of
personal injury in the event of a crash.
WARNING: Do not use accessory
seat covers. The use of accessory seat
covers may prevent the deployment of
the side airbags and increase the risk of
injury in an accident.
WARNING: Do not lean your head
on the door. The side airbag could injure
you as it deploys from the side of the
seatback.
WARNING: Do not attempt to
service, repair, or modify the
supplementary restraint system or
associated components. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
WARNING: If a supplementary
restraint system component has
deployed, it will not function again. Have
the system and associated components
inspected as soon as possible. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
The side airbags are on the outboard side
of the seat backrests of the front seats. In
certain sideways crashes, the side airbags
will be inflated. The airbag was designed
to inflate between the door panel and
occupant to further enhance the protection
provided occupants in side impact crashes.
45
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
E152533
The system consists of the following:
• A label or embossed side panel
indicating that side airbags are fitted
to your vehicle.
• Side airbags inside the driver and front
passenger seat backrests.
• Front passenger sensing system.
E67017
• Crash sensors and monitoring system
with readiness indicator. See Crash
Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page
48).
The design and development of the side
airbag system included recommended
testing procedures that were developed
by a group of automotive safety experts
known as the Side Airbag Technical
Working Group. These recommended
testing procedures help reduce the risk of
injuries related to the deployment of side
airbags.
DRIVER AND PASSENGER
KNEE AIRBAGS
Driver and passenger knee airbags are
located under or within the instrument
panel. During a crash, the restraints control
module may activate the driver and
passenger knee airbags (individually or
both) based on crash severity and
respective occupant conditions. Under
certain crash and occupant conditions, the
driver and passenger knee airbags may
deploy (individually or both) but the
corresponding front airbag may not
activate. As with front and side airbags, it
is important to be properly seated and
restrained to reduce the risk of death or
serious injury.
E67017
Make sure the knee airbags are
operating properly. See Crash
Sensors and Airbag Indicator
(page 48).
SAFETY CANOPY™
WARNING: Do not place objects
or mount equipment on or near the
headliner at the siderail that may come
into contact with a deploying curtain
airbag. Failure to follow these
instructions may increase the risk of
personal injury in the event of a crash.
WARNING: Do not lean your head
on the door. The curtain airbag could
injure you as it deploys from the
headliner.
46
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
WARNING: Do not attempt to
service, repair, or modify the
supplementary restraint system or
associated components. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
WARNING: All occupants of your
vehicle, including the driver, should
always properly wear their seatbelts,
even when an airbag supplemental
restraint system is provided. Failure to
properly wear your seatbelt could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
WARNING: To reduce risk of injury,
do not obstruct or place objects in the
deployment path of the airbag.
WARNING: If a supplementary
restraint system component has
deployed, it will not function again. Have
the system and associated components
inspected as soon as possible. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
The Safety Canopy will deploy during
significant side crashes or when a certain
likelihood of a rollover event is detected
by the rollover sensor. The Safety Canopy
is mounted to the roof side-rail sheet
metal, behind the headliner, above each
row of seats. In certain sideways crashes
or rollover events, the Safety Canopy will
be activated, regardless of which seats are
occupied. The Safety Canopy is designed
to inflate between the side window area
and occupants to further enhance
protection provided in side impact crashes
and rollover events.
E75004
The system consists of the following:
• Safety canopy curtain airbags above
the trim panels over the front and rear
side windows identified by a label or
wording on the headliner or roof-pillar
trim.
• A flexible headliner which opens above
the side doors to allow air curtain
deployment
E67017
· Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
See Crash Sensors and Airbag
Indicator (page 48).
Always properly restrain children 12 years
old and under in the rear seats. The Safety
Canopy will not interfere with children
restrained using a properly installed child
or booster seat because it is designed to
inflate downward from the headliner above
the doors along the side window opening.
The design and development of the Safety
Canopy included recommended testing
procedures that were developed by a
group of automotive safety experts known
as the Side Airbag Technical Working
Group. These recommended testing
procedures help reduce the risk of injuries
related to the deployment of side airbags
(including the Safety Canopy).
47
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
CRASH SENSORS AND
AIRBAG INDICATOR
WARNING: Modifying or adding
equipment to the front end of your
vehicle (including hood, bumper system,
frame, front end body structure, tow
hooks and hood pins) may affect the
performance of the airbag system,
increasing the risk of injury. Do not
modify or add equipment to the front
end of your vehicle.
Your vehicle has a collection of crash and
occupant sensors which provide
information to the restraints control
module. The restraints control module
deploys (activates) the seatbelt
pretensioners, driver airbag, passenger
airbag, knee airbag(s), seat mounted side
airbags and the Safety Canopy. Based on
the type of crash, the restraints control
module will deploy the appropriate safety
devices.
The restraints control module also
monitors the readiness of the above safety
devices plus the crash and occupant
sensors. The readiness of the safety
system is indicated by a warning indicator
light in the instrument cluster or by a
backup tone if the warning light is not
working. Routine maintenance of the
airbag is not required.
A difficulty with the system is indicated by
one or more of the following:
• The readiness light either flashes or
stays lit.
• A series of five beeps will be heard. The
tone pattern repeats periodically until
the problem, the light or both are
repaired.
E67017
• The readiness light will not illuminate
immediately after you switch the
ignition on.
If any of these things happen, even
intermittently, have the supplemental
restraint system serviced at an authorized
dealer immediately. Unless serviced, the
system may not function properly in the
event of a crash.
The seatbelt pretensioners and the airbag
supplemental restraint system are
designed to activate when the vehicle
sustains frontal or sideways deceleration
sufficient to cause the restraints control
module to deploy a safety device or when
a certain likelihood of a rollover event is
detected by the rollover sensor.
The fact that the seatbelt pretensioners
or airbags did not activate for both front
seat occupants in a crash does not mean
that something is wrong with the system.
Rather, it means the restraints control
module determined the accident
conditions (crash severity, belt usage)
were not appropriate to activate these
safety devices.
• The design of the front airbags is to
activate only in frontal and near-frontal
crashes (not rollovers, side impacts or
rear impacts) unless the crash causes
sufficient frontal deceleration.
• The design of the seatbelt
pretensioners is to activate in frontal,
near-frontal and side crashes and in
rollovers.
• The design of the side airbags is to
inflate in certain side impact crashes
and in rollovers. Side airbags may
activate in other types of crashes if the
vehicle experiences sufficient sideways
motion or deformation.
48
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
• The knee airbag(s) may deploy based
on crash severity and occupant
conditions.
• The design of the Safety Canopy is to
inflate in certain side impact crashes
or rollover events. The Safety Canopy
may activate in other types of crashes
if the vehicle experiences sufficient
sideways motion or deformation, or a
certain likelihood of rollover.
Airbags and Police Equipment
WARNING: Do not place objects
or mount equipment on or near the
airbag cover, on the side of the front or
rear seatbacks, or in areas that may
come into contact with a deploying
airbag. Failure to follow these
instructions may increase the risk of
personal injury in the event of a crash.
WARNING: Keep the areas in front
of the airbags free from obstruction. Do
not affix anything to or over the airbag
covers. Objects could become projectiles
during airbag deployment. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
Dual driver and passenger airbags, side
airbags and knee airbags affect the way
police equipment can be mounted in police
vehicles.
Any surfaces that could come into contact
with an airbag, once it has deployed, must
not damage the airbag or alter its
deployment path.
Once the airbag has fully deployed, any
peripheral equipment surfaces that could
come into contact with the airbag (such
as when the airbag deflates with the
loading of an occupant) must not damage
the airbag or alter its deployment path.
Sharp edges, corners or protrusions could
damage the nylon airbag material and
reduce the effectiveness of the airbag.
Some approximate dimensions for airbags,
at full inflation, are provided. These
dimensions are somewhat flexible and
represent free form deployments without
the loading of occupants. The shaded
areas in Figures 8 through 10 represent
available police equipment mounting
zones. These zones are shown for police
vehicles with standard bucket seats. The
zone dimensions provided in Figures 8
through 10 are approximate and will vary
with the loading of occupants in the seats.
All airbag and equipment mounting zone
dimensions are approximate due to
different airbag deployment
characteristics.
Do not mount equipment between the side
of the front seat and the door trim that will
block deployment of the side airbag.
Do not mount equipment between the
seats and the body side as shown in Figure
7 that would prevent the side curtain airbag
from achieving occupant coverage.
49
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
Figure 1 (Driver and Passenger Airbag
Dimensions)
E201575
9.5 in (240 mm) from center of
emblem.
1.
13.8 in (350 mm) from center of
airbag door.
2.
28.3 in (720 mm).3.
Note: No objects should be placed between
the airbags due to airbag variability.
Figure 2 (Side View of Driver Airbag at
Full Inflation)
E201576
27.5 in (700 mm).1.
Figure 3 (Top View of Driver and
Passenger Airbags at Full Inflation)
E201577
Front passenger airbag - 22.8 in
(580 mm).
1.
Front driver airbag – 17 in (430
mm).
2.
Note: No objects should be placed between
the driver side steering wheel airbag and the
passenger side dash airbag.
Figure 4 (Top View of Side Airbags at
Full Inflation-If equipped)
E201578
From outermost side of seat - 8
in (200 mm).
1.
Forward of seat backrest - 15 in
(380 mm).
2.
50
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
Figure 5 (Side View of Side Airbag at
Full Inflation-If equipped)
E201579
Up from side airbag module -
27.5 inches (700 millimeters).
3.
Figure 6 (Side View of Side Curtain Dimension)
E301094
Roof rail to 1 in (25mm) below window sill.1.
Note: No objects should be placed on the
headliner or pillar trims (A through D) used
to conceal the airbag when stowed.
51
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
Figure 7 (Front View of Side Curtain at
Full Inflation)
E301077
6 in (75mm) from pillar trim (A
through D).
1.
Figure 8 (Equipment Mounting Zones)
E201581
Area on top of the instrument
panel (Note: Equipment must
not interfere with driver
visibility).
1.
Airbag door must be kept clear
for deployment of the airbag.
2.
Area in front of the center
console from the bottom to the
top of the instrument panel.
3.
Area in front of electronic finish
panel from the bottom to the
top of the instrument panel.
4.
52
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
Figure 9 (Equipment Mounting Zones)
E206315
Area on top of instrument panel.1.
Area in front of center console from tunnel up to instrument panel.2.
Prisoner screen (reference only).3.
10 in (254 mm).4.
Area on tunnel between seats.5.
Height: 8.5 in (216 mm).6.
12 in (305 mm).7.
Area on tunnel beneath center console.8.
Tunnel.9.
Depth: 1.5 in (38 mm).10.
53
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
Figure 10 (Top View of Equipment
Mounting Zones)
E201583
Area on top of the instrument
panel. Note: Equipment must
not interfere with driver visibility.
1.
Area on tunnel between seats.2.
9 in (229 mm).3.
AIRBAG DISPOSAL
Contact your authorized dealer as soon as
possible. Airbags must be disposed of by
qualified personnel.
54
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
PEDESTRIAN ALERT SYSTEM
(IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: The system is not
designed to detect cyclists,
motorcyclists, pedestrians or animals.
Always drive with due care and attention.
Failure to take care may result in a crash.
Due to the quiet operation of hybrid and
electric vehicles at low speeds, the system
creates a subtle sound to alert pedestrians.
The system is on when your vehicle is
running and not in park (P). Some sound
may be audible in the passenger
compartment.
55
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Pedestrian Protection
GENERAL INFORMATION ON
RADIO FREQUENCIES
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Licence exempt RSS
Standards of Industry Canada. Operation
is subject to the following two conditions:
• This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
• This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING: Changes or
modifications not expressively approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
radio certification number only signifies
that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
The typical operating range for your
transmitter is approximately 33 ft (10 m).
Vehicles with the remote start feature will
have a greater range. One of the following
could cause a decrease in operating range:
• Weather conditions.
• Nearby radio towers.
• Structures around the vehicle.
• Other vehicles parked next to your
vehicle.
Other short distance radio transmissions,
for example amateur radios, medical
equipment, wireless headphones, remote
controls and alarm systems can also use
the radio frequency used by your remote
control. If the frequencies are jammed, you
will not be able to use your remote control.
You can lock and unlock the doors with the
key.
Note: Make sure to lock your vehicle before
leaving it unattended.
Note: If you are in range, the remote control
will operate if you press any button
unintentionally.
Note: The remote control contains sensitive
electrical components. Exposure to moisture
or impact may cause permanent damage.
REMOTE CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)
Note: If there is a problem with the remote
entry system, make sure to take all remote
controls with you to an authorized dealer in
order to aid in troubleshooting the problem.
Type 1
E203600
56
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
Type 2
E218100
Changing the Remote Control
Battery
The remote control uses one coin-type
three-volt lithium battery CR2032 or
equivalent.
E107998
Make sure you dispose of old
batteries in an environmentally
friendly way. Seek advice from
local authorities about recycling old
batteries.
1
E203601
2
1. Twist a thin coin in the slot of the
remote control near the key ring to
remove the battery cover.
Note: Do not remove the rubber cover and
circuit board from the front housing of the
remote control.
Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the
battery terminals or on the back surface of
the circuit board.
2. Remove the old battery.
3. Insert the new battery. Refer to the
symbols inside the remote control for
the correct orientation of the battery.
Press the battery down to make sure
it is fully seated in the housing.
4. Reinstall the battery housing cover
onto the remote control.
Note: Replacing the battery does not erase
the programmed key from your vehicle. The
remote control should operate normally.
57
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
Sounding the Panic Alarm (If Equipped)
E138624
On Type 1, press the button to
sound the panic alarm. Press the
button again or switch the
ignition on to turn it off.
Note: The panic alarm operates regardless
of the ignition position.
Opening the Liftgate With the
Liftgate Button (If Equipped)
On Type 2, press the button to
unlock the liftgate. The liftgate
unlocks for 45 seconds, during
which time you can open the liftgate using
the exterior liftgate release button. See
Manual Liftgate (page 62).
Note: Only the liftgate unlocks. All other
passenger doors remain in the previous
locking state.
Note: If you do not open the liftgate within
45 seconds of unlocking it, the liftgate locks
again. Press the button on the remote
control or use the key blade inserted into
the liftgate lock cylinder to unlock the
liftgate again.
Note: The liftgate does not unlock when
you unlock all the doors using the remote
control or power door lock control, unless
you use the global unlock feature which,
overrides the 45-second timer.
REPLACING A LOST KEY OR
REMOTE CONTROL
Replacement keys or remote controls can
be purchased from an authorized dealer.
Authorized dealers can program remote
controls for your vehicle.
58
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
59
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Doors and Locks
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING
You can use the key blade, power door lock
control or the remote control to lock and
unlock your vehicle.
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
with the Key Blade
Locking with the Key
Turn the top of the key toward the front of
your vehicle.
Unlocking with the Key
Turn the top of the key toward the rear of
your vehicle.
Power Door Locks (If Equipped)
The power door lock control is on the driver
and front passenger door panels.
A Unlock.
B Lock.
Hidden Rear Door Locks (If Equipped)
You can manually lock or unlock the rear
doors using the hidden lock knob on the
inside front edge of the rear doors.
Open the front doors to access the lock
knob. Pull the knob to unlock and push the
knob to lock.
Opening a Rear Door From the
Inside
Pull the interior door handle twice to
unlock and open a rear door. The first pull
unlocks the door and the second pull
opens the door.
Note: The rear doors do not open using the
interior door handles if the vehicle is
outfitted with the rear Door Lock Disable
feature or with the Child Locks enabled.
Remote Control (If Equipped)
You can use the remote control at any
time.
Press and hold both the lock and unlock
buttons on the remote control for three
seconds to change between driver door or
all doors unlock mode. The direction
indicators will flash twice to indicate a
change to the unlocking mode. Driver door
mode only unlocks the driver door when
you press the unlock button once. All door
mode unlocks all doors when you press
the unlock button once. The unlocking
mode applies to the remote control.
Locking the Doors
E138623
Press the button to lock all
doors. The direction indicators
flash.
Press the button again within three
seconds to confirm that all the doors
close. The doors lock again, the horn
sounds and the direction indicators flash
if all the doors and the liftgate close.
Note: If any door or the liftgate is open, or
if the hood is open on vehicles with an
anti-theft alarm or remote start, the horn
sounds twice and the direction indicators
do not flash.
Independent Liftgate Unlocking
Feature (If Equipped)
This feature allows you to unlock the
liftgate independently of the other doors.
Unlocking
The liftgate unlocks when you pull and
release the liftgate control on the overhead
console with the ignition on.
Note: The liftgate does not unlock when
you unlock all the doors electronically using
the remote control or power door lock
control.
Liftgate Timed Release (If Equipped)
Switch the ignition to the run, start or
accessory position.
Pull and release the liftgate
control on the overhead console.
Note: Only the liftgate unlocks. All other
passenger doors remain in the previous
locking state.
A warning lamp illuminates in the
instrument cluster for 45 seconds. See
Warning Lamps and Indicators (page
80). You can then open the liftgate using
the exterior liftgate release button.
Once the 45 second timer expires, the
lamp turns off and you can no longer open
the liftgate. Pull and release the liftgate
control on the overhead console again to
restart the timer.
Note: You can also unlock the liftgate by
using the key blade inserted into the liftgate
lock cylinder.
Locking
The liftgate locks when any of the
following occur:
• You open and close the liftgate after
you pull and release the liftgate control
on the overhead console.
• The 45 second timer expires.
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
with the Key Blade
Locking with the Key
Turn the top of the key toward the front of
your vehicle.
Unlocking with the Key
Turn the top of the key toward the rear of
your vehicle.
Note: With the child safety locks on and
you pull the interior handle, you only turn off
the emergency locking, not the child safety
lock. You can only open the doors using the
external door handle.
60
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Doors and Locks
61
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Doors and Locks
Illuminated Exit (If Equipped)
The interior lamps and some exterior
lamps illuminate when all doors close and
you switch the ignition off.
The lamps turn off if all the doors remain
closed and:
• 25 seconds have elapsed.
• You lock your vehicle from the outside.
Battery Saver
If you leave the courtesy lamps, interior
lamps or headlamps on, the battery saver
shuts them off 10 minutes after you switch
the ignition off.
MANUAL LIFTGATE
WARNING: It is extremely
dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside
or outside of a vehicle. In a crash, people
riding in these areas are more likely to be
seriously injured or killed. Do not allow
people to ride in any area of your vehicle
that is not equipped with seats and
seatbelts. Make sure everyone in your
vehicle is in a seat and properly using a
seatbelt. Failure to follow this warning
could result in serious personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Make sure that you
fully close the liftgate to prevent exhaust
fumes from entering your vehicle. If you
are unable to fully close the liftgate,
open the air vents or the windows to
allow fresh air to enter your vehicle.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing
the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
Note: Do not hang anything, for example
a bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This
could damage the liftgate and its
components.
Note: Do not leave the liftgate open while
driving. This could damage the liftgate and
its components.
Opening with the Outside Control
Button
E291352
Press the control button to the right of the
rear view camera to unlatch the liftgate
and then lift to open.
Opening with the Remote Control
(If Equipped)
Press the button to unlock the
liftgate. The liftgate unlocks for
45 seconds, during which time
you can open the liftgate using the outside
control button.
62
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Liftgate
Closing the Liftgate
E291353
A handle is located inside the liftgate to
help with closing.
63
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Liftgate
ANTI-THEFT ALARM
Alarm System
The perimeter alarm is a deterrent against
unauthorized access to your vehicle
through the doors, luggage compartment
and the hood.
Triggering the Alarm
Once armed, the alarm is triggered in any
of the following ways:
• If someone opens a door, cargo area
or the hood without a valid key or
remote control.
If the alarm is triggered, the horn will sound
for 30 seconds and the hazard warning
flasher will flash for five minutes.
Any further attempts to perform one of the
above will trigger the alarm again.
Arming the Alarm
To arm the alarm, lock your vehicle. See
Doors and Locks (page 59).
Disarming the Alarm
Disarm and silence the alarm by unlocking
the doors with the key and switching the
ignition on within 12 seconds, or by
unlocking the doors or the cargo area with
the remote control.
Police Perimeter Alert System (If
Equipped)
The system uses sensors to monitor
detected objects moving near your parked
vehicle.
Detected moving objects are displayed as
moving dots on the systems instrument
cluster display.
E298029
Once the system detects approaching
objects crossing the selected range
perimeter, the vehicle sounds a tone, and
may roll up the windows and lock the
doors.
The system may also activate the rear view
camera if the display is in the Information
and Entertainment screen.
Note: The Police Perimeter Alert System is
primarily intended to monitor moving
pedestrians but also detects objects like
vehicles and bikes. Fast vehicles, stationary
objects and small objects like birds may also
be ignored.
Note: The Police Perimeter Alert System
feature does not function outside of Park
(P) or with any door open.
Switching the Police Perimeter
Alert On and Off
E298031
64
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Security
While the vehicle is running and in Park (P),
press and release the button located on
the center of the instrument panel.
Activating the feature will turn on the
Police Perimeter Alert System display in
the instrument cluster.
Note: When the feature is active an icon
will display on the instrument cluster.
Police Perimeter Alert Settings
The Police Perimeter Alert system has
three range settings Low, Medium or High
via the menu in the instrument cluster
display. Use the steering wheel controls to
adjust the settings when active.
Note: When window or door locking is
active, corresponding icons will display in
the instrument cluster.
Note: When Low mode is active, window
or door locking setting is not available.
Object Detection
The Police Perimeter Alert system uses
sensors located behind the rear bumper
on both sides of your vehicle. The sensors
will perform best if the vehicle is parked in
an open area without large obstructions
or walls nearby.
E298030
Note: A pedestrian near large obstructions
such as vehicles or walls may not be
detected until the person moves away from
the obstruction.
Note: Sensor reflections from stationary
objects may cause false objects to briefly
appear on the Police Perimeter Alert System
display.
Note: Sensor obstructions such as; dirt,
mud, precipitation, repair compound,
stickers, graphics, bumper guards, trailers,
or bicycle/cargo racks - in front of the
sensors can cause system sensing
degradation.
System Error
If the system senses a Police Perimeter
Alert System fault, a warning message will
appear in the information display. See
General Information (page 85).
System Configuration
See your authorized dealer for system
configurations.
65
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Security
ADJUSTING THE STEERING
WHEEL
WARNING: Do not adjust the
steering wheel when your vehicle is
moving.
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the
correct position. See Sitting in the Correct
Position (page 108).
E279960
1. Unlock the steering column.
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
position.
E279962
3. Lock the steering column.
AUDIO CONTROL
E280795
You can operate the following
functions with the control:
Press to access phone mode or
to answer a phone call.
E265040
Press to end a phone call.
E265045
Press to access the previous
media selection.
66
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Steering Wheel
E265044
Press to access the next media
selection.
Auxiliary Steering Wheel Controls
E282079
You can configure the steering wheel
controls to operate police equipment.
VOICE CONTROL
The controls are on the steering wheel.
E142599
Press and release to activate
voice recognition.
CRUISE CONTROL
E282079
See About Cruise Control (page 165).
INFORMATION DISPLAY
CONTROL
E280795
See Information Displays (page 85).
HORN
E270945
67
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Steering Wheel
WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before
you switch the windshield wipers on.
Note: Make sure you switch the windshield
wipers off before entering a car wash.
Note: If streaks or smears appear on the
windshield, clean the windshield and the
wiper blades. If that does not resolve the
issue, install new wiper blades.
Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry
windshield. This may scratch the glass,
damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper
motor to burn out. Always use the
windshield washers before wiping a dry
windshield.
E208496
• Rotate away from you for long wipe
interval.
• Rotate toward you for short wipe
interval.
Speed Dependent Wipers
When your vehicle speed increases, the
interval between wipes decreases.
WINDSHIELD WASHERS
Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry
windshield. This may scratch the glass,
damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper
motor to burn out. Always use the
windshield washer before wiping a dry
windshield.
Note: Do not operate the washers when
the washer reservoir is empty. This may
cause the washer pump to overheat.
E208497
• A brief press causes a single wipe
without washer fluid.
• A brief press and hold causes the
wipers to swipe three times with
washer fluid.
• A long press and hold turns on the
wipers and washer fluid for up to 10
seconds.
A wipe occurs a few seconds after washing
to clear any remaining washer fluid. You
can switch this feature on or off in the
information display.
REAR WINDOW WIPER AND
WASHERS
Note: Make sure you switch the windshield
wipers off before entering a car wash.
68
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wipers and Washers
Rear Window Wiper Blade
E208498
Intermittent wipe.2
Low speed wipe.1
Off.0
Rear Window Washer
Rotate and hold the control to the top or
bottom position to switch on the rear
window washer. The control returns to the
2 or 0 position when you release it.
Rear Camera Washer
Switching on the rear washer also turns on
the rear camera washer.
69
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wipers and Washers
GENERAL INFORMATION
Condensation in Lamp Assemblies
Exterior lamps have vents to
accommodate normal changes in air
pressure.
Condensation can be a natural by-product
of this design. When moist air enters the
lamp assembly through the vents, there is
a possibility that condensation can occur
when the temperature is cold. When
normal condensation occurs, a fine mist
can form on the interior of the lens. The
fine mist eventually clears and exits
through the vents during normal operation.
Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours
under dry weather conditions.
Examples of acceptable condensation are:
• The presence of a fine mist (no streaks,
drip marks or large droplets).
• A fine mist covers less than 50% of the
lens.
Examples of unacceptable condensation
are:
• A water puddle inside the lamp.
• Streaks, drip marks or large droplets
present on the interior of the lens.
If you see any unacceptable condensation,
have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer.
Dark Car Feature (If Equipped)
The Dark Car feature may disable the
following features:
• Welcome/farewell strategy.
• Courtesy lighting.
• Daytime running lamps.
Note: In markets where daytime running
lamps are mandated by law, the Dark Car
feature does not disable the daytime
running lamps.
Switching the Backlighting Off
The Dark Car feature allows you to switch
the cabin backlighting off, this state can
be reached by:
1. Switch the lighting control to the lamps
off position.
2. Use the instrument lighting dimmer
switch to lower the brightness to off.
LIGHTING CONTROL
Lighting Control Selections
E281337
Turn the dial to make a selection.
Note: The indicator illuminates next to the
active selection.
E265031
Lamps off.
Parking lamps, instrument panel
lamps, license plate lamps and
rear lamps.
E281240
Autolamps.
E270968
Headlamps on.
Note: The lighting control defaults to the
last known state every time you switch your
vehicle on.
70
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Lighting
Switching High Beam Headlamps
On and Off
E167827
Push the lever away from you to
switch the high beam on.
Push the lever forward again or pull the
lever toward you to switch the high beams
off.
Flashing High Beam Headlamps
E163268
Pull the lever toward you and release it to
flash the high beam headlamps.
AUTOLAMPS
WARNING: The system does not
relieve you of your responsibility to drive
with due care and attention. You may
need to override the system if it does not
turn the headlamps on in low visibility
conditions, for example daytime fog.
Autolamps turn the headlamps on in low
light situations or when the wipers operate.
E281240
Switch the lighting control to the
autolamps position.
The headlamps remain on for a period of
time after you switch the ignition off. Use
the information display controls to adjust
the period of time that the headlamps
remain on.
Note: If you switch the autolamps on, you
cannot switch the high beams on until the
system turns the low beams on.
Windshield Wiper Activated
Headlamps
When you switch the autolamps on, the
headlamps turn on within 10 seconds of
switching the wipers on. They turn off
approximately 60 seconds after you switch
the windshield wipers off.
The headlamps do not turn on with the
wipers:
• During a single wipe.
• When using the windshield washers.
• If the wipers are in intermittent mode.
Note: If you switch the autolamps and the
autowipers on, the headlamps turn on when
the windshield wipers continuously operate.
71
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Lighting
INSTRUMENT LIGHTING
DIMMER
The instrument lighting dimmer buttons
are on the lighting control.
E291299
E296433
Repeatedly press one of the
buttons to adjust the brightness.
DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS -
VEHICLES WITH:
CONFIGURABLE DAYTIME
RUNNING LAMPS
WARNING: The daytime running
lamps system does not activate the rear
lamps and may not provide adequate
lighting during low visibility driving
conditions. Make sure you switch the
headlamps on, as appropriate, during all
low visibility conditions. Failure to do so
may result in a crash.
Switch the daytime running lamps on or
off using the touchscreen:
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Vehicle.
3. Select Lighting.
The daytime running lamps turn on when:
1. The lamps are on in the information
display.
2. You switch the ignition on.
3. The transmission is not in park (P) for
vehicles with automatic transmissions
or you release the parking brake for
vehicles with manual transmissions.
4. The lighting control is in the autolamps
position.
5. The headlamps are off.
The other lighting control switch positions
do not turn on the daytime running lamps.
If the daytime running lamps are off in the
information display, the lamps stay off in
all switch positions.
DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS -
VEHICLES WITH: DAYTIME
RUNNING LAMPS (DRL)
WARNING: The daytime running
lamps system does not activate the rear
lamps and may not provide adequate
lighting during low visibility driving
conditions. Make sure you switch the
headlamps on, as appropriate, during all
low visibility conditions. Failure to do so
may result in a crash.
The system turns the lamps on in daylight
conditions.
To switch the system on, switch the
lighting control to any position except
headlamps.
FRONT FOG LAMPS (IF EQUIPPED)
Switching the Front Fog Lamps On
or Off
Only switch the front fog lamps on during
reduced visibility.
72
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Lighting
You can switch the front fog lamps on if
any of the following occur:
• You set the lighting control to the
parking lamps position.
• You set the lighting control to the
headlamps position.
• You set the lighting control to the
autolamps position and the headlamps
are on.
The front fog lamp button is on the lighting
control.
Press the button to switch the
front fog lamps on or off.
Note: The brightness of the daytime running
lamps decreases when the front fog lamps
are switched on.
Front Fog Lamp Indicator
It illuminates when you switch
the front fog lamps on.
DIRECTION INDICATORS
E163272
Push the lever up or down to use
the direction indicators.
Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the
direction indicators flash three times.
INTERIOR LAMPS
Note: The Dark Car feature disables the
courtesy lamps.
The lamps turn on under the following
conditions:
• You open any door.
• You press a button on the remote
control.
• You press the all lamps on button on
the overhead console.
Front Interior Lamp
E299715
The front interior lamp switches are on the
overhead console.
Night Vision Red Task Lamp
Press to switch the lamp on or
off.
Individual White Map Lamps
E262193
Press to switch the left-hand
individual dome lamp on and off.
Press to switch the right-hand
individual dome lamp on and off.
73
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Lighting
Rear Interior Lamps
E281231
The rear interior lamps may be above the
rear seat or above the rear windows.
Press to switch the lamps on or
off.
Dome Task Lamp (If Equipped)
Note: Prolonged use of the dome task
lamps causes the battery to run out of
charge.
E203953
Night vision red light on.A
Lamp off.B
White light on.C
Your vehicle may have a red or white dome
task lamp in the headliner. This lamp is at
the rear of your vehicle.
74
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Lighting
POWER WINDOWS
WARNING: Do not leave children
unattended in your vehicle and do not
let them play with the power windows.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury.
WARNING: When closing the
power windows, verify they are free of
obstruction and make sure that children
and pets are not in the proximity of the
window openings.
E295317
Note: You may hear a pulsing noise when
just one of the windows is open. Lower the
opposite window slightly to reduce this
noise.
Press the switch to open the window.
Lift the switch to close the window.
One-Touch Down
Note: One-touch down applies to the front
windows only.
Press the switch fully and release it. Press
again or lift it to stop the window.
One-Touch Up
Note: One-touch up applies to the front
windows only.
Lift the switch fully and release it. Press or
lift it again to stop the window.
Resetting One-Touch Up
Start the engine.
1. Lift and hold the window switch until
you fully close the door window.
Continue to hold the switch for a few
seconds after you close the window.
2. Release the window switch.
3. Press and hold the window switch until
you fully open the door window.
4. Release the window switch.
5. Lift and hold the window switch until
you fully close the window.
6. Test for correct window operation by
carrying out the one-touch down and
one-touch up features.
Bounce-Back
The window will stop automatically while
closing. It reverses some distance if there
is an obstacle in the way.
Overriding the Bounce-Back Feature
WARNING: If you override
bounce-back, the window does not
reverse if it detects an obstacle. Take
care when closing the windows to avoid
personal injury or damage to your
vehicle.
The window stops if you release the switch
before the window fully closes. Pull up the
window switch and hold within a few
seconds of the window reaching the
bounce-back position. The window travels
up with no bounce-back protection.
75
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Windows and Mirrors
Window Lock
E295318
Press the control to lock or unlock the rear
window controls. It illuminates when you
lock the rear window controls.
Accessory Delay
You can use the window switches for
several minutes after you switch the
ignition off or until you open either front
door.
GLOBAL OPENING
You can use the remote control to open
the windows with the ignition off.
Note: You can enable or disable this feature
in the information display, or see an
authorized dealer. See General
Information (page 85).
Note: To operate this feature, accessory
delay must not be active.
Remote Control Front Windows
You can open the windows for a short time
after you unlock your vehicle with the
remote control. After you unlock your
vehicle, press and hold the remote control
unlock button to open the windows.
Release the button once movement starts.
Press the lock or unlock button to stop
movement.
EXTERIOR MIRRORS
Power Exterior Mirrors
WARNING: Do not adjust the
mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
E297114
Left-hand mirror.A
Adjustment control.B
Right-hand mirror.C
To adjust your mirrors, switch your vehicle
on with the ignition in accessory mode or
the engine running and then:
1. Select the mirror you want to adjust.
The control lights.
2. Use the adjustment control to adjust
the position of the mirror.
3. Press the mirror control again. The
control light turns off.
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors
Push the mirror toward the door window
glass. Make sure that you fully engage the
mirror in its support when returning it to its
original position.
76
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Windows and Mirrors
Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)
See Heated Exterior Mirrors (page 106).
Integrated Blind Spot Mirror (If
Equipped)
WARNING: Objects in the mirror
are closer than they appear.
Blind spot mirrors have an integrated
convex mirror built into the upper outboard
corner of the exterior mirrors. They can
assist you by increasing visibility along the
side of your vehicle.
Check the main mirror first before a lane
change, then check the blind spot mirror.
If no vehicles are present in the blind spot
mirror and the traffic in the adjacent lane
is at a safe distance, signal that you are
going to change lanes. Glance over your
shoulder to verify traffic is clear, and
carefully change lanes.
A
B
C
E138665
The image of the approaching vehicle is
small and near the inboard edge of the
main mirror when it is at a distance. The
image becomes larger and begins to move
outboard across the main mirror as the
vehicle approaches (A). The image
transitions from the main mirror and begins
to appear in the blind spot mirror as the
vehicle approaches (B). The vehicle
transitions to your peripheral field of view
as it leaves the blind spot mirror (C).
Blind Spot Information System (If
Equipped)
See Blind Spot Information System
(page 167).
77
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Windows and Mirrors
INTERIOR MIRROR
WARNING: Do not adjust the
mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or
glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum-based cleaning products.
You can adjust the interior mirror to your
preference. Some mirrors also have a
second pivot point. This lets you move the
mirror head up or down and from side to
side.
Manual Dimming Mirror
Pull the tab below the mirror toward you
to reduce the effect of bright light from
behind.
Automatic Dimming Mirror (If Equipped)
Note: Do not block the sensors on the front
and back of the mirror. A rear center
passenger or raised rear center head
restraint may also block light from reaching
the sensor.
The mirror dims to reduce the effect of
bright light from behind. It returns to
normal when the bright light from behind
is no longer present or if you shift into
reverse (R).
SUN VISORS
Slide-on-rod (If Equipped)
E138666
Rotate the sun visor toward the side
window and extend it rearward for extra
shade.
78
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Windows and Mirrors
GAUGES
E282227
Tachometer.A
Information display.B
Speedometer.C
Fuel gauge.D
Engine coolant temperature gauge.E
Information Display
Information that appears depends on your
vehicle settings. See General
Information (page 85).
Speedometer
Your vehicle is shipped with a certified
digital speedometer and analog gauge. If
your local procedures require calibration,
utilize the distance per time on-road test
or a radar-based speed test. If a
dynamometer calibration is required,
reference the calibration procedure found
at www.Fleet.Ford.com or check OASIS
for updated information.
Fuel Gauge
The fuel gauge indicates about how much
fuel is in the fuel tank.
The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump
symbol indicates on which side of your
vehicle the fuel filler door is located.
Note: The fuel gauge may vary slightly
when your vehicle is moving or on a slope.
79
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
Low Fuel Reminder
A low fuel level reminder displays and
sounds when the distance to empty
reaches 75 mi (120 km) to empty for
MyKey, and at 50 mi (80 km), 25 mi
(40 km), 10 mi (20 km) and 0 mi (0 km)
for all vehicle keys.
Note: The low fuel reminder can appear at
different fuel gauge positions depending on
fuel economy conditions. This variation is
normal.
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
Indicates engine coolant temperature. At
normal operating temperature, the level
indicator will be in the normal range. If the
engine coolant temperature exceeds the
normal range, stop your vehicle as soon as
safely possible, switch off the engine and
let the engine cool.
WARNING: Do not remove the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10
minutes for the cooling system to cool
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap
with a thick cloth to prevent the
possibility of scalding and slowly remove
the cap. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
WARNING LAMPS AND
INDICATORS
The following warning lamps and
indicators alert you to a vehicle condition
that may become serious. Some lamps
illuminate when you start your vehicle to
make sure they work. If any lamps remain
on after starting your vehicle, refer to the
respective system warning lamp for further
information.
Note: Some warning indicators appear in
the information display and function the
same as a warning lamp, but do not display
when you start your vehicle.
Anti-Lock Braking System
If it illuminates when you are
driving, this indicates a system
error. You continue to have the
normal braking (without ABS) unless the
brake system warning lamp also
illuminates. Have the system checked by
an authorized dealer.
Battery
If it illuminates while driving, it
indicates a system error. Switch
off all unnecessary electrical
equipment and have the system checked
by an authorized dealer immediately.
Blind Spot Monitor (If Equipped)
E151262
Illuminates when you switch this
feature off or in conjunction with
a message. See Blind Spot
Information System (page 167).
Brake System Warning Lamp
WARNING: Driving your vehicle
with the warning lamp on is dangerous.
A significant decrease in braking
performance may occur. It may take you
longer to stop your vehicle. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Driving extended distances with the
parking brake engaged can cause brake
failure and the risk of personal injury.
Note: Indicators vary depending on region.
This lamp is a dual function lamp and
illuminates when:
80
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
• You apply the parking brake with the
ignition on.
• Your vehicle has a brake fault or low
brake fluid level, regardless of parking
brake position.
E270480
If the lamp illuminates when you
are moving, you may have the
parking brake applied. Make sure
the parking brake is off. Have
your vehicle checked as soon as
possible if the lamp continues to
illuminate.
Cruise Control
E71340
Illuminates when you switch this
feature on.
Deep Snow and Sand
E295420
Illuminates when you switch this
feature on.
Direction Indicator
Illuminates when you switch on
the left or right direction
indicator or the hazard flasher. If
the indicators stay on or flash faster, check
for a burned out bulb. See Changing a
Bulb (page 232).
Door Ajar
Illuminates when the ignition is
on and any door is not
completely closed.
Electric Park Brake
E146190
Illuminates or flashes when the
electric parking brake has a
system error. See Electric
Parking Brake (page 153).
Engine or Motor Coolant
Temperature
Illuminates when the engine
coolant temperature is high.
Stop your vehicle as soon as
possible, switch off the engine and let it
cool. See Engine Coolant Check (page
222).
Engine Oil
If it illuminates with the engine
running or when you are driving,
this indicates a system error.
Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to
do so and switch the engine off. Check the
engine oil level. See Engine Oil Check
(page 220).
Note: Do not resume your journey if it
illuminates despite the level being correct.
Have the system checked by an authorized
dealer immediately.
Fasten Seatbelt
E71880
Illuminates and a tone sounds
to remind you to fasten your
seatbelt. See Seatbelt
Reminder (page 37).
Front Airbag
E67017
If it fails to illuminate when you
start your vehicle, continues to
flash or remains on, it indicates
there is a system error. Have the system
checked by an authorized dealer.
Front Fog Lamps (If Equipped)
Illuminates when you switch the
front fog lamps on.
81
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
High Beam
Illuminates when you switch the
high beam headlamps on. It
flashes when you use the
headlamp flasher.
Hood Ajar
E246598
Illuminates when the ignition is
on and the hood is not
completely closed.
Lamps On
Illuminates when you switch the
low beam headlamps or the
parking lamps on.
Liftgate Ajar
E162453
Illuminates when the liftgate is
not completely closed.
Liftgate Lock Release
E206359
Illuminates when the rear liftgate
mechanism remains unlocked
for a short time before timing
out, permitting access the cargo area.
Low Beam Warning
E181350
Illuminates when the low beam
headlamp bulb is not functioning
properly.
Low Fuel Level
Illuminates when the fuel level
is low or the fuel tank is nearly
empty. Refuel as soon as
possible.
Low Tire Pressure Warning
Illuminates when your tire
pressure is low. If the lamp
remains on with the engine
running or when driving, check your tire
pressure as soon as possible.
It also illuminates momentarily when you
switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp
is functional. If it does not illuminate when
you switch the ignition on, or begins to
flash at any time, have the system checked
by an authorized dealer.
Low Washer Fluid
E132353
Illuminates when the windshield
washer fluid is low.
Police Engine Idle feature (If Equipped)
E224045
Illuminates when the police
engine idle feature is armed and
active.
Police Perimeter Alert (If Equipped)
E288083
Illuminates when the police
perimeter security feature has
been activated.
Police Pursuit Mode (If Equipped)
E271854
Illuminates when police pursuit
mode is active.
Powertrain Fault
Illuminates when the system
detects a powertrain or an 4WD
fault. Contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
82
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
Pre-Collision Assist
E297318
Illuminates when you switch this
feature off or when the feature
is unavailable.
Ready to Drive (If Equipped)
E224090
Illuminates when you have
switched on the vehicle and it is
ready to drive. A corresponding
message may appear stating ready to
drive.
Service Engine Soon
It illuminates when you switch
the ignition on prior to engine
start to check the bulb and to
indicate whether your vehicle is ready for
Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) testing.
Normally, it illuminates until the engine is
cranked and automatically turns off if no
system errors are present. However, if after
15 seconds it flashes eight times, this
indicates that your vehicle is not ready for
Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) testing.
See Catalytic Converter (page 139).
If it illuminates when the engine is running
this indicates a system error. The On Board
Diagnostics system has detected an error
in the vehicle emission control system.
If it flashes, engine misfire may be
occurring. Continuing to drive your vehicle
may cause reduced power or the engine
to stop. Failure to respond to the warning
lamp may cause component damage not
covered by the vehicle Warranty. Have
your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Stability Control
E138639
It flashes when the system is
active. If it remains illuminated
or does not illuminate when you
switch the ignition on, this indicates a
system error. During a system error the
system switches off. Have the system
checked by an authorized dealer
immediately. See Using Stability
Control (page 158).
Stability Control Off
E130458
Illuminates when you switch the
system off. It goes out when you
switch the system back on or
when you switch the ignition off. See
Using Stability Control (page 158).
Stop Safely Now (If Equipped)
E144693
Illuminates if your vehicle has an
electrical component fault or
failure that will cause your
vehicle to shutdown or enter into a limited
operating mode. You may also see a
message.
AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND
INDICATORS
Key in Ignition Warning Chime
Sounds when you open the driver's door
and you have left the key in the ignition.
Headlamps On Warning Chime
Sounds when you remove the key from the
ignition and open the driver's door and you
have left the headlamps or parking lamps
on.
83
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
Parking Brake On Warning Chime
Sounds when you have left the parking
brake on and drive your vehicle. If the
warning chime remains on after you have
released the parking brake, have the
system checked by your authorized dealer
immediately.
Automatic Transmission Warning
Chime
Sounds when you have not moved the
transmission selector lever to position P.
A message will be shown in the display.
84
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
You can control various systems on your
vehicle using the quick action menu (QAM)
buttons on the right-hand side of the
steering wheel. The information display
provides the corresponding information.
Information Display Controls
A B C
E250032
Return button.A
OK button.B
Menu button.C
Return Button
Use the return button to go back or to exit.
OK Button
Use the OK button to make a selection.
You can also use it to scroll through a
menu.
Menu Button
Use the menu button on the main screen
to display the submenu.
Menu
E204495
This icon gives you the ability to
switch a feature on or off. A
check in the box indicates the
feature is on, and unchecked indicates the
feature is off.
Note: Some options may appear slightly
different or not at all if the items are
optional.
85
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Information Displays
Trip 1
Trip 1
Trip 1
Trip 2
Select Your SettingReset Individual Values
Select Your SettingConfigure View
• Trip Odometer - Registers the distance traveled of individual journeys or the total
distance since the function was last reset.
• Trip Timer - Registers the elapsed time of individual journeys or the total time since
the function was last reset.
• Average Fuel - Indicates the average fuel consumption of individual journeys or the
average fuel consumption since the function was last reset.
• Average Speed - Indicates the average vehicle speed of individual journeys or the
average vehicle speed since the function was last reset.
• Distance to Empty - Indicates the approximate distance your vehicle can travel on
the fuel remaining in the tank. Changes in driving pattern can cause the value to not
only decrease but also increase or stay constant for periods of time.
Note: Press and hold the OK button to reset your trip information.
MyView
MyView
Range Indication
Power Charge Gauge
Fuel Economy
Trip/Audio
Eco Coach
Calm Screen
Driver Assist.
Driver Assist.
Select Your SettingEco Coach
86
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Information Displays
Navigation
Navigation
Menu options covered in the SYNC chapter. See General Information (page 308).
Audio
Audio
Menu options covered in the SYNC chapter. See General Information (page 308).
Phone
Phone
Menu options covered in the SYNC chapter. See General Information (page 308).
Settings
Settings
Contains vehicle status information.
Select Your Setting.
Information
Select Your SettingLanguageDisplay
Measure unit
Temperature unit
Tire Pressure
Select Your SettingDriver Assistance
Select Your SettingAlarm systemVehicle Settings
Chimes
DTE Calculation
Lighting
Locks
Select Your SettingWipers
Oil LevelVehicle Maintenance
87
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Information Displays
Settings
Oil Life
Brake Fluid Life
Tire Pressure
INFORMATION MESSAGES
Note: Depending on your vehicle options
and instrument cluster type, not all of the
messages will display or be available.
Certain messages may be abbreviated or
shortened depending upon which cluster
type you have.
E222314
Press the OK button to acknowledge and
remove some messages from the
information display. Other messages will
be removed automatically after a short
time.
Certain messages need to be confirmed
before you can access the menus.
AWD
ActionMessage
The all wheel drive system has automatically disabled itself
due to the system overheating.
AWD Temporarily
Disabled
The all wheel drive system is locking up the torque transfer
clutch to help reduce clutch temperature.
AWD Temporarily
Locked
Displays when the system automatically disables to protect
itself. This may be caused by operating the vehicle with a mini
spare tire installed, if the system detects dissimilar size tires,
or if there is an issue with another vehicle system preventing
AWD operation. The system resumes normal operation and
clears this message after you cycle the ignition on and off and
drive a short distance with the road tire re-installed or after
the other vehicle system issues are resolved.
AWD OFF
Displays after the system cools and the all wheel drive system
resumes normal function.
AWD Restored
88
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Information Displays
ActionMessage
The all wheel drive system is not operating properly and the
powertrain fault indicator illuminates. If the warning stays
illuminated or continues to illuminate, contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
AWD Fault Service
Required
Displayed when the transfer case fluid requires service.Change AWD Power
Transfer Unit Lube
Displayed when the transfer case fluid has been changed and
reset to new.
AWD Power Transfer
Unit Lube Set to New
AdvanceTrac™ and Traction Control
ActionMessage
The system detects a condition that requires service. Contact
an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Service AdvanceTrac
The status of the AdvanceTrac system after you switched it
off.
AdvanceTrac Off
The status of the AdvanceTrac system after you switched it
on.
AdvanceTrac On
The status of the AdvanceTrac sport mode after you switched
it on.
AdvanceTrac SPORT
MODE
The status of the traction control system after you switched
it off.
Traction Control Off
The status of the traction control system after you switched
it on.
Traction Control On
Alarm
ActionMessage
Unauthorized entry triggered the alarm. See Anti-Theft
Alarm (page 64).
Vehicle Alarm To Stop
Alarm, Start Vehicle.
89
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Information Displays
Battery and Charging System (12 volt)
ActionMessage
The charging system needs servicing. If the warning stays on
or continues to come on, contact an authorized dealer as soon
as possible.
Check Charging System
The charging system needs servicing. If the warning stays on
or continues to come on, contact an authorized dealer as soon
as possible.
Charging System Service
Soon
The charging system needs servicing. Contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Charging System Service
Now
The battery management system determines that the 12V
battery is at a low state of charge. Start the engine to charge
the battery or charge the battery using an aftermarket battery
charger. This message clears once you restart your vehicle
and the battery state of charge has recovered.
Battery State of Charge
Low
The battery management system determines that the battery
is at a low state of charge. Turn the ignition off as soon as
possible to protect the battery. This message will clear once
the vehicle has been started and the battery state of charge
has recovered. Turning off unnecessary electrical loads will
allow faster battery state-of-charge recovery.
Turn Power Off To Save
Battery
Displayed when the battery management system detects an
extended low-voltage condition. Various vehicle features will
be disabled to help preserve the battery. Turn off as many of
the electrical loads as soon as possible to improve system
voltage. If the system voltage has recovered, the disabled
features will operate again as normal.
Low Battery Features
Temporarily Turned Off
Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert System
ActionMessage
A system error has occurred. Contact an authorized dealer as
soon as possible.
Blind Spot System Fault
The system sensors are blocked. See Blind Spot Informa-
tion System (page 167).
Blind Spot Not Available
Sensor Blocked See
Manual
The system detects a vehicle and automatically applied the
brakes.
Cross Traffic Alert
Applying Brakes
90
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Information Displays
ActionMessage
The blind spot information system and cross traffic alert
system sensors are blocked. See Cross Traffic Alert (page
171).
Cross Traffic Not Avail-
able Sensor Blocked See
Manual
A system error has occurred. Contact an authorized dealer as
soon as possible.
Cross Traffic System
Fault
The system automatically turns off and displays this message
when you connect a trailer to the vehicle that does not have
a trailer blind spot system or when you switch the trailer blind
spot system off through the information display. See Cross
Traffic Alert (page 171).
Cross Traffic Alert Deac-
tivated Trailer Attached
The system automatically turns off and displays this message
when you connect a trailer to the vehicle that does not have
a trailer blind spot system or when you switch the trailer blind
spot system off through the information display. See Blind
Spot Information System (page 167).
Blind Spot Alert Deactiv-
ated Trailer Attached
Doors and Locks
ActionMessage
The driver door is not completely closed.Driver Door Ajar
The passenger door is not completely closed.Passenger Door Ajar
The rear left door is not completely closed.Rear Left Door Ajar
The rear right door is not completely closed.Rear Right Door Ajar
The liftgate is not completely closed.Liftgate Ajar
The hood is not completely closed.Hood Ajar
The system has disabled the door switches.Switches Inhibited
Security Mode
Displays when the door lock is turned on and you attempt to
open the door.
Doors Locked Unlock
Before Opening
Indicates a driver door fault that requires manually opening
the door by the override lever. Contact an authorized dealer.
Driver Door Fault Use
Inside Override Lever In
Map Pocket
Indicates a fault with the electronic door system. Contact an
authorized dealer.
Door Fault Service
Required
91
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Information Displays
ActionMessage
There is a system malfunction with the child locks. Contact
an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Child Lock Malfunction
Service Required
Indicates that the rear seat interior door release switches and
power windows are switched off, preventing rear seat occu-
pants from opening the doors or windows.
Child Lock ON
Indicates that the rear seat interior door release switches and
power windows are switched on.
Child Lock OFF
The factory keypad code displays in the information display
after the system resets the keypad.
Factory Keypad Code {X
X X X X}
Fuel
ActionMessage
An early reminder of a low fuel condition.Fuel Level Low
The fuel fill inlet may not be properly closed.Check Fuel Fill Inlet
Wait for up to 15 seconds while the fuel system depressurizes.Fuel Door Opening
The fuel system has finished depressurizing and you can begin
to refuel.
Fuel Door Open
A reminder to close the fuel door. Failure to follow this
instruction can cause the check engine light to illuminate.
Close Fuel Door to Avoid
Check Engine Light
There is an error in attempting to refill your vehicle.Refuel Error See Manual
Hill Start Assist
ActionMessage
Hill start assist is not available. Contact an authorized dealer.
See Hill Start Assist (page 154).
Hill Start Assist Not
Available
92
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Information Displays
Keys and Intelligent Access
ActionMessage
A reminder to press the brake while starting your vehicle.To START Press Brake
The key is not detected by the system.No Key Detected
The Start Stop button is pressed to shut off the engine and
an Intelligent Access key is not detected inside your vehicle.
Restart Now or Key is
Needed
Your vehicle is in the accessory ignition state.Full Accessory Power
Active
There is a problem with your vehicle’s starting system. See
an authorized dealer for service.
Starting System Fault
During spare key programming, an intelligent access key is
programmed to the system.
Key Program Successful
During spare key programming, the maximum number of keys
have been programmed.
Max Number of Keys
Learned
Displayed during spare key programming, when an intelligent
access key has failed to be programmed.
Key Program Failure
Displayed during spare key programming when not enough
keys have been programmed.
Not Enough Keys
Learned
Displays when the key battery is low. Change the battery as
soon as possible.
Key Battery Low Replace
Soon
Displays when the vehicle is switched off.Vehicle Switched Off
93
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Information Displays
Lane Keeping System
ActionMessage
The system has malfunctioned. Contact an authorized dealer
as soon as possible.
Lane Keeping Sys.
Malfunction Service
Required
The system has detected a condition that has caused the
system to be temporarily unavailable.
Front Camera Tempor-
arily Not Available
The system has detected a condition that requires the wind-
shield to be cleaned to operate properly.
Front Camera Low Visib-
ility Clean Screen
The system has malfunctioned. Contact an authorized dealer
as soon as possible.
Front Camera Malfunc-
tion Service Required
The system requests the driver to keep their hands on the
steering wheel.
Keep Hands on Steering
Wheel
Maintenance
ActionMessage
Stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible, turn off the
engine. Check the oil level. If the warning stays on or continues
to come on with your engine running, contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Low Engine Oil Pressure
The engine oil life remaining is 10% or less.Change Engine Oil Soon
The oil life left reaches 0%.Oil Change Required
The brake fluid level is low and the brake system should be
inspected immediately. See Brake Fluid Check (page 226).
Brake Fluid Level Low
The brake system needs servicing. Stop the vehicle in a safe
place. Contact an authorized dealer.
Check Brake System
The engine coolant temperature is excessively high.Engine Coolant Over
Temperature
The washer fluid is low and needs to be refilled.Washer Fluid Level Low
Indicates that your vehicle is still in Transport mode. This may
not allow some features to operate properly. Contact an
authorized dealer.
Transport Mode Contact
Dealer
94
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Information Displays
ActionMessage
Indicates that your vehicle is still in Factory mode. This may
not allow some features to operate properly. Contact an
authorized dealer.
Factory Mode Contact
Dealer
Informs the driver that the powertrain needs service due to a
powertrain malfunction.
See Manual
The engine has reduced power to help reduce high engine
temperature.
Power Reduced to
Lower Engine Temp
The brake system has reduced stopping power.Brake Applied Power
Reduced
The motor electronics are overheating. Stop your vehicle as
soon as safely possible, turn off your vehicle and let it cool. If
the warning stays on or continues to come on, contact an
authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Motor Coolant Over
Temperature
Park Aid
ActionMessage
The system has detected a condition that requires service.
Contact an authorized dealer.
Check Front Park Aid
The system has detected a condition that requires service.
Contact an authorized dealer.
Check Rear Park Aid
The radar is blocked due to bad weather, ice, mud or water
in front of radar. You can typically clean the sensor to resolve.
See Rear Parking Aid (page 159).
Rear Park Aid Not Avail-
able Sensor Blocked See
Manual
The radar is blocked due to bad weather, ice, mud or water
in front of radar. You can typically clean the sensor to resolve.
Front Park Aid Not Avail-
able Sensor Blocked See
Manual
The radar is blocked due to bad weather, ice, mud or water
in front of radar. You can typically clean the sensor to resolve.
See Principle of Operation (page 159).
Park Aid Not Available
Sensor Blocked See
Manual
Displays the park aid status.Front Park Aid On Off
Displays the park aid status.Rear Park Aid On Off
95
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Information Displays
Park Brake
ActionMessage
The parking brake is set, the engine is running and you drive
your vehicle more than 3 mph (5 km/h). If the warning stays
on after the parking brake is released, contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Park Brake Engaged
The electric parking brake is set and a manual release is
attempted without the brake pedal being pressed.
To Release: Press Brake
and Switch
The electric parking brake is set and an automatic release is
attempted but cannot be performed. Perform a manual
release.
Park Brake Use Switch
to Release
The electric parking brake is set and your vehicle speed
exceeds 3 mph (5 km/h). Release park brake before continued
driving.
Release Park Brake
The electric parking brake is not fully applied.Park Brake Not Applied
The electric parking brake is not fully released.Park Brake Not Released
The electric parking brake system has been put into a special
mode that is used to allow service of the rear brakes. Contact
an authorized dealer.
Park Brake Maintenance
Mode
The electric park brake system has detected a condition that
requires service. Some functionality may still be available.
Contact your authorized dealer.
Park Brake Limited
Function Service
Required
The electric parking brake system has detected a condition
that requires service. Contact your authorized dealer.
Park Brake Malfunction
Service Now
Numerous park brake applies have overheated the system.
Wait 2 minutes before attempting to apply again.
Park Brake System
Overheated
96
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Information Displays
Police Engine Idle feature
ActionMessage
Displayed when the Police Engine Idle feature conditions are
not correct for proper operation.
Police Engine Idle Not
Available
Displayed when there is a fault detected in the Police Engine
Idle feature and the system is not active.
Police Engine Idle Fault
Displayed when there is a fault detected in the Police Engine
Idle feature and the system is active.
Police Engine Idle Fault
Restart Engine
Displayed when the Police Engine Idle feature is active.Police Engine Idle Active
Reinsert Key or Press
Button
Power Steering
ActionMessage
The power steering system has detected a condition that
requires service. See an authorized dealer.
Steering Fault Service
Now
The power steering system is not working. Stop your vehicle
in a safe place. Contact an authorized dealer.
Steering Loss Stop
Safely
The power steering system has detected a condition within
the power steering system or passive entry or passive start
system requires service. Contact an authorized dealer.
Steering Assist Fault
Service Required
The steering lock system has detected a condition that
requires service. See an authorized dealer.
Steering Lock Malfunc-
tion Service Now
Pre-Collision Assist
ActionMessage
You have a blocked sensor due to bad weather, ice, mud or
water in front of the radar sensor. You can typically clean the
sensor to resolve.
Pre-Collision Assist Not
Available Sensor
Blocked
A fault with the system has occurred. Contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Pre-Collision Assist Not
Available
97
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Information Displays
Seats
ActionMessage
Objects are by the passenger seat. After you move the objects
away from the seat, if the warning stays on or continues to
come on, contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Occupant Sensor
BLOCKED Remove
Objects Near Passenger
Seat
Starting System
ActionMessage
A reminder to apply the brake when starting your vehicle.To START Press Brake
The starter has exceeded its cranking time in attempting to
start your vehicle.
Cranking Time Exceeded
The starter is attempting to start your vehicle.Engine Start Pending
Please Wait
The system has cancelled the pending start.Pending Start Cancelled
Your vehicle is ready to drive.Ready to Drive
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
ActionMessage
One or more tires on your vehicle has low pressure. See Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (page 261).
Tire Pressure Low
The tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning. If the
warning stays on or continues to come on, contact an
authorized dealer. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(page 261).
Tire Pressure Monitor
Fault
A tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning, or your spare tire is
in use. If the warning stays on or continues to come on, contact
an authorized dealer as soon as possible. See Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (page 261).
Tire Pressure Sensor
Fault
98
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Information Displays
Trailer (If Equipped)
ActionMessage
A correct trailer connection is sensed during a given
ignition cycle.
Trailer Connected
A trailer connection becomes disconnected, either
intentionally or unintentionally, and has been sensed
during a given ignition cycle.
Trailer Disconnected
The trailer sway control has detected trailer sway.Trailer Sway Reduce Speed
There are certain faults in your vehicle wiring and trailer
wiring/brake system. See Towing a Trailer (page 184).
Trailer Wiring Fault
There is a fault with your trailer turn lamp. Check your
lamp.
Trailer Left Turn Lamps Fault
Check Lamps
There is a fault with your trailer turn lamp. Check your
lamp.
Trailer Right Turn Lamps Fault
Check Lamps
There is a fault with your trailer battery. See Towing
a Trailer (page 184).
Trailer Battery Not Charging See
Manual
There is a fault with your vehicle trailer lighting module.
See Towing a Trailer (page 184).
Trailer Lighting Module Fault
See Manual
Transmission
ActionMessage
You switched the engine off and shift select lever is in any
position other than park (P).
Shift to Park
Transmission is too cold. Wait for it to warm up before you
drive.
Transmission Warming
Up Please Wait
Displays when the brake pedal needs to be depressed.Press Brake Pedal
The transmission is overheating and needs to cool. Stop in a
safe place as soon as it’s possible.
Transmission Over
Temperature Stop
Safely
See an authorized dealer.Transmission Service
Required
The transmission is overheating and needs to cool. Stop in a
safe place as soon as it’s possible.
Transmission Too Hot
Press Brake
99
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Information Displays
ActionMessage
The transmission has limited functionality. See an authorized
dealer.
Transmission Limited
Function See Manual
A reminder to shift into park. In addition, this message is typical
after reconnecting or recharging the battery until you cycle
the ignition to the on mode. See Changing the 12V Battery
(page 228).
Transmission Not in Park
Displays when there is a system fault and the park brake needs
to be depressed before exiting the vehicle. See your authorized
dealer.
SHIFT SYS FAULT
Confirm Park Brake
Apply Before Exiting the
Vehicle
See your authorized dealer.SHIFT SYS FAULT
Service Required
Displays when there is a system fault while the vehicle is
shifting to park. See your authorized dealer.
SHIFT SYS FAULT
Vehicle is Shifting to
Park
Displays when there is a system fault while the vehicle is
shifting to reverse. See your authorized dealer.
SHIFT SYS FAULT
Reverse Unavailable
Service Required
See an authorized dealer.SHIFT SYS FAULT Drive
Unavailable Select S for
Drive Service Required
See your authorized dealer.SHIFT SYS FAULT
Neutral Unavailable
Service Required
See your authorized dealer.SHIFT SYS FAULT Sport
Unavailable Service
Required
Displays when an invalid gear has been selected.Invalid Gear Selection
Displays when the brake pedal needs to be depressed to
enable the transmission to shift from park.
Depress Brake to Shift
from Park
Reminder to switch off the ignition while in neutral tow.Neutral Tow Engaged
Turn Ignition Off for
Towing
Displays when neutral hold is active and you want to exit
neutral tow.
Neutral Tow Engaged
Depress Brake and
Select Park to Exit
Neutral Tow
100
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Information Displays
ActionMessage
Reminder to remove park brake while in neutral tow.Neutral Tow Remove
Park Brake for Towing
Displays when the neutral tow is off.Neutral Tow Disengaged
Displays when neutral tow is on.Neutral Tow Enabled
Leave Transmission in
Neutral
101
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Information Displays
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE
CONTROL
E286486
Note: Depending on your vehicle option
package, the controls may look different
from what you see here.
Note: You can switch temperature units
between Fahrenheit and Celsius.
Note: For Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) and
Plug-In Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV)
vehicles, the air conditioning compressor
may run, and you may feel airflow when the
climate control is off to provide cooling to
the battery.
Directing the Airflow
Press and release the button to
direct airflow to the windshield
air vents and de-mister.
Press and release the button to
direct airflow to the instrument
panel air vents.
Press and release the button to
direct airflow to the footwell air
vents.
You can direct air through any combination
of these air vents.
Setting the Blower Motor Speed
Press and release + or - to adjust
the volume of air circulated in
the vehicle.
Setting the Temperature
E266187
E266186
Press the buttons on the left-hand side of
the climate control to set the left-hand
temperature.
Note: This control also adjusts the
right-hand side temperature when you
switch off dual zone mode.
Press the buttons on the right-hand side
of the climate control to set the right-hand
temperature.
Switching Auto Mode On and Off
Press and release the button to
switch on automatic operation.
Repeatedly press the button to
adjust auto mode.
The system adjusts the blower motor
speed, air distribution, air conditioning
operation, and outside or recirculated air
to reach and maintain the temperature you
have set.
Under high humidity conditions, the system
adjusts the blower motor speed, air
distribution and air conditioning operation
to reduce window fogging.
Note: The system starts at the previous
setting when you switch on AUTO mode.
Note: You can also switch off dual zone
mode by pressing and holding the button
for more than two seconds.
102
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Climate Control
Auto Mode Indicator Status
DescriptionAuto Mode Indicator
Status
One indicator illumin-
ated.
• The blower motor speed is reduced.
• Use this setting to minimize the amount of noise from
the blower motor.
• This setting increases the time taken to cool the
interior.
Two indicators illumin-
ated.
• The blower motor speed is moderate.
Three indicators illumin-
ated.
• The blower motor speed is increased.
• Use this setting to reduce the time taken to cool the
interior.
• This setting increases the amount of noise from the
blower motor.
Smart Zone - Hybrid Electric Vehicle
(HEV), Plug-In Hybrid Electric Vehicle
(PHEV)
If there is not an occupant in the front
passenger seat, the climate control system
may default to single zone to improve fuel
economy, if you were previously in dual
zone operation. When this occurs, dual
zone turns off and the passenger set point
changes to match the driver set point.
Adjust the passenger set point normally to
use dual zone operation without a
passenger present. The system remains in
dual zone operation until you switch the
vehicle off.
You can disable or re-enable the Smart
Zone feature by pressing and holding
AUTO for more than four seconds. Both
set point displays begin flashing to signify
when the feature disables. The system
returns to previous state after you release
AUTO.
Switching the Air Conditioning On
and Off
Press and release the button.
Use air conditioning with recirculated air
to improve cooling performance and
efficiency.
Note: In certain conditions, such as
maximum defrost, the air conditioning
compressor may continue to operate even
though you switch off the air conditioning.
Note: The A/C LED light may turn on and
off based on the temperature setting or the
current conditions.
Switching the Climate Control On
and Off
Press and release the button.
103
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Climate Control
Switching Maximum Air
Conditioning On and Off
Press and release the button for
maximum cooling.
The driver and passenger temperatures
are set to LO, recirculated air flows through
the instrument panel air vents, air
conditioning turns on and the blower motor
adjusts to the highest speed.
Switching Maximum Defrost On
and Off
Press and release the button for
maximum defrosting.
The driver and passenger temperatures
are set to HI, air flows through the
windshield air vents, and the blower motor
adjusts to the highest speed.
Note: Depending on your region, air
conditioning turns on.
You can also use this setting to defog and
clear the windshield of a thin covering of
ice.
Note: To prevent window fogging, you
cannot select recirculated air when
maximum defrost is on.
Note: The heated rear window also turns
on when you select maximum defrost.
Switching Recirculated Air On and
Off
Press and release the button to
switch between outside air and
recirculated air.
The air currently in the passenger
compartment recirculates. This may
reduce the time needed to cool the interior,
when used with A/C, and reduce unwanted
odors from entering your vehicle.
Note: Recirculated air may turn off, or
prevent you from switching on, in all air flow
modes except MAX A/C to reduce the risk
of fogging. Recirculation may also turn on
and off in various air distribution control
combinations during hot weather to improve
cooling efficiency.
HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE
INTERIOR CLIMATE
General Hints
Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may
cause the windows to fog up.
Note: You may feel a small amount of air
from the footwell air vents regardless of the
air distribution setting.
Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside
your vehicle, do not drive with the system
switched off or with recirculated air always
switched on.
Note: Do not place objects under the front
seats as this may interfere with the airflow
to the rear seats.
Note: Remove any snow, ice or leaves from
the air intake area at the base of the
windshield.
Note: To improve the time to reach a
comfortable temperature in hot weather,
drive with the windows open until you feel
cold air through the air vents.
Automatic Climate Control
Note: Adjusting the settings when your
vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold is
not necessary.
Note: The system adjusts to heat or cool
the interior to the temperature you select
as quickly as possible.
Note: For the system to function efficiently,
the instrument panel and side air vents
should be fully open.
104
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Climate Control
Note: If you select AUTO during cold
outside temperatures, the system directs
air flow to the windshield and side window
air vents. In addition, the blower motor may
run at a slower speed until the engine warms
up.
Note: If you select AUTO during hot
temperatures and the inside of the vehicle
is hot, the system uses recirculated air to
maximize interior cooling. Blower motor
speed may also reduce until the air cools.
Quickly Heating the Interior
1. Press and release AUTO.
2. Adjust the temperature function to the
setting you prefer.
Recommended Settings for
Heating
1. Press and release AUTO.
2. Adjust the temperature function to the
setting you prefer. Use 72°F (22°C) as
a starting point, then adjust the setting
as necessary.
Quickly Cooling the Interior
1. Press and release MAX A/C.
Recommended Settings for
Cooling
1. Press and release AUTO.
2. Adjust the temperature function to the
setting you prefer. Use 72°F (22°C) as
a starting point, then adjust the setting
as necessary.
Defogging the Side Windows in
Cold Weather
1. Press and release defrost.
2. Adjust the temperature control to the
setting you prefer. Use 72°F (22°C) as
a starting point, then adjust the setting
as necessary.
REAR PASSENGER CLIMATE
CONTROLS (IF EQUIPPED)
E289989
Note: Depending on your vehicle option
package, the controls may look different
from what you see here.
Directing Air to the Overhead Air
Vents
Press and release the button to
direct airflow to the overhead air
vents.
Directing Air to the Rear Footwell
Air Vents
Press and release the button to
direct airflow to rear footwell air
vents.
Rear Climate Control Lock
Indicator
When illuminated, you can only
operate the rear passenger
settings through the front
controls.
105
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Climate Control
Setting the Rear Blower Motor
Speed
E265389
Turn the control to adjust the volume of
air circulated in the rear passenger
compartment.
Setting the Rear Temperature
E265862
Turn the control to set the temperature in
the rear passenger compartment.
Switching the Rear Climate
Control On and Off
Press and release the button.
Switching the Rear Heated Seats
On and Off (If Equipped)
HEATED REAR WINDOW
E184884
Press the button to clear the rear
window of thin ice and fog. The
heated rear window turns off
after a short period of time.
Note: Do not use harsh chemicals, razor
blades or other sharp objects to clean or
remove decals from the inside of the heated
rear window. The vehicle warranty may not
cover damage to the heated rear window
grid lines.
HEATED EXTERIOR MIRRORS
(IF EQUIPPED)
When you switch the heated rear window
on, the heated exterior mirrors turn on.
Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors
with a scraper or adjust the mirror glass
when it is frozen in place.
Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or
glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum-based cleaning products. The
vehicle warranty may not cover damage
caused to the mirror housing or glass.
106
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Climate Control
ABOUT THE CABIN AIR FILTER
Your vehicle has a cabin air filter, which
gives you and your passengers the
following benefits:
• It improves your driving comfort by
reducing particle concentration.
• It improves the interior compartment
cleanliness.
• It protects the climate control
components from particle deposits.
LOCATING THE CABIN AIR
FILTER
You can locate the cabin air filter behind
the glove box.
CHANGING THE CABIN AIR
FILTER
Replace the filter at regular intervals. See
Scheduled Maintenance (page 327).
Note: Make sure you have a cabin air filter
installed at all times. This prevents foreign
objects from entering the system. Running
the system without a filter in place could
result in degradation or damage to the
system.
Note: Using an aftermarket cabin air filter
could reduce cabin air filtration and climate
control performance.
107
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Interior Air Quality
SITTING IN THE CORRECT
POSITION
WARNING: Sitting improperly, out
of position or with the seatback reclined
too far can take weight off the seat
cushion and affect the decision of the
passenger sensing system, resulting in
serious injury or death in the event of a
crash. Always sit upright against your
seat back, with your feet on the floor.
WARNING: Do not recline the
seatback too far as this can cause the
occupant to slide under the seatbelt,
resulting in serious injury in the event of
a collision.
WARNING: Do not place objects
higher than the top of the seat backrest.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death in the
event of a sudden stop or crash.
E68595
When you use them properly, the seat,
head restraint, seatbelt and airbags will
provide optimum protection in the event
of a crash.
We recommend that you follow these
guidelines:
• Sit in an upright position with the base
of your spine as far back as possible.
• Do not recline the seat backrest so that
your torso is more than 30° from the
upright position.
• Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of it is level with the top of your
head and as far forward as possible.
Make sure that you remain
comfortable.
• Keep sufficient distance between
yourself and the steering wheel. We
recommend a minimum of 10 in
(25 cm) between your breastbone and
the airbag cover.
• Hold the steering wheel with your arms
slightly bent.
• Bend your legs slightly so that you can
press the pedals fully.
• Position the shoulder strap of the
seatbelt over the center of your
shoulder and position the lap strap
tightly across your hips.
Make sure that your driving position is
comfortable and that you can maintain full
control of your vehicle.
HEAD RESTRAINTS
WARNING: Fully adjust the head
restraint before you sit in or operate your
vehicle. This will help minimize the risk
of neck injury in the event of a crash. Do
not adjust the head restraint when your
vehicle is moving.
108
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Seats
WARNING: The head restraint is
a safety device. Whenever possible it
should be installed and properly
adjusted when the seat is occupied.
Failure to adjust the head restraint
properly could reduce its effectiveness
during certain impacts.
Note: Adjust the seat backrest to an upright
driving position before adjusting the head
restraint. Adjust the head restraint so that
the top of it is level with the top of your head
and as far forward as possible. Make sure
that you remain comfortable. If you are
extremely tall, adjust the head restraint to
its highest position.
Adjusting the Head Restraints
Front Seat Head Restraints
E138642
The head restraints consist of:
An energy absorbing head
restraint.
A
Two steel stems.B
Guide sleeve adjust and release
button.
C
Guide sleeve.D
Raising the Head Restraint
Pull the head restraint up.
Lowering the Head Restraint
1. Press and hold button C.
2. Push the head restraint down.
Second Row Center Seat Head
Restraint
E281820
The head restraints consist of:
An energy absorbing head
restraint.
A
Two steel stems.B
Guide sleeve adjust and release
button.
C
Guide sleeve.D
Raising the Head Restraint
Pull the head restraint up.
Lowering the Head Restraint
1. Press and hold button C.
2. Push the head restraint down.
109
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Seats
Second Row Outermost Seat Head
Restraints
E291297
The head restraints consist of:
An energy absorbing head
restraint.
A
Fold button.B
Two steel stems.C
Guide sleeve.D
Folding the Head Restraint
1. Press and hold button B.
2. Pull the head restraint back up to reset.
Tilting Head Restraints
The front head restraints tilt for extra
comfort. To tilt the head restraint, do the
following:
E144727
1. Adjust the seat backrest to an upright
driving or riding position.
2. Pivot the head restraint forward toward
your head to the position you prefer.
After the head restraint reaches the
forward-most tilt position, pivot it forward
again to release it to the rearward, un-tilted
position.
MANUAL SEATS (IF EQUIPPED)
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward
WARNING: Do not adjust the
driver seat or seat backrest when your
vehicle is moving. This may result in
sudden seat movement, causing the loss
of control of your vehicle.
WARNING: Make sure the seat
fully locks into place by rocking it
backward and forward. Not securing the
seat into the locked position can be
dangerous in a crash and could cause
serious personal injury or death.
110
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Seats
E190838
Adjusting the Seat Backrest
WARNING: Always drive and ride
with your seatback upright and the lap
belt snug and low across the hips.
WARNING: Do not place cargo or
any objects behind the seat backrest
before returning it to the original position.
Pull on the seat backrest to make sure
that it has fully latched after returning
the seat backrest to its original position.
An unlatched seat may become
dangerous if you stop suddenly or have
a crash.
E291151
POWER SEATS
WARNING: Do not adjust the
driver seat or seat backrest when your
vehicle is moving. This may result in
sudden seat movement, causing the loss
of control of your vehicle.
WARNING: Do not place cargo or
any objects behind the seatback before
returning it to the original position.
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward
E274074
111
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Seats
Adjusting the Seat Cushion (If
Equipped)
E285862
Adjusting the Seat Height
E292173
Adjusting the Lumbar Support
E273887
Adjusting the Seat Backrest (If
Equipped)
E293756
112
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Seats
REAR SEATS
Adjusting the Seat Backrest
WARNING: Always drive and ride
with your seatback upright and the lap
belt snug and low across the hips.
WARNING: Do not recline the
seatback too far as this can cause the
occupant to slide under the seatbelt,
resulting in serious injury in the event of
a collision.
E281809
Lift the handle to adjust the seat backrest
rearward or forward. The seat backrest can
also fold forward until it is flat.
Folding the Seat Backrest Flat (If
Equipped)
WARNING: Do not place cargo or
any objects behind the seat backrest
before returning it to the original position.
Pull on the seat backrest to make sure
that it has fully latched after returning
the seat backrest to its original position.
An unlatched seat may become
dangerous if you stop suddenly or have
a crash.
E281813
Lift the handle and fold the seat backrest
forward until it is flat.
Note: For the bench seats, make sure the
center seatbelt is unbuckled before folding
the seat backrest.
Note: You may need to move the front row
seat forward to allow the second row seat
to fold flat.
To return the seat backrest to the upright
position, lift the seat backrest toward the
rear of the vehicle until it latches.
113
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Seats
Folding the Second Row Center Seat
E285859
Pull the strap to fold the seat backrest flat.
To return the seat to the upright position,
rotate the seat backrest until it locks.
114
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Seats
12 Volt DC Power Point
WARNING: Do not plug optional
electrical accessories into the cigar
lighter socket. Incorrect use of the cigar
lighter can cause damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty, and can result
in fire or serious injury.
Note: When you switch the ignition on, you
can use the socket to power 12 volt
appliances with a maximum current rating
of 15 amps.
If the power supply does not work after you
switch the ignition off, switch the ignition
on.
Note: Do not hang any accessory from the
accessory plug.
Note: Do not use the power point over the
vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or
a fuse may blow.
Note: Always keep the power point caps
closed when not in use.
Do not insert objects other than an
accessory plug into the power point. This
damages the power point and may blow
the fuse.
Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the
power point.
To prevent the battery from running out of
charge:
• Do not use the power point longer than
necessary when the engine is not
running.
• Do not leave devices plugged in
overnight or when you park your vehicle
for extended periods.
USB Port and Power Point
Locations
USB Ports and Power Points may be in the
following locations:
• On the lower instrument panel.
• Inside the center console.
• On the front of the center console.
• On the rear of the center console.
• In the cargo area.
• On the passenger side floor panel.
• 3rd row on the quarter trim panels.
Note: Some of the USB ports may not have
data transfer capabilities.
110 Volt AC Power Point (If Equipped)
WARNING: Do not keep electrical
devices plugged in the power point
whenever the device is not in use. Do not
use any extension cord with the 110 volt
AC power point, since it will defeat the
safety protection design. Doing so may
cause the power point to overload due
to powering multiple devices that can
reach beyond the 150 watt load limit and
could result in fire or serious injury.
Note: The power point turns off when you
switch off the ignition, when the vehicle is
not in accessory mode or when the battery
voltage drops below 11 volts.
You can use the power point for electric
devices that require up to 150 watts. It is
on the rear of the center console.
115
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Auxiliary Power Points
E247586
When the indicator light on the power point
is:
• On: The power point is working, the
ignition is ON or the vehicle is in
accessory mode.
• Off: The power point is OFF, the ignition
is OFF or the vehicle is not in accessory
mode.
• Flashing: The power point is in fault
mode.
Due to the different technologies used on
its construction, some devices may exceed
the capacity shown on its label when they
are initially plugged-in.
The power outlet temporarily turns off
power when in fault mode if the device
exceeds the 150 watt limit. Unplug your
device and switch the ignition off. Switch
the ignition back on, but do not plug your
device back in. Let the system cool off and
switch the ignition off to reset the fault
mode. Switch the ignition back on and
make sure the indicator light remains on.
Do not use the power point for certain
electric devices, including:
• Cathode-ray, tube-type televisions.
• Motor loads, such as vacuum cleaners,
electric saws and other electric power
tools or compressor-driven
refrigerators.
• Measuring devices, which process
precise data, such as medical
equipment or measuring equipment.
• Other appliances requiring an
extremely stable power supply such as
microcomputer-controlled electric
blankets or touch-sensor lamps.
116
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Auxiliary Power Points
CENTER CONSOLE (IF EQUIPPED)
Carefully stow items in the center console
as items may become loose during hard
braking, acceleration or crashes.
Available console features include:
E297321
Auxiliary power point.A
USB port.B
Auxiliary power point.C
Console Mounting Plates
Remove and replace the mounting plates
during the upfitting process. Do not
permanently remove them.
Universal Top Tray
Remove the trim on the top of the
instrument panel to aid in upfitting
aftermarket accessories or mounting
equipment.
117
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Storage Compartments
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING: Extended idling at high
engine speeds can produce very high
temperatures in the engine and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire or other
damage.
WARNING: Do not park, idle or
drive your vehicle on dry grass or other
dry ground cover. The emission system
heats up the engine compartment and
exhaust system, creating the risk of fire.
WARNING: Do not start the engine
in a closed garage or in other enclosed
areas. Exhaust fumes can be toxic.
Always open the garage door before you
start the engine.
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may
result in entry of harmful and potentially
lethal fumes into the passenger
compartment. If you smell exhaust
fumes inside your vehicle, have your
vehicle inspected immediately. Do not
drive if you smell exhaust fumes.
If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle
may exhibit some unusual driving
characteristics for approximately 5 mi
(8 km) after you reconnect it. This is
because the engine management system
must realign itself with the engine. You
can disregard any unusual driving
characteristics during this period.
The powertrain control system meets all
Canadian interference-causing equipment
standard requirements regulating the
impulse electrical field or radio noise.
When you start the engine, avoid pressing
the accelerator pedal before and during
operation. Only use the accelerator pedal
when you have difficulty starting the
engine.
IGNITION SWITCH
E300927
0 (off) - The ignition is off.
Note: When you switch the ignition off and
leave your vehicle, do not leave your key in
the ignition. This could cause your vehicle
battery to lose charge.
I (accessory) - Allows the electrical
accessories, such as the radio, to operate
while the engine is not running.
Note: Do not leave the ignition key in this
position for too long. This could cause your
vehicle battery to lose charge.
II (on) - All electrical circuits are
operational and the warning lamps and
indicators illuminate.
III (start) - Cranks the engine.
STARTING A GASOLINE
ENGINE
When you start the engine, the idle speed
increases. This helps to warm up the
engine. If the engine idle speed does not
slow down automatically, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.
118
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Note: You can crank the engine for a total
of 60 seconds without the engine starting
before the starting system temporarily
disables. The 60 seconds does not have to
be all at once. For example, if you crank the
engine three times for 20 seconds each
time, without the engine starting, you
reached the 60-second time limit. A
message appears in the information display
alerting you that you exceeded the cranking
time. You cannot attempt to start the
engine for at least 15 minutes. After 15
minutes, you are limited to a 15-second
engine cranking time. You need to wait 60
minutes before you can crank the engine for
60 seconds again.
Before starting your vehicle, check the
following:
• Make sure all occupants have fastened
their safety belts.
• Make sure the headlamps and
electrical accessories are off.
• Make sure the parking brake is on.
• Make sure the transmission is in park
(P).
• Switch the ignition key to position II.
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
1. Fully depress the brake pedal.
2. Turn the key to position III to start the
engine.
Note: The engine may continue cranking
for up to 15 seconds or until it starts.
Note: If you cannot start the engine on the
first try, wait for a short period and try again.
Failure to Start
If you cannot start the engine after three
attempts, wait 10 seconds and follow this
procedure:
1. Fully depress the brake pedal.
2. Shift into park (P).
3. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and
hold it there.
4. Start the engine.
Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Stationary
1. Shift into park (P).
2. Turn the key to position 0.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Moving
WARNING: Switching off the
engine when the vehicle is still moving
will result in a loss of brake and steering
assistance. The steering will not lock, but
higher effort will be required. When the
ignition is switched off, some electrical
circuits, including air bags, warning lamps
and indicators may also be off. If the
ignition was turned off accidentally, you
can shift into neutral (N) and re-start the
engine.
1. Shift into neutral and use the brakes to
bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
2. When your vehicle has stopped, shift
into park (P) and turn the key to
position 0.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes
WARNING: If you smell exhaust
fumes inside your vehicle, have your
vehicle checked by your authorized
dealer immediately. Do not drive your
vehicle if you smell exhaust fumes.
Carbon monoxide is present in exhaust
fumes. Take precautions to avoid its
dangerous effects.
119
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Important Ventilating Information
If you stop your vehicle and then leave the
engine idling for long periods, we
recommend that you do one of the
following:
• Open the windows at least 1 in
(2.5 cm).
• Set your climate control to outside air.
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER
WARNING: Failure to follow
engine block heater instructions could
result in property damage or serious
personal injury.
WARNING: Do not use your heater
with ungrounded electrical systems or
two-pronged adapters. There is a risk of
electrical shock.
WARNING: Do not fully close the
hood, or allow it to drop under its own
weight when using the engine block
heater. This could damage the power
cable and may cause an electrical short
resulting in fire, injury and property
damage.
Note: The heater is most effective when
outdoor temperatures are below 0°F
(-18°C).
The heater acts as a starting aid by
warming the engine coolant. This allows
the climate control system to respond
quickly. The equipment includes a heater
element (installed in the engine block) and
a wire harness. You can connect the
system to a grounded 120-volt AC
electrical source.
We recommend that you do the following
for a safe and correct operation:
• Use a 16-gauge outdoor extension cord
that is product certified by
Underwriter’s Laboratory (UL) or
Canadian Standards Association
(CSA). This extension cord must be
suitable for use outdoors, in cold
temperatures, and be clearly marked
Suitable for Use with Outdoor
Appliances. Do not use an indoor
extension cord outdoors. This could
result in an electric shock or become a
fire hazard.
• Use as short an extension cord as
possible.
• Do not use multiple extension cords.
• Make sure that when in operation, the
extension cord plug and heater cord
plug connections are free and clear of
water. This could cause an electric
shock or fire.
• Make sure your vehicle is parked in a
clean area, clear of combustibles.
• Make sure the heater, heater cord and
extension cord are firmly connected.
• Check for heat anywhere in the
electrical hookup once the system has
been operating for approximately 30
minutes.
• Make sure the system is unplugged and
properly stowed before starting and
driving your vehicle. Make sure the
protective cover seals the prongs of the
block heater cord plug when not in use.
• Make sure the heater system is
checked for proper operation before
winter.
Using the Engine Block Heater
Make sure the receptacle terminals are
clean and dry prior to use. Clean them with
a dry cloth if necessary.
120
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hours
of energy per hour of use. The system does
not have a thermostat. It achieves
maximum temperature after
approximately three hours of operation.
Using the heater longer than three hours
does not improve system performance and
unnecessarily uses electricity.
POLICE ENGINE IDLE FEATURE
(IF EQUIPPED)
The system allows you to leave the engine
running and prevents your vehicle from
unauthorized use when you are outside of
your vehicle. When you remove the key
from the ignition, the engine remains idling.
Switching the System On
E227967
1. With your vehicle running and the
transmission in park (P), press the
button on the instrument panel. See
Instrument Panel (page 18). A
warning lamp illuminates to confirm
the system is on. See Warning Lamps
and Indicators (page 80).
2. Switch the ignition off and remove the
key.
When the system is on:
• The power window switches turn off
and the windows remain in their current
state.
• The luggage compartment or liftgate
unlock switch turns off.
Note: When the system is on, you can use
the key blade or the remote control to lock
and unlock your vehicle.
Switching the System Off
• Turn the key to the run position.
• Press the button on the instrument
panel.
Note: If you switch the system off before
switching the ignition to the run position,
your vehicle shuts down.
121
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
HYBRID VEHICLE OPERATION
(IF EQUIPPED)
This hybrid vehicle combines electric and
gasoline propulsion to provide
breakthrough performance and improved
efficiency. Familiarizing yourself with these
unique characteristics provides an optimal
driving experience from your vehicle.
Starting
E293827
When you start your vehicle, a
green READY indicator light
appears in the instrument cluster
and a ready to drive message appears,
letting you know that your vehicle is ready
for driving.
The engine may not start because your
vehicle has a silent key start feature. This
fuel saving feature allows your vehicle to
be ready to drive without requiring the gas
engine to be running. The indicator remains
on when your vehicle is on, whether the
engine is running or not, to indicate your
vehicle is capable of movement using the
electric motor, gas engine or both.
Typically, the engine does not start unless
the vehicle is cold, a climate control
change is requested or you press the
accelerator pedal.
Driving
The gas engine automatically starts and
stops to provide power when needed and
to save fuel when not needed. When
coasting at low speeds, coming to a stop,
or standing, the gas engine normally shuts
down and your vehicle operates in
electric-only mode.
Conditions that may cause the engine to
start up or remain running include:
• Considerable vehicle acceleration.
• Climbing a hill.
• Charge level of high voltage battery is
low.
• High or low outside temperatures in
order to provide system heating or
cooling.
• Engine not warm enough to provide
passenger requested cabin
temperature.
• Towing a trailer.
• Selectable drive modes: Certain
selectable drive modes may cause the
engine to run. See About Drive Mode
Control (page 178).
Police Pursuit Mode
This system is a temporary driving
enhancement that senses the driver is
demanding high performance from the
vehicle. The engine will hold higher engine
speeds longer than normal driving while
the high voltage battery charges higher and
extends maximum power output from the
powertrain. The mode terminates
automatically when the vehicle senses the
driver is no longer in high performance
demand. The vehicle then returns to
normal operation.
Stopping
The gas engine may shut off to conserve
fuel as you come to a stop. Restarting your
vehicle is not required. Simply step on the
accelerator when you are ready to drive.
Transmission Operation
The engine and electric motor together
propel the vehicle through the automatic
transmission. This is normal hybrid
operating and helps deliver fuel efficiency
and performance.
122
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
Battery
Your hybrid has a high voltage battery. A
cool battery maintains battery life and
provides the best possible performance.
The high voltage battery is cooled by the
vehicle's air conditioning system. When
the air conditioning system is on, you may
notice a slight increase in air temperature
coming from the climate control vents
while the system cools the battery. You
may notice cool air flowing from the vents
when the air conditioning or blower is off.
You may also notice during extending
downhill driving that your engine continues
to run instead of shutting off. During this
engine braking, the engine stays on, but it
is not using any fuel. You may also hear a
slight whine or whistle when operating your
vehicle. This is the normal operation of the
electric motor in the hybrid system.
Braking
Your hybrid has standard hydraulic braking
and regenerative braking. Regenerative
braking is performed by your transmission
and it captures brake energy and stores it
in the high voltage battery. You may notice
the transmission changing gears while
decelerating. This is normal, and is used to
capture the maximum energy back into the
high voltage battery.
Driving to Optimize Fuel Economy
Note: Having your engine running is not
always an indication of inefficiency. In some
cases, it is actually more efficient than
driving in electric mode.
Your fuel economy should improve
throughout your hybrid's break-in period.
As with any vehicle, your driving habits and
accessory usage can significantly impact
your fuel economy. For best results, keep
these tips in mind:
• Keep the tires properly inflated and
only use the recommended size.
• Aggressive driving increases the
amount of energy required to move
your vehicle. In general, you can
achieve better fuel economy with mild
to moderate acceleration and
deceleration. Moderate braking is
particularly important since it allows
you to maximize the energy captured
by the regenerative braking system.
Additional Tips:
• Do not carry extra loads.
• Be mindful of adding external
accessories that may increase
aerodynamic drag.
• Observe posted speed limits.
• Perform all scheduled maintenance.
• There is no need to wait for your engine
to warm up. The vehicle is ready to
drive immediately after starting.
123
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
HYBRID VEHICLE FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (IF EQUIPPED)
AnswerQuestion
The high voltage battery is electrically isol-
ated from the rest of the vehicle when the
key is off. When you switch the key on, high
voltage contactors inside the battery are
closed to make the electricity available to
the motor and generator and enable the
vehicle to drive. The clicks are the sound of
these contactors as they close and open
during start up and shut down.
What are the series of clicks from the cargo
area when I first turn the key in the ignition?
The vehicle's computer will determine if an
engine start is required at key-on. Silent key
start will start the engine if it is necessary
for cabin heating, windshield defrost, or if
the outside temperature is low.
Why does the engine sometimes start at
key-on?
There are several reasons the engine stays
on for an extended amount of time when
you first start it. One common reason is to
make sure that the emissions components
are warm enough to minimize tailpipe
emissions. As the climate gets cooler, this
engine-on time is extended.
Why does it take a long time before the
engine shuts down?
In order to make sure that the climate
control system can begin heating the cabin
or defrosting the windshield as soon as a
driver requests it, the engine coolant
temperature has to be kept sufficiently hot.
Keeping the engine on is required to main-
tain the correct coolant temperature.
Why does my engine stay on when it is
extremely cold outside?
124
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
AnswerQuestion
Change the engine oil according to your
Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor recommenda-
tion which under normal driving conditions
should be around 9,500 mi (15,288 km)-
12,500 mi (20,117 km) See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 327).
What is the engine oil change service
interval?
Your hybrid vehicle can use E15 (15%
ethanol, 85% gasoline) fuel, but you may
notice slightly reduced fuel economy
because ethanol contains less energy per
gallon than gasoline. Your hybrid vehicle is
not designed to use E85 (85% ethanol).
Can I put E15 or E85 in my vehicle, and how
will it affect my fuel economy?
The high voltage battery system is designed
to last the life of the vehicle and requires
no maintenance.
How long will my high voltage battery last?
Does it need maintenance?
125
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel
tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank
may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
WARNING: The fuel system may
be under pressure. If you hear a hissing
sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not
refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise,
fuel may spray out, which could cause
serious personal injury.
WARNING: Fuels can cause
serious injury or death if misused or
mishandled.
WARNING: Fuel may contain
benzene, which is a cancer-causing
agent.
WARNING: When refueling always
shut the engine off and never allow
sparks or open flames near the fuel tank
filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell
phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is
extremely hazardous under certain
conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.
Follow these guidelines when refueling:
• Extinguish all smoking materials and
any open flames before refueling your
vehicle.
• Always switch the engine off before
refueling.
• Automotive fuels can be harmful or
fatal if swallowed. Fuel is highly toxic
and if swallowed can cause death or
permanent injury. If fuel is swallowed
immediately call a physician, even if no
symptoms are immediately apparent.
The toxic effects of fuel may not be
apparent for hours.
• Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling fuel
vapor can lead to eye and respiratory
tract irritation. In severe cases,
excessive or prolonged breathing of
fuel vapor can cause serious illness and
permanent injury.
• Avoid getting fuel in your eyes. If you
splash fuel in your eyes, immediately
remove contact lenses (if worn), flush
with water for 15 minutes and seek
medical attention. Failure to seek
proper medical attention could lead to
permanent injury.
• Fuels can be harmful if absorbed
through the skin. If you splash fuel on
your skin, clothing or both, promptly
remove contaminated clothing and
thoroughly wash your skin with soap
and water. Repeated or prolonged skin
contact causes skin irritation.
• Be particularly careful if you are taking
Antabuse or other forms of Disulfiram
for the treatment of alcoholism.
Breathing fuel vapors could cause an
adverse reaction, serious personal
injury or sickness. Immediately call a
physician if you experience any adverse
reactions.
FUEL QUALITY - E85
Choosing the Right Fuel - Flex Fuel
Vehicles
Flex fuel vehicles have one of the following
identifiers:
• Yellow fuel filler cap.
• Yellow bezel around the fuel filler inlet.
• Yellow fuel filler housing.
• Yellow E85 label on the fuel tank filler
door.
126
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
E161513
Your vehicle is designed to operate on
regular unleaded gasoline with a minimum
pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87 or
regular unleaded gasoline blended with a
maximum of 85% ethanol (E85).
Some fuel stations, particularly those in
high altitude areas, offer fuels posted as
regular unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating below 87. The use of these fuels
could result in engine damage that will not
be covered by the vehicle warranty.
For best overall vehicle and engine
performance, premium fuel with an octane
rating of 91 or higher is recommended. The
performance gained by using premium fuel
is most noticeable in hot weather as well
as other conditions, for example when
towing a trailer. See Towing (page 184).
Do not be concerned if the engine
sometimes knocks lightly. However, if the
engine knocks heavily while using fuel with
the recommended octane rating, contact
an authorized dealer to prevent any engine
damage.
We recommend Top Tier detergent
gasolines, where available to help minimize
engine deposits and maintain optimal
vehicle and engine performance. For
additional information, refer to
www.toptiergas.com.
Note: Use of any fuel for which the vehicle
was not designed can impair the emission
control system, cause loss of vehicle
performance, and cause damage to the
engine which may not be covered by the
vehicle Warranty.
Do not use:
• Diesel fuel.
• Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin.
• Fuels containing more than 85%
ethanol or E100 fuel.
• Fuels containing methanol.
• Fuels containing metallic-based
additives, including manganese-based
compounds.
• Fuels containing the octane booster
additive, methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
• Leaded fuel, using leaded fuel is
prohibited by law.
The use of fuels with metallic compounds
such as methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (commonly known
as MMT), which is a manganese-based
fuel additive, will impair engine
performance and affect the emission
control system.
Switching Between E85 and
Gasoline
We do not recommend repeatedly
alternating between E85 and gasoline. If
you switch from using E85 to gasoline, or
from gasoline to E85, add as much fuel as
possible, at least half a tank. Drive your
vehicle immediately for a minimum of 5 mi
(8 km) to allow it to adapt to the change
in ethanol concentration. If you use E85
exclusively, we recommend that you fill
the fuel tank with regular unleaded
gasoline at each scheduled oil change.
127
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
FUEL QUALITY - GASOLINE
Choosing the Right Fuel
E161513
Your vehicle is designed to operate on
regular unleaded gasoline with a minimum
pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87.
Some fuel stations, particularly those in
high altitude areas, offer fuels posted as
regular unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating below 87. The use of these fuels
could result in engine damage that will not
be covered by the vehicle warranty.
For best overall vehicle and engine
performance, premium fuel with an octane
rating of 91 or higher is recommended. The
performance gained by using premium fuel
is most noticeable in hot weather as well
as other conditions, for example when
towing a trailer. See Towing (page 184).
Do not be concerned if the engine
sometimes knocks lightly. However, if the
engine knocks heavily while using fuel with
the recommended octane rating, contact
an authorized dealer to prevent any engine
damage.
We recommend Top Tier detergent
gasolines, where available to help minimize
engine deposits and maintain optimal
vehicle and engine performance. For
additional information, refer to
www.toptiergas.com.
Note: Use of any fuel for which the vehicle
was not designed can impair the emission
control system, cause loss of vehicle
performance, and cause damage to the
engine which may not be covered by the
vehicle Warranty.
Do not use:
• Diesel fuel.
• Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin.
• Fuel containing more than 15% ethanol
or E85 fuel.
• Fuels containing methanol.
• Fuels containing metallic-based
additives, including manganese-based
compounds.
• Fuels containing the octane booster
additive, methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
• Leaded fuel, using leaded fuel is
prohibited by law.
The use of fuels with metallic compounds
such as methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (commonly known
as MMT), which is a manganese-based
fuel additive, will impair engine
performance and affect the emission
control system.
FUEL QUALITY - HYBRID
ELECTRIC VEHICLE (HEV)
Choosing the Right Fuel
E161513
128
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
Your vehicle is designed to operate on
regular unleaded gasoline with a minimum
pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87.
Some fuel stations, particularly those in
high altitude areas, offer fuels posted as
regular unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating below 87. The use of these fuels
could result in engine damage that will not
be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
For best overall vehicle and engine
performance, premium fuel with an octane
rating of 91 or higher is recommended. The
performance gained by using premium fuel
is most noticeable in hot weather.
Do not be concerned if the engine
sometimes knocks lightly. However, if the
engine knocks heavily while using fuel with
the recommended octane rating, contact
an authorized dealer to prevent any engine
damage.
We recommend Top Tier detergent
gasolines where available to help minimize
engine deposits and maintain optimal
vehicle and engine performance. For
additional information, refer to
www.toptiergas.com.
Note: Use of any fuel for which the vehicle
was not designed can impair the emission
control system, cause loss of vehicle
performance, and cause damage to the
engine which may not be covered by the
vehicle Warranty.
Do not use:
• Diesel fuel.
• Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin.
• Fuel containing more than 15% ethanol
or E85 fuel.
• Fuels containing methanol.
• Fuels containing metallic-based
additives, including manganese-based
compounds.
• Fuels containing the octane booster
additive, methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
• Leaded fuel; using leaded fuel is
prohibited by law.
The use of fuels with metallic compounds
such as methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (commonly known
as MMT), which is a manganese-based
fuel additive, will impair engine
performance and affect the emission
control system.
FUEL FILLER FUNNEL
LOCATION
The fuel filler funnel is in the spare wheel
storage tray.
RUNNING OUT OF FUEL
Running out of fuel can cause damage not
covered by the vehicle Warranty.
If your vehicle runs out of fuel:
• Add a minimum of 1.3 gal (5 L) of fuel
to restart the engine.
• You may need to switch the ignition
from off to on several times after
refueling to allow the fuel system to
pump the fuel from the tank to the
engine. When restarting, cranking time
takes a few seconds longer than
normal.
Note: If your vehicle is on a steep slope,
more fuel may be required.
Filling a Portable Fuel Container
WARNING: Flow of fuel through
a fuel pump nozzle can produce static
electricity. This can cause a fire if you are
filling an ungrounded fuel container.
129
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
Use the following guidelines to avoid
electrostatic charge build-up, which can
produce a spark, when filling an
ungrounded fuel container:
• Only use an approved fuel container to
transfer fuel to your vehicle. Place the
container on the ground when filling it.
• Do not fill a fuel container when it is
inside your vehicle (including the cargo
area).
• Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact
with the fuel container when filling it.
• Do not use a device that holds the fuel
pump nozzle lever in the fill position.
Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel
Container
WARNING: Do not insert the
nozzle of a fuel container or an
aftermarket funnel into the fuel filler
neck. This may damage the fuel system
filler neck or its seal and cause fuel to
run onto the ground.
WARNING: Do not try to pry open
or push open the capless fuel system
with foreign objects. This could damage
the fuel system and its seal and cause
injury to you or others.
WARNING: Do not dispose of fuel
in the household refuse or the public
sewage system. Use an authorized waste
disposal facility.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from
a fuel container, use the fuel filler funnel
included with your vehicle. See Fuel Filler
Funnel Location (page 129).
Note: Do not use aftermarket funnels as
they may not work with the capless fuel
system and can damage it.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from
a fuel container, do the following:
1. Fully open the fuel filler door.
2. Fully insert the fuel filler funnel into the
fuel filler inlet.
E157452
3. Add fuel to your vehicle from the fuel
container.
4. Remove the fuel filler funnel.
5. Fully close the fuel filler door.
6. Clean the fuel filler funnel and place it
back in your vehicle or correctly dispose
of it.
Note: Extra funnels can be purchased from
an authorized dealer if you choose to
dispose of the funnel.
130
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
REFUELING - EXCLUDING:
HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(HEV)
Refueling System Overview
E267248
B
C
A
Fuel filler door.A
Fuel tank filler valve.B
Fuel tank filler pipe.C
Your vehicle does not have a fuel tank filler
cap.
E206911
A B
C D
Left-hand side. To open the fuel
filler door, press the center rear
edge of the fuel filler door and
then release.
A
Right-hand side. To open the
fuel filler door, press the center
rear edge of the fuel filler door
and then release.
B
Left-hand side. Pull the rear of
the fuel filler door to open it.
C
Right-hand side. Pull the rear of
the fuel filler door to open it.
D
Refueling Your Vehicle
WARNING: When refueling always
shut the engine off and never allow
sparks or open flames near the fuel tank
filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell
phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is
extremely hazardous under certain
conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.
131
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
WARNING: The fuel system may
be under pressure. If you hear a hissing
sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not
refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise,
fuel may spray out, which could cause
serious personal injury.
WARNING: Do not pry open the
fuel tank filler valve. This could damage
the fuel system. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in fire, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not remove the fuel
pump nozzle from its fully inserted
position when refueling.
WARNING: Stop refueling when
the fuel pump nozzle automatically
shuts off for the first time. Failure to
follow this will fill the expansion space
in the fuel tank and could lead to fuel
overflowing.
WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel
tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank
may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
WARNING: Wait at least five
seconds before removing the fuel pump
nozzle to allow any residual fuel to drain
into the fuel tank.
1. Fully open the fuel filler door.
2. Select the correct fuel pump nozzle for
your vehicle.
E139202
A
3. Insert the fuel pump nozzle up to the
first notch on the nozzle A. Keep the
fuel pump nozzle resting on the fuel
tank filler pipe.
E139203
A
B
4. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position
B when refueling. Holding the fuel
pump nozzle in position A can affect
the flow of fuel and shut off the fuel
pump nozzle before the fuel tank is full.
132
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
E206912
A B
5. Operate the fuel pump nozzle within
the area shown.
E119081
6. When you finish refueling slightly raise
the fuel pump nozzle and slowly
remove it.
7. Fully close the fuel filler door.
Do not attempt to start the engine if you
have filled the fuel tank with incorrect fuel.
Incorrect fuel use could cause damage not
covered by the vehicle Warranty. Have your
vehicle immediately checked.
Refueling System Warning (If Equipped)
If the fuel tank filler valve does not fully
close, a message could appear in the
information display.
Message
Check Fuel Fill Inlet
If the message appears, do the following:
1. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe
to do so and switch the engine off.
2. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N).
3. Apply the parking brake.
4. Fully open the fuel filler door.
5. Check the fuel tank filler valve for any
debris that may be restricting its
movement.
6. Remove any debris from the fuel tank
filler valve.
7. Fully insert a fuel pump nozzle or the
fuel filler funnel provided with your
vehicle into the fuel filler pipe. See
Fuel Filler Funnel Location (page
129). This action should dislodge any
debris that may be preventing the fuel
tank filler valve from fully closing.
8. Remove the fuel pump nozzle or fuel
filler funnel from the fuel filler pipe.
9. Fully close the fuel filler door.
Note: The message may not immediately
reset. If the message continues to appear
and a warning lamp illuminates, have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
REFUELING - HYBRID
ELECTRIC VEHICLE (HEV)
WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel
tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank
may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
WARNING: Do not pry open the
fuel tank filler valve. This could damage
the fuel system. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in fire, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not remove the fuel
pump nozzle from its fully inserted
position when refueling.
133
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
WARNING: When refueling always
shut the engine off and never allow
sparks or open flames near the fuel tank
filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell
phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is
extremely hazardous under certain
conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.
WARNING: Stop refueling when
the fuel pump nozzle automatically
shuts off for the first time. Failure to
follow this will fill the expansion space
in the fuel tank and could lead to fuel
overflowing.
WARNING: Wait at least five
seconds before removing the fuel pump
nozzle to allow any residual fuel to drain
into the fuel tank.
WARNING: The fuel system may
be under pressure. If you hear a hissing
sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not
refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise,
fuel may spray out, which could cause
serious personal injury.
WARNING: Read and follow all
the instructions on the pump island.
1. When you stop your vehicle, shift into
park (P) and switch the ignition off.
E293006
2. Press the button on the left side of the
instrument panel to open the fuel filler
door. The fuel filler door can take up to
15 seconds to open before you can
insert a fuel filler nozzle.
E139202
A
3. Insert the fuel pump nozzle up to the
first notch on the nozzle A. Keep it
resting on the cover of the fuel tank
filler pipe opening.
E139203
A
B
4. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position
B when refueling. Holding the fuel
nozzle in position A can affect the flow
of fuel and shut off the fuel nozzle
before the fuel tank is full.
134
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
E206912
A B
5. Operate the fuel pump nozzle within
the area shown.
E119081
6. Slightly raise the fuel pump nozzle and
then slowly remove it.
7. Fully close the fuel filler door.
Note: To close the fuel filler door, press the
center rear edge of the fuel filler door and
then release.
You must complete the refueling process
within 20 minutes. If 20 minutes elapses,
you must press the button on the left side
of the instrument panel again. Fuel pump
nozzle automatic shut off may occur if you
do not press the button on the left side
instrument panel.
System Warnings
If the fuel filler door fails to open, an
information message appears in the
information display.
Description and ActionMessage
A warning message appears
in the information display
when the fuel system fails
to depressurize or the fuel
filler door fails to open. You
may have to use the fuel
filler door manual override
lever.
Refuel
Error See
Manual
If the information message appears, do the
following:
1. Check the fuel filler door for anything
that may be obstructing its movement,
for example ice or snow.
2. Remove any obstruction from the fuel
filler door.
3. Press the button on the driver door to
open the fuel filler door.
4. If the fuel filler door fails to open and
the information message remains in
the information display, use the fuel
filler door manual override lever.
Fuel Filler Door Manual Override
Lever
WARNING: The fuel system may
be under pressure. If you hear a hissing
sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not
refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise,
fuel may spray out, which could cause
serious personal injury.
Note: The transmission must be in park (P)
or neutral (N).
When using the manual override lever do
the following:
1. Switch the ignition on.
135
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
E297793
Note: The manual override lever is in the
driver side rear wheel well area.
2. Pull the manual override lever.
3. Switch the ignition off.
4. Complete the refueling process within
20 minutes.
FUEL CONSUMPTION
Advertised Capacity
The advertised capacity is the maximum
amount of fuel that you can add to the fuel
tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty.
See Capacities and Specifications
(page 280).
In addition, the fuel tank contains an empty
reserve. The empty reserve is an
unspecified amount of fuel that remains
in the fuel tank when the fuel gauge
indicates empty.
Note: The amount of fuel in the empty
reserve varies and should not be relied upon
to increase driving range.
Filling the Fuel Tank
For consistent results when refueling:
• Turn the ignition off before fueling; an
inaccurate reading results if the engine
is left running.
• Use the same fill rate
(low-medium-high) each time the tank
is filled.
• Allow no more than one automatic
shut-off when refueling.
Results are most accurate when the filling
method is consistent.
Calculating Fuel Economy
Your vehicle calculates fuel economy
figures through the trip computer average
fuel function. See Information Displays
(page 85).
The first 1,000 mi (1,500 km) of driving is
the break-in period of the engine. A more
accurate measurement is obtained after
2,000 mi (3,000 km).
1. Completely fill the fuel tank and record
the initial odometer reading. See
Refueling (page 131).
2. Each time you fill the fuel tank, record
the amount of fuel added.
3. After at least three fill ups, fill the fuel
tank and record the current odometer
reading.
4. Subtract your initial odometer reading
from the current odometer reading.
136
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
To calculate L/100 km (liters per 100
kilometers) fuel consumption, multiply the
liters used by 100, then divide by kilometers
traveled. To calculate MPG (miles per
gallon) fuel consumption, divide miles
traveled by gallons used.
Keep a record for at least one month and
record the type of driving, for example city
or highway. This provides an accurate
estimate of your vehicle’s fuel economy
under current driving conditions. Keeping
records during summer and winter shows
how temperature impacts fuel economy.
Conditions
• Heavily loading your vehicle reduces
fuel economy.
• Carrying unnecessary weight in your
vehicle may reduce fuel economy.
• Avoid adding accessories that increase
aerodynamic drag to your vehicle such
as bug deflectors, car top carriers and
ski or bike racks.
• Using fuel blended with alcohol may
lower fuel economy.
• Fuel economy may decrease with lower
temperatures.
• Fuel economy may decrease when
driving short distances.
• You will get better fuel economy when
driving on flat terrain than when driving
on hilly terrain.
137
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
EMISSION LAW
WARNING: Do not remove or alter
the original equipment floor covering or
insulation between it and the metal floor
of the vehicle. The floor covering and
insulation protect occupants of the
vehicle from the engine and exhaust
system heat and noise. On vehicles with
no original equipment floor covering
insulation, do not carry passengers in a
manner that permits prolonged skin
contact with the metal floor. Failure to
follow these instructions may result in
fire or personal injury.
U.S. federal laws and certain state laws
prohibit removing or rendering inoperative
emission control system components.
Similar federal or provincial laws may
apply in Canada. We do not approve of any
vehicle modification without first
determining applicable laws.
Tampering with emissions
control systems including
related sensors or the Diesel
Exhaust Fluid system can result in reduced
engine power and the illumination of the
service engine soon light.
Tampering With a Noise Control
System
Federal laws prohibit the following acts:
• Removal or rendering inoperative by
any person other than for purposes of
maintenance.
• Repair or replacement of any device or
element of the design incorporated into
a new vehicle for the purpose of noise
control prior to its sale or delivery to
the ultimate purchaser or while it is in
use.
• The use of the vehicle after any person
removes or renders inoperative any
device or element of the design.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
may presume to constitute tampering as
follows:
• Removal of hood blanket, fender apron
absorbers, fender apron barriers,
underbody noise shields or acoustically
absorptive material.
• Tampering or rendering inoperative the
engine speed governor, to allow engine
speed to exceed manufacturer
specifications.
If the engine does not start, runs rough,
experiences a decrease in engine
performance, experiences excess fuel
consumption or produces excessive
exhaust smoke, check for the following:
• A plugged or disconnected air inlet
system hose.
• A plugged engine air filter element.
• Water in the fuel filter and water
separator.
• A clogged fuel filter.
• Contaminated fuel.
• Air in the fuel system, due to loose
connections.
• An open or pinched sensor hose.
• Incorrect engine oil level.
138
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Engine Emission Control
• Incorrect fuel for climatic conditions.
• Incorrect engine oil viscosity for
climactic conditions.
Note: Some vehicles have a lifetime fuel
filter that is integrated with the fuel tank.
Regular maintenance or replacement is not
needed.
Note: If these checks do not help you
correct the concern, have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Noise Emissions Warranty,
Prohibited Tampering Acts and
Maintenance
On January 1, 1978, Federal regulation
became effective governing the noise
emission on trucks over 10,000 lb
(4,536 kg) Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR). The preceding statements
concerning prohibited tampering acts and
maintenance, and the noise warranty
found in the Warranty Guide, are
applicable to complete chassis cabs over
10,000 lb (4,536 kg) GVWR.
CATALYTIC CONVERTER
WARNING: Do not park, idle or
drive your vehicle on dry grass or other
dry ground cover. The emission system
heats up the engine compartment and
exhaust system, creating the risk of fire.
WARNING: The normal operating
temperature of the exhaust system is
very high. Never work around or attempt
to repair any part of the exhaust system
until it has cooled. Use special care when
working around the catalytic converter.
The catalytic converter heats up to a very
high temperature after only a short
period of engine operation and stays hot
after the engine is switched off.
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may
result in entry of harmful and potentially
lethal fumes into the passenger
compartment. If you smell exhaust
fumes inside your vehicle, have your
vehicle inspected immediately. Do not
drive if you smell exhaust fumes.
Your vehicle has various emission control
components and a catalytic converter that
enables it to comply with applicable
exhaust emission standards.
To make sure that the catalytic converter
and other emission control components
continue to work properly:
• Do not crank the engine for more than
10 seconds at a time.
• Do not run the engine with a spark plug
lead disconnected.
• Do not push-start or tow-start your
vehicle. Use booster cables. See Jump
Starting the Vehicle (page 194).
• Use only the specified fuel listed.
• Do not switch the ignition off when your
vehicle is moving.
• Avoid running out of fuel.
• Have the items listed in scheduled
maintenance information performed
according to the specified schedule.
Note: Resulting component damage may
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
The scheduled maintenance items listed
in scheduled maintenance information are
essential to the life and performance of
your vehicle and to its emissions system.
If you use anything other than Ford,
Motorcraft or Ford-authorized parts for
maintenance replacements or for service
of components affecting emission control,
such non-Ford parts should be equivalent
to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in
performance and durability.
139
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Engine Emission Control
Illumination of the service engine soon
indicator, charging system warning light or
the temperature warning light, fluid leaks,
strange odors, smoke or loss of engine
power could indicate that the emission
control system is not working properly.
An improperly operating or damaged
exhaust system may allow exhaust to
enter the vehicle. Have a damaged or
improperly operating exhaust system
inspected and repaired immediately.
Do not make any unauthorized changes to
your vehicle or engine. By law, vehicle
owners and anyone who manufactures,
repairs, services, sells, leases, trades
vehicles, or supervises a fleet of vehicles
are not permitted to intentionally remove
an emission control device or prevent it
from working. Information about your
vehicle’ s emission system is on the Vehicle
Emission Control Information Decal
located on or near the engine. This decal
also lists engine displacement.
Please consult your warranty information
for complete details.
On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)
Your vehicle has a computer known as the
on-board diagnostics system (OBD-II) that
monitors the engine’s emission control
system. The system protects the
environment by making sure that your
vehicle continues to meet government
emission standards. The OBD-II system
also assists a service technician in properly
servicing your vehicle.
When the service engine soon
indicator illuminates, the OBD-II
system has detected a
malfunction. Temporary malfunctions may
cause the service engine soon indicator to
illuminate. Examples are:
1. Your vehicle has run out of fuel—the
engine may misfire or run poorly.
2. Poor fuel quality or water in the
fuel—the engine may misfire or run
poorly.
3. The fuel fill inlet may not have closed
properly. See Refueling (page 131).
4. Driving through deep water—the
electrical system may be wet.
You can correct these temporary
malfunctions by filling the fuel tank with
good quality fuel, properly closing the fuel
fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry
out. After three driving cycles without these
or any other temporary malfunctions
present, the service engine soon indicator
should stay off the next time you start the
engine. A driving cycle consists of a cold
engine startup followed by mixed city and
highway driving. No additional vehicle
service is required.
If the service engine soon indicator remains
on, have your vehicle serviced at the first
available opportunity. Although some
malfunctions detected by the OBD-II may
not have symptoms that are apparent,
continued driving with the service engine
soon indicator on can result in increased
emissions, lower fuel economy, reduced
engine and transmission smoothness and
lead to more costly repairs.
Readiness for Inspection and
Maintenance (I/M) Testing
Some state and provincial and local
governments may have
Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) programs
to inspect the emission control equipment
on your vehicle. Failure to pass this
inspection could prevent you from getting
a vehicle registration.
If the service engine soon
indicator is on or the bulb does
not work, your vehicle may need
service. See On-Board Diagnostics.
140
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Engine Emission Control
Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test if
the service engine soon indicator is on or
not working properly (bulb is burned out),
or if the OBD-II system has determined
that some of the emission control systems
have not been properly checked. In this
case, the vehicle is not ready for I/M
testing.
If the vehicle’s engine or transmission has
just been serviced, or the battery has
recently run down or been replaced, the
OBD-II system may indicate that the
vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. To
determine if the vehicle is ready for I/M
testing, turn the ignition key to the on
position for 15 seconds without cranking
the engine. If the service engine soon
indicator blinks eight times, it means that
the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing; if
the service engine soon indicator stays on
solid, it means that your vehicle is ready
for I/M testing.
The OBD-II system checks the emission
control system during normal driving. A
complete check may take several days.
If the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing,
you can perform the following driving cycle
consisting of mixed city and highway
driving:
1. 15 minutes of steady driving on an
expressway or highway followed by 20
minutes of stop-and-go driving with at
least four 30-second idle periods.
2. Allow your vehicle to sit for at least
eight hours with the ignition off. Then,
start the vehicle and complete the
above driving cycle. The vehicle must
warm up to its normal operating
temperature. Once started, do not turn
off the vehicle until the above driving
cycle is complete.
If the vehicle is still not ready for I/M
testing, you need to repeat the above
driving cycle.
141
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Engine Emission Control
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING: This battery pack
should only be serviced by an authorized
electric vehicle technician. Improper
handling can result in personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Apply the parking
brake, shift into park (P), switch the
ignition off and remove the key before
you open the hood or have any service
or repair work completed. If you do not
switch the ignition off, the engine could
restart at any time. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Do not touch the
electronic ignition system parts after you
have switched the ignition on or when
the engine is running. The system
operates at high voltage. Failure to
adhere to this warning could result in
serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: Keep your hands and
clothing clear of the engine cooling fan.
Your vehicle consists of various
high-voltage components and wiring. All
of the high-voltage power flows through
specific wiring assemblies labeled as such
or covered with a solid orange convolute,
or orange striped tape, or both. Do not
come in contact with these components.
The high-voltage battery system is a
high-voltage, lithium-ion battery system.
The pack is located underneath the vehicle.
The high voltage battery system uses an
advanced active liquid heating and cooling
system to regulate high voltage battery
temperature and help maximize the life of
the high voltage battery.
Note: The high-voltage battery does not
require regular service maintenance.
142
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
High Voltage Battery
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
WARNING: Apply the parking
brake, shift into park (P), switch the
ignition off and remove the key before
you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not apply the brake
pedal and accelerator pedal
simultaneously. Applying both pedals
simultaneously for more than a few
seconds will limit engine performance,
which may result in difficulty maintaining
speed in traffic and could lead to serious
injury.
Understanding the Positions of
Your Automatic Transmission
Putting your vehicle in or out of gear:
1. Fully press down the brake pedal.
2. Move the gearshift lever into the
desired gear.
3. Come to a complete stop.
4. Move the gearshift lever and securely
latch it in park (P).
E206672
Park (P)
This position locks the transmission and
prevents the wheels from turning.
Reverse (R)
With the gearshift lever in reverse (R), your
vehicle moves backward. Always come to
a complete stop before shifting into and
out of reverse (R).
Neutral (N)
With the gearshift lever in neutral (N), you
can start your vehicle and it is free to roll.
Hold the brake pedal down while in this
position.
Drive (D)
Drive (D) is the normal driving position for
the best fuel economy. The overdrive
function allows automatic upshifts and
downshifts through gears 1 through 10.
Low (L)
The low (L) button is at the end of the
column shifter. Activating low (L) gear:
• Provides maximum engine braking.
• Downshifts to the lowest available gear
for the current vehicle speed. Allows
for first gear when the vehicle reaches
lower speeds.
• Is not for use under extended or normal
driving conditions and results in lower
fuel economy.
The instrument cluster displays the current
gear.
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck in Mud
or Snow
Note: Do not rock the vehicle if the engine
is not at normal operating temperature or
damage to the transmission could occur.
143
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Transmission
Note: Do not rock the vehicle for more than
a minute or damage to the transmission and
tires could occur, or the engine could
overheat.
If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow,
you can rock it out by shifting between
forward and reverse gears, stopping
between shifts in a steady pattern. Press
lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
144
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Transmission
USING ALL-WHEEL DRIVE
WARNING: Vehicles with a higher
center of gravity (utility and four-wheel
drive vehicles) handle differently than
vehicles with a lower center of gravity
(passenger cars). Avoid sharp turns,
excessive speed and abrupt steering in
these vehicles. Failure to drive cautiously
increases the risk of losing control of your
vehicle, vehicle rollover, personal injury
and death.
All-wheel drive uses all four wheels to
power the vehicle. This increases traction,
enabling you to drive over terrain and road
conditions that a conventional two-wheel
drive vehicle cannot. The AWD system is
always active and requires no input from
the operator.
Note: Your AWD vehicle is not intended for
off-road use. The AWD feature gives your
vehicle some limited off-road capabilities
when driving surfaces are relatively level,
obstruction-free and otherwise similar to
normal on-road driving conditions.
Operating your vehicle under conditions
other than those could subject the vehicle
to excessive stress which could result in
damage not covered under your vehicle
warranty.
Note: The transfer case and front axle in
police vehicles does not require any normal
scheduled maintenance. The system is
electronically monitored and notifies you of
required service in the information display.
The front axle lube is more likely to require
a fluid change if the vehicle has experienced
extended periods of extreme/severe duty
cycle driving. Severe duty cycle driving such
as Driver Training or EVOC. See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 327). Do not check or
change the transfer case and front axle
lubricant unless the unit shows signs of
leakage or displays a message indicating
required service. Contact an authorized
dealer for service if the front driveline was
submerged in water and to reset any
driveline temperature lube life monitors.
When an AWD system fault is present, and
the system is overheated or if service is
required, there will be message that is
display in the information display of the
fault. The display messages, along with
the triggering actions and description of
the message, are shown in the following
table:
145
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
All-Wheel Drive
All-Wheel Drive Messages
Action / DescriptionAWD Messages
Displayed when the system has been
automatically disabled to protect itself.
This is caused by operating the vehicle with
the compact spare tire installed or if the
system is overheating. The system will
resume normal function and clear this
message after cycling the ignition on and
off and driving a short distance with the
road tire re-installed or after the system is
allowed to cool.
AWD OFF
Displayed when the all wheel drive system
resumes normal function and clears this
message after driving a short distance with
the road tire re-installed or after the system
cools.
AWD Restored
Displayed when the all wheel drive system
has automatically disabled itself due to the
system overheating.
AWD Temporarily Disabled
Displayed when the all wheel drive system
needs to temporarily lock to help reduce
the heat in the AWD torque actuator.
AWD Temporarily Locked
Displayed in conjunction with the power-
train malfunction/reduced power light
when the system is not operating properly.
If the warning stays on or continues to
come on, contact your authorized dealer
as soon as possible.
AWD Malfunction Service Required
Never use a spare tire of a different size
other than the tire provided. The AWD
system will disable and enter rear-wheel
drive only mode to protect driveline
components if a non-full sized tire is
installed. Some limited AWD traction could
be provided if a mini-spare is installed on
one of the front wheels. If you are in driving
conditions where limited AWD traction is
needed while a mini-spare is installed, it is
recommended the mini-spare be installed
on the front axle.
If a mini-spare is installed, this condition is
indicated by a message in the information
display. If there is a message in the
information display from using a non-full
sized spare tire, this indicator should turn
off after reinstalling the repaired or
replaced normal road tire and cycling the
ignition off and on. It is recommended to
146
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
All-Wheel Drive
reinstall the repaired or replaced road tire
as soon as possible. Major dissimilar tire
sizes between the front and rear axles
could cause the AWD system to stop
functioning and default to rear-wheel drive
or damage the AWD system.
Operating AWD Vehicles With
Mismatched Tires
WARNING: Only use replacement
tires and wheels that are the same size,
load index, speed rating and type (such
as P-metric versus LT-metric or
all-season versus all-terrain) as those
originally provided by Ford. The
recommended tire and wheel size may
be found on either the Safety
Compliance Certification Label (affixed
to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch
post, or the door edge that meets the
door-latch post, next to the driver's
seating position), or the Tire Label which
is located on the B-Pillar or edge of the
driver's door. If this information is not
found on these labels, then you should
contact your authorized dealer as soon
as possible. Use of any tire or wheel not
recommended by Ford can affect the
safety and performance of your vehicle,
which could result in an increased risk of
loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover,
personal injury and death.
Major dissimilar tire sizes between the front
and rear axles (for example, 17 inch low
profile tires on the front axle and 22 inch
high profile tires on the rear axle) could
cause the AWD system to stop functioning
and default to rear-wheel drive or damage
the AWD system. For optimum AWD
Performance, it is recommended to follow
the tire rotation maintenance schedule. To
avoid potential AWD malfunction or AWD
system damage, it is recommended to
replace all four tires rather than mixing
significantly worn tires with new tires. For
example, using 3 worn tread tires and 1 new
tread tire all of the same original tire
size/brand and can be tolerated by the
AWD system as long as the worn tires still
have usable tread depth.
How Utility Vehicles Differ from
Other Vehicles
Truck and utility vehicles can differ from
some other vehicles. Your vehicle may be
higher to allow it to travel over rough
terrain without getting hung up or
damaging underbody components.
The differences that make your vehicle so
versatile also make it handle differently
than an ordinary passenger car.
Maintain steering wheel control at all
times, especially in rough terrain. Since
sudden changes in terrain can result in
abrupt steering wheel motion, make sure
you grip the steering wheel from the
outside. Do not grip the spokes.
Drive cautiously to avoid vehicle damage
from concealed objects such as rocks and
stumps.
You should either know the terrain or
examine maps of the area before driving.
Map out your route before driving in the
area. To maintain steering and braking
control of your vehicle, you must have all
four wheels on the ground and they must
be rolling, not sliding or spinning.
Driving In Special Conditions With
All-Wheel Drive (AWD)
AWD vehicles are equipped for driving on
sand, snow, mud and rough roads and have
operating characteristics that are
somewhat different from conventional
vehicles, both on and off the highway.
Under severe operating conditions, the A/C
may cycle on and off to protect
overheating of the engine.
147
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
All-Wheel Drive
Basic operating principles in special
conditions
• Drive slower in strong crosswinds which
can affect the normal steering
characteristics of your vehicle.
• Be extremely careful when driving on
pavement made slippery by loose sand,
water, gravel, snow or ice.
If Your Vehicle Goes Off the Edge of the
Pavement
• If your vehicle goes off the edge of the
pavement, slow down, but avoid severe
brake application, ease the vehicle
back onto the pavement only after
reducing your speed. Do not turn the
steering wheel too sharply while
returning to the road surface.
• It may be safer to stay on the apron or
shoulder of the road and slow down
gradually before returning to the
pavement. You may lose control if you
do not slow down or if you turn the
steering wheel too sharply or abruptly.
• It often may be less risky to strike small
objects, such as highway reflectors,
with minor damage to your vehicle
rather than attempt a sudden return to
the pavement which could cause the
vehicle to slide sideways out of control
or rollover. Remember, your safety and
the safety of others should be your
primary concern.
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck
WARNING: Apply the parking
brake, shift into park (P), switch the
ignition off and remove the key before
you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury or death.
WARNING: If the parking brake is
fully released, but the brake warning
lamp remains illuminated, the brakes
may not be working properly. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
WARNING: Do not spin the wheels
at over 34 mph (55 km/h). The tires may
fail and injure a passenger or bystander.
If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it
may be rocked out by shifting between
forward and reverse gears, stopping
between shifts, in a steady pattern. Press
lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
If your vehicle is equipped with
AdvanceTrac® with Roll Stability
Control™, it may be beneficial to
disengage the AdvanceTrac® with Roll
Stability Control™ system while
attempting to rock the vehicle.
Note: Do not rock the vehicle if the engine
is not at normal operating temperature or
damage to the transmission may occur.
Note: Do not rock the vehicle for more than
a few minutes or damage to the
transmission and tires may occur or the
engine may overheat.
Emergency Maneuvers
• In an unavoidable emergency situation
where a sudden sharp turn must be
made, remember to avoid
"over-driving" your vehicle (that is, turn
the steering wheel only as rapidly and
as far as required to avoid the
emergency). Excessive steering will
result in less vehicle control, not more.
Additionally, smooth variations of the
accelerator and/or brake pedal
pressure should be utilized if changes
in vehicle speed are called for. Avoid
148
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
All-Wheel Drive
abrupt steering, acceleration or braking
which could result in an increased risk
of loss of vehicle control, vehicle
rollover and/or personal injury. Use all
available road surfaces to return the
vehicle to a safe direction of travel.
• In the event of an emergency stop,
avoid skidding the tires and do not
attempt any sharp steering wheel
movements.
• If the vehicle goes from one type of
surface to another (that is, from
concrete to gravel) there will be a
change in the way the vehicle responds
to a maneuver (steering, acceleration
or braking). Again, avoid these abrupt
inputs.
Sand
Most of the time traction control improves
tire traction by managing wheel slip
through Brake, Engine, and AWD
calibrations. However, during low speed
driving, disabling traction control in deep
sand can help keep the wheels moving to
maintain vehicle momentum.
When driving over sand, try to keep all four
wheels on the most solid area of the trail.
Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shift
to a lower gear and drive steadily through
the terrain. Apply the accelerator slowly
and avoid spinning the wheels.
When driving in deep snow or sand, shift
into Deep Snow/Sand Mode. See
Selecting a Drive Mode (page 178).
Do not drive your vehicle in deep sand for
an extended period of time. This could
cause the AWD system to overheat and
default to rear-wheel drive. If this occurs,
a message displays in the information
display. To resume normal AWD function
as soon as possible, stop the vehicle in a
safe location and stop the engine for at
least 10 minutes. After the engine is
restarted and the AWD system has
adequately cooled, the message turns off
and normal AWD function returns. In the
event the engine is not stopped, the
message turns off when the system cools
and normal AWD function returns.
When driving at slow speeds in deep sand
under high outside temperatures, use L
(Low) gear when possible. L (Low) gear
operation maximizes the engine and
transmission cooling capability.
Avoid excessive speed because vehicle
momentum can work against you and
cause the vehicle to become stuck to the
point that assistance may be required from
another vehicle. Remember, you may be
able to back out the way you came if you
proceed with caution.
Mud and Water
If you must drive through high water, drive
slowly. Traction or brake capability may
be limited.
When driving through water, determine the
depth; avoid water higher than the bottom
of the wheel rims (for cars) or the bottom
of the hubs (for trucks) (if possible) and
proceed slowly. If the ignition system gets
wet, the vehicle may stall.
Note: Driving through deep water may
damage the transmission.
Once through water, always try the brakes.
Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as
effectively as dry brakes. Drying can be
improved by moving your vehicle slowly
while applying light pressure on the brake
pedal.
Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle
speed or direction when you are driving in
mud. Even AWD vehicles can lose traction
in slick mud. As when you are driving over
sand, apply the accelerator slowly and
avoid spinning your wheels. If the vehicle
does slide, steer in the direction of the slide
until you regain control of the vehicle.
149
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
All-Wheel Drive
After driving through mud, clean off residue
stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires.
Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating
driveshafts causes an imbalance that
could damage drive components.
If the front or rear axle is submerged in
water, have the front driveline serviced by
an authorized dealer.
E143950
“Tread Lightly” is an educational program
designed to increase public awareness of
land-use regulations and responsibilities
in our nations wilderness areas. Ford Motor
Company joins the U.S. Forest Service and
the Bureau of Land Management in
encouraging you to help preserve our
national forest and other public and private
lands by “treading lightly.”
Driving on Hilly or Sloping Terrain
Although natural obstacles may make it
necessary to travel diagonally up or down
a hill or steep incline, you should always
try to drive straight up or straight down.
Note: Avoid driving crosswise or turning on
steep slopes or hills. A danger lies in losing
traction, slipping sideways and possibly
rolling over. Whenever driving on a hill,
determine beforehand the route you will
use. Avoid driving crosswise or turning on
steep slopes or hills. A danger lies in losing
traction, slipping sideways and possibly
rolling over. Do not drive in reverse over a
hill without the aid of an observer.
When climbing a steep slope or hill, start
in a lower gear rather than downshifting to
a lower gear from a higher gear once the
ascent has started. This reduces strain on
the engine and the possibility of stalling.
If you do stall out, do not try to turnaround
because you might roll over. It is better to
back down to a safe location.
Apply just enough power to the wheels to
climb the hill. Too much power will cause
the tires to slip, spin or lose traction,
resulting in loss of vehicle control.
E143949
Descend a hill in the same gear you would
use to climb up the hill to avoid excessive
brake application and brake overheating.
Do not descend in neutral; instead,
disengage overdrive or manually shift to a
lower gear. When descending a steep hill,
avoid sudden hard braking as you could
lose control. The front wheels have to be
turning in order to steer the vehicle.
Your vehicle has anti-lock brakes, therefore
apply the brakes steadily. Do not “pump”
the brakes.
Driving on Snow and Ice
WARNING: If you are driving in
slippery conditions that require tire
chains or cables, then it is critical that
you drive cautiously. Keep speeds down,
allow for longer stopping distances and
avoid aggressive steering to reduce the
150
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
All-Wheel Drive
chances of a loss of vehicle control
which can lead to serious injury or death.
If the rear end of your vehicle slides while
cornering, steer in the direction of the
slide until you regain control of your
vehicle.
Note: Excessive tire slippage can cause
driveline damage.
AWD vehicles have advantages over 2WD
vehicles in snow and ice but can skid like
any other vehicle.
Should you start to slide while driving on
snowy or icy roads, turn the steering wheel
in the direction of the slide until you regain
control.
Avoid sudden applications of power and
quick changes of direction on snow and
ice. Apply the accelerator slowly and
steadily when starting from a full stop.
Avoid sudden braking as well. Although an
AWD vehicle may accelerate better than
a two-wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice,
it won’t stop any faster, because as in other
vehicles, braking occurs at all four wheels.
Do not become overconfident as to road
conditions.
Make sure you allow sufficient distance
between you and other vehicles for
stopping. Drive slower than usual and
consider using one of the lower gears. In
emergency stopping situations, apply the
brake steadily. Since your vehicle is
equipped with a four wheel (ABS), do not
“pump” the brakes. See Hints on Driving
With Anti-Lock Brakes (page 152).
Maintenance and Modifications
The suspension and steering systems on
your vehicle have been designed and
tested to provide predictable performance
whether loaded or empty and durable load
carrying capability. For this reason, we
strongly recommend that you do not make
modifications such as adding or removing
parts (such as lowering kits or stabilizer
bars) or by using replacement parts not
equivalent to the original factory
equipment.
Any modifications to a vehicle that raise
the center of gravity can make it more likely
the vehicle will rollover as a result of a loss
of control. We strongly recommend that
caution be used with any vehicle equipped
with a high load or device (such as ladder
or luggage racks).
Failure to maintain your vehicle properly
may void the warranty, increase your repair
cost, reduce vehicle performance and
operational capabilities and adversely
affect driver and passenger safety.
Frequent inspection of vehicle chassis
components is recommended if the vehicle
is subjected to off-highway usage.
151
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
All-Wheel Drive
GENERAL INFORMATION
Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If
a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or
continuous squeal sound is present, the
brake linings may be worn-out and an
authorized dealer should check them. If the
vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder
in the steering wheel while braking, an
authorized dealer should check your vehicle.
Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the
wheels, even under normal driving
conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the
brakes wear and does not contribute to
brake noise. See Cleaning the Wheels
(page 241).
Wet brakes result in reduced braking
efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a
few times when driving from a car wash or
standing water to dry the brakes.
Brake Over Accelerator
In the event the accelerator pedal
becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady
and firm pressure to the brake pedal to
slow the vehicle and reduce engine power.
If you experience this condition, apply the
brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe
stop. Switch the engine off, move the
transmission to park (P) and apply the
parking brake. Inspect the accelerator
pedal and the area around it for any items
or debris that may be obstructing its
movement. If none are found and the
condition persists, have your vehicle towed
to the nearest authorized dealer.
Emergency Brake Assist
Emergency brake assist detects when you
brake heavily by measuring the rate at
which you press the brake pedal. It
provides maximum braking efficiency as
long as you press the pedal. Emergency
brake assist can reduce stopping distances
in critical situations.
Anti-lock Brake System
This system helps you maintain steering
control during emergency stops by keeping
the brakes from locking.
This lamp momentarily
illuminates when you switch the
ignition on. If the light does not
illuminate during start up, remains on or
flashes, the anti-lock braking system may
be disabled. Have the system checked by
an authorized dealer. If the anti-lock brake
system is disabled, normal braking is still
effective.
See Warning Lamps and Indicators
(page 80).
Note: Indicators vary depending on region.
E270480
This lamp also illuminates
momentarily when you switch
the ignition on to confirm the
lamp is functional. If it does not
illuminate when you switch the
ignition on, or begins to flash at
any time, have the system checked by an
authorized dealer. If the brake warning
lamp illuminates with the parking brake
released, have the system checked
immediately.
HINTS ON DRIVING WITH
ANTI-LOCK BRAKES
The anti-lock braking system does not
eliminate the risks when:
• You drive too closely to the vehicle in
front of you.
• Your vehicle is hydroplaning.
• You take corners too fast.
• The road surface is poor.
152
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Brakes
Note: If the system activates, the brake
pedal may pulse and may travel further.
Maintain pressure on the brake pedal. You
may also hear a noise from the system. This
is normal.
ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE
WARNING: Always fully apply the
parking brake and make sure you shift
into park (P). Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: If you drive extended
distances with the parking brake applied,
you could cause damage to the brake
system.
WARNING: The electric parking
brake does not operate if the vehicle
battery is running out of charge.
Your vehicle has an electric parking brake.
You operate it with a switch instead of a
lever. The switch is on the center console
or to the left-hand side of the steering
wheel, on the lower part of the instrument
panel.
Note: The electric parking brake makes
noises during operation. This is normal.
Applying the Electric Parking
Brake
E267156
Pull the switch upward.
E270480
The red warning lamp flashes
during operation and illuminates
when the parking brake is
applied.
Note: It remains illuminated for a short
period of time after you switch the ignition
off.
If it continues to flash or does not
illuminate, the system has malfunctioned.
Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Note: You can apply the electric parking
brake when the ignition is off.
Note: The electric parking brake could
automatically apply when you shift into park
(P). See Transmission (page 143).
Applying the Electric Parking Brake in
an Emergency
Note: Do not apply the electric parking
brake when your vehicle is moving, except
in an emergency. If you repeatedly use the
electric parking brake to slow or stop your
vehicle, you could cause damage to the
brake system.
You can use the electric parking brake to
slow or stop your vehicle in an emergency.
E267156
Pull the switch upward and hold
it.
E270480
The red warning lamp
illuminates, a tone sounds and
the stoplamps turn on.
The electric parking brake continues to
slow your vehicle down unless you release
the switch.
Manually Releasing the Electric
Parking Brake
Switch the ignition on.
Press and hold the brake pedal.
153
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Brakes
E267156
Push the switch downward.
E270480
The red warning lamp turns off.
If it remains illuminated or flashes, the
system has malfunctioned. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Pulling Away on a Hill When Towing a
Trailer
Press and hold the brake pedal.
E267156
Pull the switch upward and hold
it.
Shift into gear.
Press the accelerator pedal until engine
has developed sufficient torque to prevent
your vehicle from rolling down the hill.
E267156
Release the switch and pull
away in a normal manner.
Automatically Releasing the
Electric Parking Brake
Close the driver door.
Shift into gear.
Press the accelerator pedal and pull away
in a normal manner.
E270480
The red warning lamp turns off.
If it remains illuminated or flashes, the
electric parking brake has not released.
Manually release the parking brake.
Releasing the Electric Parking
Brake if the Vehicle Battery is
Running Out of Charge
Connect a booster battery to the vehicle
battery to release the electric parking brake
if the vehicle battery is running out of
charge. See Jump Starting the Vehicle
(page 194).
HILL START ASSIST
WARNING: The system does not
replace the parking brake. When you
leave your vehicle, always apply the
parking brake.
WARNING: You must remain in
your vehicle when the system turns on.
At all times, you are responsible for
controlling your vehicle, supervising the
system and intervening, if required.
Failure to take care may result in the loss
of control of your vehicle, serious
personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system will turn
off if a malfunction is apparent or if you
rev the engine excessively. Failure to take
care may result in the loss of control of
your vehicle, serious personal injury or
death.
The system makes it easier to pull away
when your vehicle is on a slope without the
need to use the parking brake.
When the system is active, your vehicle
remains stationary on the slope for two to
three seconds after you release the brake
pedal. This allows time to move your foot
from the brake to the accelerator pedal.
The system releases the brakes
automatically once the engine has
154
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Brakes
developed sufficient torque to prevent your
vehicle from rolling down the slope. This
is an advantage when pulling away on a
slope, for example from a car park ramp,
traffic lights or when reversing uphill into
a parking space.
The system activates on any slope that
causes your vehicle to roll.
Note: There is no warning light to indicate
the system is either on or off.
Using Hill Start Assist
1. Press the brake pedal to bring your
vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep
the brake pedal pressed and shift into
first gear when facing uphill or reverse
(R) when facing downhill.
2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle
is on a slope, the system activates
automatically.
3. When you remove your foot from the
brake pedal, your vehicle remains on
the slope without rolling away for
about two to three seconds. This hold
time automatically extends if you are
in the process of driving off.
4. Drive off in the normal manner. The
system releases the brakes
automatically.
Note: When you remove your foot from the
brake pedal and press the pedal again when
the system is active, you will experience
significantly reduced brake pedal travel. This
is normal.
Switching the System On and Off
Vehicles with Manual Transmission
You can switch this feature on or off in the
information display. The system
remembers the last setting when you start
your vehicle.
Vehicles with Automatic Transmission
You cannot turn the system on or off.
When you switch the ignition on, the
system automatically turns on.
155
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Brakes
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The traction control system helps avoid
drive wheel spin and loss of traction.
If your vehicle begins to slide, the system
applies the brakes to individual wheels
and, when needed, reduces engine power
at the same time. If the wheels spin when
accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces,
the system reduces engine power in order
to increase traction.
USING TRACTION CONTROL
WARNING: The stability and
traction control light illuminates steadily
if the system detects a failure. Make sure
you did not manually disable the traction
control system using the information
display controls or the switch. If the
stability control and traction control light
is still illuminating steadily, have the
system serviced by an authorized dealer
immediately. Operating your vehicle with
the traction control disabled could lead
to an increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover, personal injury
and death.
The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow,
switching traction control off may be
beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin.
Note: When you switch traction control off,
stability control remains fully active.
Switching the System Off
When you switch the system off or on, a
message appears in the information
display showing system status.
You can switch the system off by either
using the information display controls or
the switch.
Using the Information Display
Controls
You can switch this feature off or on in the
information display. See General
Information (page 85).
Using a Switch (If Equipped)
Use the traction control switch on the
instrument panel to switch the system off
or on.
System Indicator Lights and
Messages
E138639
The stability and traction control
light:
• Temporarily illuminates on engine
start-up.
• Flashes when a driving condition
activates either of the systems.
• Illuminates if a problem occurs in either
of the systems.
E130458
The stability and traction control
off light temporarily illuminates
on engine start-up and stays on
when you switch the traction control
system off.
156
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Traction Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING: Vehicle modifications
involving braking system, aftermarket
roof racks, suspension, steering system,
tire construction and wheel and tire size
may change the handling characteristics
of your vehicle and may adversely affect
the performance of the electronic
stability control system. In addition,
installing any stereo loudspeakers may
interfere with and adversely affect the
electronic stability control system. Install
any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as
far as possible from the front center
console, the tunnel, and the front seats
in order to minimize the risk of interfering
with the electronic stability control
sensors. Reducing the effectiveness of
the electronic stability control system
could lead to an increased risk of loss of
vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal
injury and death.
WARNING: Remember that even
advanced technology cannot defy the
laws of physics. It’s always possible to
lose control of a vehicle due to
inappropriate driver input for the
conditions. Aggressive driving on any
road condition can cause you to lose
control of your vehicle increasing the risk
of personal injury or property damage.
Activation of the electronic stability
control system is an indication that at
least some of the tires have exceeded
their ability to grip the road; this could
reduce the operator’s ability to control
the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss
of vehicle control, vehicle rollover,
personal injury and death. If your
electronic stability control system
activates, SLOW DOWN.
The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
If a fault occurs in either the stability
control or the traction control system, you
may experience the following conditions:
• The stability and traction control light
illuminates steadily.
• The stability control and traction
control systems do not enhance your
vehicle's ability to maintain traction of
the wheels.
If a driving condition activates either the
stability control or the traction control
system you may experience the following
conditions:
• The stability and traction control light
flashes.
• Your vehicle slows down.
• Reduced engine power.
• A vibration in the brake pedal.
• The brake pedal is stiffer than usual.
• If the driving condition is severe and
your foot is not on the brake, the brake
pedal may move as the system applies
higher brake force.
The stability control system has several
features built into it to help you maintain
control of your vehicle:
Electronic Stability Control
The system enhances your vehicle’s ability
to prevent skids or lateral slides by
applying brakes to one or more of the
wheels individually and, if necessary,
reducing engine power.
Roll Stability Control
The system enhances your vehicle’s ability
to prevent rollovers by detecting your
vehicle’s roll motion and the rate at which
it changes by applying the brakes to one
or more wheels individually.
157
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Stability Control
Traction Control
The system enhances your vehicle’s ability
to maintain traction of the wheels by
detecting and controlling wheel spin. See
Using Traction Control (page 156).
E72903
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
Vehicle without stability control
skidding off its intended route.
A
Vehicle with stability control
maintaining control on a slippery
surface.
B
USING STABILITY CONTROL
The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
You cannot switch the stability control and
roll stability control systems off, but when
you shift into reverse (R), the systems
deactivate.
You can switch the traction control system
off or on. See Using Traction Control
(page 156).
158
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Stability Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING: To help avoid personal
injury, always use caution when in
reverse (R) and when using the sensing
system.
WARNING: The system may not
detect objects with surfaces that absorb
reflection. Always drive with due care
and attention. Failure to take care may
result in a crash.
WARNING: Traffic control
systems, inclement weather, air brakes,
external motors and fans may affect the
correct operation of the sensing
system.This may cause reduced
performance or false alerts.
WARNING: The system may not
detect small or moving objects,
particularly those close to the ground.
Note: If your vehicle has MyKey™, the
sensing system cannot be switched off
when a MyKey™ is present.
Note: Keep the sensors on the bumper or
fascia free from snow, ice and large
accumulations of dirt. If the sensors are
covered, the system’s accuracy can be
affected. Do not clean the sensors with
sharp objects.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage to
the bumper or fascia, leaving it misaligned
or bent, the sensing zone may be altered
causing inaccurate measurement of
obstacles or false alerts.
Note: Certain add-on devices installed
around the bumper or fascia may create
false alerts. For example, large trailer
hitches, bike or surfboard racks, license plate
brackets, bumper covers or any other device
that may block the normal detection zone
of the system. Remove the add-on device
to prevent false alerts.
Note: When you connect a trailer to your
vehicle, the rear parking aid may detect the
trailer and therefore provide an alert. Disable
the rear parking aid when you connect a
trailer to prevent the alert.
The sensing system warns the driver of
obstacles within a certain range of your
vehicle. The system turns on automatically
whenever you switch the ignition on.
You can switch the system off through the
touchscreen or from the pop-up message
that appears once you shift the
transmission into reverse (R). If your
vehicle has a parking aid button, you can
switch the system off by pressing the
button.
If a fault is present in the system, a warning
message appears in the information
display. See Information Messages
(page 88).
REAR PARKING AID (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: The system may not
detect objects with surfaces that absorb
reflection. Always drive with due care
and attention. Failure to take care may
result in a crash.
WARNING: The system may not
detect small or moving objects,
particularly those close to the ground.
159
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Parking Aids
WARNING: To help avoid personal
injury, always use caution when in
reverse (R) and when using the sensing
system.
WARNING: The parking aid system
can only assist you to detect objects
when your vehicle is moving at parking
speeds. To help avoid personal injury you
must take care when using the parking
aid system.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt.
Note: Do not cover up the sensors.
Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp
objects.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage
leaving the sensors misaligned, this may
cause inaccurate measurements or false
alerts.
Note: Some accessories, for example large
trailer hitches or bike or surfboard racks can
cause reduced performance or false alerts.
The sensors are on the rear bumper.
The sensors are active when the
transmission is in reverse (R) and the
vehicle speed is less than 3 mph (5 km/h).
When the parking aid system sounds a
tone, the audio system may reduce the set
volume.
A warning tone sounds when your vehicle
approaches an object. As your vehicle
moves closer to an object, the rate of the
tone increases. The warning tone
continuously sounds when an object is 12 in
(30 cm) or less from the center of the rear
bumper.
Note: There is a decreased coverage area
at the outer corners.
E130178
The sensor coverage area is up to 70 in
(180 cm) from the rear bumper.
If the system detects a fault, a warning
message appears in the information
display.
The system detects large objects when
you shift into reverse (R) and any of the
following occur:
• Your vehicle is moving backward at low
speed.
• Your vehicle is stationary but an object
is approaching the rear of your vehicle
at low speed.
• Your vehicle is moving backward at low
speed and an object is moving toward
your vehicle, for example another
vehicle at low speed.
If your vehicle remains stationary for two
seconds the audible warning turns off. If
your vehicle moves backward the tone
sounds again.
Note: If the detected object is 12 in (30 cm)
or less from the rear bumper, the audible
warning does not turn off.
160
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Parking Aids
Object Distance Indicator (If Equipped)
E190459
The system provides object distance
indication through the information display.
• As the distance to the object
decreases, the indicator blocks
illuminate and move toward the vehicle
icon.
• If the system does not detect an object,
the distance indicator blocks are gray.
When you shift into reverse (R), the system
provides audible warnings and visual
indication when your vehicle is moving and
the detected object is moving toward your
vehicle. When you stop your vehicle, the
audible warnings stop after two seconds.
Visual indication remains on when the
transmission is in reverse (R).
REAR VIEW CAMERA
WARNING: The rear view camera
system is a reverse aid supplement
device that still requires the driver to use
it in conjunction with the interior and
exterior mirrors for maximum coverage.
WARNING: Objects that are close
to either corner of the bumper or under
the bumper, might not be seen on the
screen due to the limited coverage of the
camera system.
WARNING: Reverse your vehicle
slowly. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Use caution when the
rear cargo door is ajar. If the rear cargo
door is ajar, the camera will be out of
position and the video image may be
incorrect. All guidelines disappear when
the rear cargo door is ajar. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
WARNING: Use caution when
turning camera features on or off when
the transmission is not in park (P). Make
sure your vehicle is not moving.
Note: Some vehicles may not come
equipped with guidelines.
The rear view camera system provides a
video image of the area behind your
vehicle.
During operation, lines appear in the
display which represent your vehicle’ s path
and proximity to objects behind your
vehicle.
161
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Parking Aids
E253742
The camera is located on the luggage
compartment door.
Using the Rear View Camera
System
The rear view camera system displays
what is behind your vehicle when you place
the transmission in reverse (R).
Note: The reverse sensing system is not
effective at speeds above 3 mph (5 km/h)
and may not detect certain angular or
moving objects.
The system uses three types of guides to
help you see what is behind your vehicle:
• Active guidelines (if equipped): Show
the intended path of your vehicle when
reversing.
• Fixed guidelines: Show the actual path
your vehicle is moving in while reversing
in a straight line. This can be helpful
when backing into a parking space or
aligning your vehicle with another
object behind you.
• Centerline: Helps align the center of
your vehicle with an object (for
example, a trailer).
Note: If the transmission is in reverse (R)
and the luggage compartment door or
liftgate is open, no rear view camera
features will display.
Note: When towing, the camera only sees
what you are towing. This might not provide
adequate coverage as it usually provides in
normal operation and some objects might
not be seen. In some vehicles, the guidelines
may disappear when you connect the trailer
tow connector.
The camera may not operate correctly
under the following conditions:
• Nighttime or dark areas if one or both
reverse lamps are not operating.
• Mud, water or debris obstructs the
camera's view. Clean the lens with a
soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive
cleaner. You can also use the rear
washer to clean the camera. See Rear
Window Wiper and Washers (page
68).
• The rear of your vehicle is hit or
damaged, causing the camera to
become misaligned.
Camera System Settings
The rear view camera system settings can
be accessed through the display screen.
See General Information (page 85).
Camera Guidelines
Note: Active guidelines are only available
when the transmission is in reverse (R).
162
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Parking Aids
A B C D
F
E
E142436
Active guidelines (If equipped)A
CenterlineB
Fixed guideline: Green zoneC
Fixed guideline: Yellow zoneD
Fixed guideline: Red zoneE
Rear bumperF
Active guidelines are only shown with fixed
guidelines. To use active guidelines, turn
the steering wheel to point the guidelines
toward an intended path. If you change
the steering wheel position while reversing,
your vehicle might deviate from the original
intended path.
The fixed and active guidelines fade in and
out depending on the steering wheel
position. The active guidelines do not
display when the steering wheel position
is straight.
Always use caution while reversing.
Objects in the red zone are closest to your
vehicle and objects in the green zone are
farther away. Objects are getting closer to
your vehicle as they move from the green
zone to the yellow or red zones. Use the
side view mirrors and rear view mirror to
get better coverage on both sides and rear
of the vehicle.
Obstacle Distance Indicator (If
Equipped)
E190459
The system will provide an image of your
vehicle and the sensor zones. The zones
will highlight green, yellow and red when
the parking aid sensors detect an object in
the coverage area.
163
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Parking Aids
Rear Camera On Demand (If Equipped)
Press the camera button on the overhead
console to bring up the rear camera view
in the display screen. The guidelines
appear as white and you are able to use
the manual zoom feature by pressing the
zoom button.
Manual Zoom
WARNING: When manual zoom
is on, the full area behind your vehicle
may not show. Be aware of your
surroundings when using the manual
zoom feature.
Note: Manual zoom is only available when
the transmission is in reverse (R).
Note: When you enable manual zoom, only
the centerline is shown.
Selectable settings for this feature are
Zoom in (+) and Zoom out (-). Press the
symbol in the camera screen to change the
view. The default setting is Zoom OFF.
This allows you to get a closer view of an
object behind your vehicle. The zoomed
image keeps the bumper in the image to
provide a reference. The zoom is only
active while the transmission is in reverse
(R).
Rear Camera Delay
Selectable settings for this feature are ON
and OFF.
The default setting for the rear camera
delay is OFF.
When shifting the transmission out of
reverse (R) and into any gear other than
park (P), the camera image remains in the
display until:
• Your vehicle speed reaches
approximately 5 mph (8 km/h).
• You shift your vehicle into park (P).
164
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Parking Aids
ABOUT CRUISE CONTROL
Cruise control lets you maintain a set
speed without keeping your foot on the
accelerator pedal. You can use cruise
control when your vehicle speed is greater
than 20 mph (30 km/h).
The cruise controls are on the steering
wheel. See Cruise Control (page 67).
SWITCHING CRUISE CONTROL
ON AND OFF
WARNING: Do not use cruise
control on winding roads, in heavy traffic
or when the road surface is slippery. This
could result in loss of vehicle control,
serious injury or death.
Switching Cruise Control On
E71340
Press to set the system in
standby mode.
Switching Cruise Control Off
E71340
Press the button when the
system is in standby mode.
The system also turns off when you switch
the ignition off.
Note: The set speed erases when you
switch the system off.
SETTING THE CRUISE
CONTROL SPEED
WARNING: When you are going
downhill, your vehicle speed could
increase above the set speed. The
system does not apply the brakes.
Drive to the speed you prefer.
Press the toggle button upward
or downward to set the current
speed.
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
Note: The indicator changes color in the
information display.
Changing the Set Speed
Press and release the toggle
button upward to increase the
set speed in small increments.
Press and hold the toggle button upward
to accelerate. Release the button when
you have reached your preferred speed.
Press and release the toggle
button downward to decrease
the set speed in small
increments.
Press and hold the toggle button
downward to decelerate. Release the
button when you have reached your
preferred speed.
Note: If you accelerate by pressing the
accelerator pedal, the set speed does not
change. When you release the accelerator
pedal, your vehicle returns to the speed that
you previously set.
165
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Cruise Control (If Equipped)
CANCELING THE SET SPEED
E280804
Press the button, or tap the
brake pedal to cancel the set
speed.
Note: The system remembers the set
speed.
Note: The system cancels if the vehicle
speed drops below 10 mph (16 km/h) under
the set speed when driving uphill.
RESUMING THE SET SPEED
Press the button.
CRUISE CONTROL
INDICATORS
E71340
Illuminates when you switch the
system on.
166
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Cruise Control (If Equipped)
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION
SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: Do not use the blind
spot information system as a
replacement for using the interior and
exterior mirrors or looking over your
shoulder before changing lanes. The
blind spot information system is not a
replacement for careful driving.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly during severe weather
conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy
rain and spray. Always drive with due
care and attention. Failure to take care
may result in a crash.
E255695
The design of the system is to detect
vehicles that could have entered the blind
spot zone. The detection area is on both
sides of your vehicle, extending rearward
from the exterior mirrors to approximately
13 ft (4 m) beyond the rear bumper. The
detection area extends to approximately
59 ft (18 m) beyond the rear bumper when
the vehicle speed is greater than 30 mph
(48 km/h) to alert you of faster
approaching vehicles.
Note: The system does not prevent contact
with other vehicles. It does not detect
parked vehicles, pedestrians, animals or
other infrastructures.
Using the Blind Spot Information
System
Vehicles with Automatic Transmission
The system turns on when all of the
following occur:
• You start your vehicle.
• You shift into drive (D).
• The vehicle speed is greater than
6 mph (10 km/h).
Note: The system does not operate in park
(P) or reverse (R).
Vehicles with Manual Transmission
The system turns on when all of the
following occur:
• You start your vehicle.
• The vehicle speed is greater than
6 mph (10 km/h).
Note: The system does not operate in
reverse (R).
System Lights and Messages
E142442
167
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Driving Aids
When the system detects a vehicle, an
alert indicator illuminates in the exterior
mirror on the side the approaching vehicle
is coming from. If you turn the direction
indicator on for that side of your vehicle,
the alert indicator flashes.
Note: The system may not alert you if a
vehicle quickly passes through the detection
zone.
Blocked Sensors
E205199
The sensors are behind the rear bumper
on both sides of your vehicle.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt.
Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper
stickers, repair compound or other objects.
Note: Blocked sensors could affect system
performance.
If the sensors become blocked, a message
could appear in the information display.
See Information Messages (page 88).
The alert indicators remain illuminated but
the system does not alert you.
System Errors
If the system detects a fault, a warning
lamp illuminates and a message displays.
See Information Messages (page 88).
Switching the System On and Off
To switch the system on or off, adjust the
setting. Depending on your vehicle options,
the setting could be in the following:
• Information display. See General
Information (page 85).
• Touchscreen.
When you switch the system off, a warning
lamp illuminates and the alert indicators
flash twice.
Note: The system remembers the last
setting when you start your vehicle.
Note: The system may not correctly operate
when towing a trailer. For vehicles with an
approved trailer tow module and tow bar,
the system turns off when you attach a
trailer. For vehicles with an aftermarket
trailer tow module or tow bar, we
recommend that you switch the system off
when you attach a trailer.
To permanently switch the system off,
contact an authorized dealer.
Blind Spot Information System
with Trailer Tow (If Equipped)
E293525
The design of the system is to aid you in
detecting vehicles that could have entered
the detection area zone (A). The detection
area is on both sides of your vehicle and
trailer, extending rearward from the
exterior mirrors to the end of your trailer.
When you attach and have setup a trailer,
the blind spot information system with
trailer tow becomes active when driving
forward above 6 mph (10 km/h).
168
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Driving Aids
You can switch the system off in the
information display. See General
Information (page 85). If you switch the
blind spot information system off, blind
spot information system with trailer tow
turns off.
Setting up a Trailer
You can setup a trailer through the
information display. See General
Information (page 85).
E293526
Trailer length.A
Trailer width.B
Trailer hitch ball.C
Note: Measure the width of the trailer at
the front of the trailer, not the widest point.
The maximum width that the system can
support is 8.2 ft (2.5 m)(B).
Note: The trailer length is the distance
between the trailer hitch ball and the rear
of the trailer. The maximum length that the
system can support is 32.8 ft (10 m)(A).
When setting up a trailer, a sequence of
screens appear asking for trailer
information:
• Select trailer screen: None, Trailer A,
Trailer B or Trailer C.
Note: You can select only one trailer on
small information displays.
Select one of the trailers and press OK. The
menu goes to the next screen.
• Width less than 8.2 ft (2.5 m) and
length less than 33 ft (10 m)?
Note: You do not need to enter an exact
trailer width measurement. You only need
to confirm that the width of the trailer is
8.2 ft (2.5 m) or less.
If no, the system turns off.
If yes, the menu goes to the next screen.
• Enter length of trailer:
Toggling up or down using the menu
buttons increases or decreases the
measurement by 3 ft (1 m). Select a length
that is equal to or within 3 ft (1 m) of the
actual measured length. For example, if
the actual measured length is 25 ft (7.6 m),
toggle the length in the menu to 8 m or 27
ft. When you enter the length of the trailer,
this saves the system setup.
Note: When you connect a trailer, but do
not setup a trailer in the blind spot
information system, the system turns off
and a warning appears in the information
display.
Note: If the trailer is a bike rack or cargo
rack with electrical lighting, enter a length
of 3 ft (1 m). Cross Traffic Alert remains on
for trailers with a length of 3 ft (1 m) or less.
Note: The system requires proper
measurement and measurement entry to
function as designed.
System Operation
If you select a trailer in the information
display prior to connecting a trailer, the
system loads that configuration and the
information display shows a message
when you connect the trailer. A second
message appears stating cross traffic alert
is off, unless a trailer is set up with a length
of 3 ft (1 m). The blind spot information
system with trailer tow still functions
normally when driving forward.
169
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Driving Aids
If you connect a trailer, a message appears
indicating that you attached a trailer. If you
have not selected a trailer previously,
another message appears requesting you
to select one of the trailers in the list or add
a new trailer. The blind spot information
system with trailer tow does not function
without a trailer selected. If you do not
select a trailer, a message appears in the
information display stating it has
deactivated the system. This message
might not appear until your vehicle speed
reaches 21.7 mph (35 km/h).
The blind spot information system with
trailer tow activates when driving forward
for that particular trailer set up. If you cycle
the ignition, the blind spot information
system with trailer tow continues to
function using the last trailer you selected.
Trailer Considerations
The system works with a trailer with a front
width of 8.2 ft (2.5 m) or less, and a total
length from the trailer hitch ball to the rear
of the trailer of 33 ft (10 m) or less.
Some trailers could cause a slight change
in system performance:
• Wide box trailers, especially those
wider than the towing vehicle, could
cause false alerts to occur when driving
next to infrastructure or near parked
cars. A false alert could also occur
while making a 90-degree turn or
driving through a roundabout.
• Wide trailers that have a total length
greater than 20 ft (6 m) could cause
delayed alerts when a vehicle is
passing at high speeds.
• Box trailers that have a width greater
than 8.2 ft (2.5 m) could cause early
alerts when you pass a vehicle.
• Clam shell or V-Nose box trailers with
a width greater than 8.2 ft (2.5 m)
could cause delayed alerts when a
vehicle traveling the same speed as
your vehicle merges lanes.
System Errors
If the system detects a fault, a warning
lamp illuminates and a message displays.
See Information Messages (page 88).
Switching the System On and Off
You can switch the blind spot information
system with trailer tow off by not selecting
a trailer the information display. See
General Information (page 85). In this
case, the system turns off as long as a
trailer is attached to your vehicle. As soon
as you disconnect the trailer, the blind spot
information system becomes active.
When you switch the system off, a warning
lamp illuminates and the alert indicators
flash twice.
Note: The system remembers the last
trailer setting when you start your vehicle.
You cannot switch off the blind spot
information system with trailer tow when
using MyKey, but you can still change the
trailer settings.
To permanently switch the system off,
contact an authorized dealer.
170
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Driving Aids
CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (IF
EQUIPPED)
WARNING: Do not use the cross
traffic alert system as a replacement for
using the interior and exterior mirrors or
looking over your shoulder before
reversing out of a parking space. The
cross traffic alert system is not a
replacement for careful driving.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly during severe weather
conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy
rain and spray. Always drive with due
care and attention. Failure to take care
may result in a crash.
The system alerts you of vehicles
approaching from the sides behind your
vehicle when you shift into reverse (R).
Using Cross Traffic Alert
The system detects vehicles that approach
at a speed between 4 mph (6 km/h) and
37 mph (60 km/h). Coverage decreases
when the sensors are partially, mostly or
fully obstructed. Slowly reversing helps
increase the coverage area and
effectiveness.
The system turns on when you start the
engine and you shift into reverse (R). The
system turns off when you shift out of
reverse (R).
E142440
The sensor on the left-hand side is only
partially obstructed and zone coverage on
the right-hand side is maximized.
171
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Driving Aids
E142441
Zone coverage also decreases when
parking at narrow angles. The sensor on
the left-hand side is mostly obstructed and
zone coverage on that side is severely
reduced.
Cross Traffic Alert System Sensors
E205199
The sensors are behind the rear bumper
on both sides of your vehicle.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt.
Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper
stickers, repair compound or other objects.
Note: Blocked sensors could affect system
performance.
If the sensors are blocked, a message may
appear in the information display when
you shift into reverse (R).
Cross Traffic Alert System
Limitations
The system may not correctly operate
when any of the following occur:
• The sensors are blocked.
• Adjacently parked vehicles or objects
are obstructing the sensors.
• Vehicles approach at speeds less than
4 mph (6 km/h) or greater than 37 mph
(60 km/h).
• The vehicle speed is greater than 7 mph
(12 km/h).
• You reverse out of an angled parking
space.
172
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Driving Aids
Cross Traffic Alert Behavior When
Trailer is Attached
Note: The system may not correctly operate
when towing a trailer. For vehicles with an
approved trailer tow module and tow bar,
the system turns off when you attach a
trailer. For vehicles with an aftermarket
trailer tow module or tow bar, we
recommend that you switch the system off
when you attach a trailer.
Cross traffic alert remains on when you
attach a trailer in vehicles that come with
blind spot information system with trailer
tow under the following conditions:
• You connect a trailer.
• The trailer is a bike rack or cargo rack
with a maximum length of 3 ft (1 m).
• You set the trailer length to 3 ft (1 m)
in the information display.
See Blind Spot Information System
(page 167).
Switching the System On and Off
To switch the system on or off, adjust the
setting. Depending on your vehicle options,
the setting could be in the following:
• Information display. See General
Information (page 85).
• Touchscreen.
Note: The system turns on every time you
switch the ignition on. To permanently
switch the system off, contact an authorized
dealer.
Cross Traffic Alert Indicator
E268294
When the system detects an
approaching vehicle, a tone
sounds, a warning lamp
illuminates in the relevant exterior mirror
and arrows appear in the information
display to show which side the
approaching vehicle is coming from.
Note: If arrows do not display, a message
appears in the information display.
If the system malfunctions, a warning lamp
illuminates in the instrument cluster and
a message appears in the information
display. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
Note: In exceptional conditions, the system
could alert you, even when there is nothing
in the detection zone, for example a vehicle
passing further away from your vehicle.
Cross Traffic Alert Information Messages
ActionMessage
Displays instead of indication arrows when the system
detects a vehicle. Check for approaching traffic.
Cross Traffic Alert
Indicates blocked cross traffic alert system sensors. Clean
the sensors. If the message continues to appear, have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Cross Traffic Not Avail-
able Sensor Blocked See
Manual
The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
as soon as possible.
Cross Traffic System
Fault
Displays if you attach a trailer to your vehicle.Cross Traffic Alert Deac-
tivated Trailer Attached
173
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Driving Aids
STEERING
Electric Power Steering
WARNING: The electric power
steering system has diagnostic checks
that continuously monitor the system. If
a fault is detected, a message displays
in the information display. Stop your
vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
Switch the ignition off. After at least 10
seconds, switch the ignition on and
watch the information display for a
steering system warning message. If a
steering system warning message
returns, have the system checked as
soon as possible.
WARNING: If the system detects
an error, you may not feel a difference in
the steering, however a serious condition
may exist. Have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible. Failure to do so may
result in loss of steering control.
Your vehicle has an electric power steering
system, there is no fluid reservoir, no
maintenance is required.
If your vehicle loses electrical power while
you are driving, electric power steering
assistance is lost. The steering system still
operates and you can steer your vehicle
manually. Manually steering your vehicle
requires more effort.
Extreme continuous steering may increase
the effort required for you to steer your
vehicle, this increased effort prevents
overheating and permanent damage to
the steering system. You do not lose the
ability to steer your vehicle manually.
Typical steering and driving maneuvers
allow the system to cool and return to
normal operation.
Steering Tips
If the steering wanders or pulls, check for:
• Correct tire pressures.
• Uneven tire wear.
• Loose or worn suspension
components.
• Loose or worn steering components.
• Improper vehicle alignment.
Note: A high crown in the road or high
crosswinds may also make the steering
seem to wander or pull.
Adaptive Learning
The electronic power steering system
adaptive learning helps correct road
irregularities and improves overall handling
and steering feel. It communicates with
the brake system to help operate
advanced stability control and accident
avoidance systems. Additionally, whenever
the battery is disconnected or a new
battery installed, you must drive your
vehicle a short distance before the system
relearns the strategy and reactivates all
systems.
PRE-COLLISION ASSIST (IF
EQUIPPED)
WARNING: You are responsible
for controlling your vehicle at all times.
The system is designed to be an aid and
does not relieve you of your responsibility
to drive with due care and attention.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
174
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Driving Aids
WARNING: The system does not
detect vehicles that are driving in a
different direction, cyclists or animals.
Failure to take care may result in the loss
of control of your vehicle, serious
personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system does not
operate during hard acceleration or
steering. Failure to take care may lead
to a crash or personal injury.
WARNING: The system may fail
or operate with reduced function during
cold and severe weather conditions.
Snow, ice, rain, spray and fog can
adversely affect the system. Keep the
front camera and radar free of snow and
ice. Failure to take care may result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, serious
personal injury or death.
WARNING: In situations where the
vehicle camera has limited detection
capability, this may reduce system
performance. These situations include
but are not limited to direct or low
sunlight, vehicles at night without tail
lights, unconventional vehicle types,
pedestrians with complex backgrounds,
running pedestrians, partly obscured
pedestrians, or pedestrians that the
system cannot distinguish from a group.
Failure to take care may result in the loss
of control of your vehicle, serious
personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system cannot
help prevent all crashes. Do not rely on
this system to replace driver judgment
and the need to maintain a safe distance
and speed.
Using the Pre-Collision Assist
System
The system is active at speeds above
approximately 3 mph (5 km/h) and
pedestrian detection is active at speeds
up to 50 mph (80 km/h).
E156130
If your vehicle is rapidly approaching
another stationary vehicle, a vehicle
traveling in the same direction as yours, or
a pedestrian within your driving path, the
system is designed to provide three levels
of functionality:
1. Alert
2. Brake Support
3. Active Braking
E255268
Alert: When active, a flashing visual
warning appears and an audible warning
tone sounds.
Brake Support: The system is designed
to help reduce the impact speed by
preparing the brakes for rapid braking.
Brake support does not automatically
apply the brakes. If you press the brake
pedal, the system could apply additional
braking up to maximum braking force, even
if you lightly press the brake pedal.
175
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Driving Aids
Active Braking: Active braking may
activate if the system determines that a
collision is imminent. The system may help
the driver reduce impact damage or avoid
the crash completely.
Note: Brake Support and Active Braking are
active at speeds up to 75 mph (120 km/h).
Note: If you perceive Pre-Collision Assist
alerts as being too frequent or disturbing,
then you can reduce the alert sensitivity,
though the manufacturer recommends
using the highest sensitivity setting where
possible. Setting lower sensitivity would
lead to fewer and later system warnings.
Adjusting the Pre-Collision Assist
Settings
You can adjust the following settings by
using the information display controls. See
General Information (page 85).
• You can change Alert sensitivity to one
of three possible settings.
• If required, you can switch Active
Braking on or off.
Note: Active Braking automatically turns
on every time you switch the ignition on.
E296163
You can switch the entire system off at any
time by pressing the button below the
display screen.
Blocked Sensors
E273245
Camera.1
Radar sensor (not included).2
If a message regarding a blocked camera
appears in the information display, the
camera images are obstructed. With a
blocked camera, the Pre-Collision Assist
system may not function, or performance
may reduce. The following table lists
possible causes and actions for when this
message displays.
176
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Driving Aids
Camera Troubleshooting
ActionCause
Clean the outside of the windshield in front
of the camera.
The windshield in front of the camera is
dirty or obstructed in some way.
Wait a short time. It may take several
minutes for the camera to detect that there
is no obstruction.
The windshield in front of the camera is
clean but the message remains in the
display screen.
Note: Proper system operation requires a
clear view of the road by the camera. Have
any windshield damage in the area of the
camera's field of view repaired.
177
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Driving Aids
ABOUT DRIVE MODE
CONTROL
The system delivers a driving experience
through a suite of sophisticated electronic
vehicle systems. These systems optimize
steering, handling and powertrain
response. This provides a single location
to control multiple systems performance
settings.
Changing the drive mode changes the
functionality of the following systems:
• Electronically power-assisted steering
system adjusts steering effort and feel
based on the mode you select. See
Steering (page 174).
• Electronic stability control and traction
control maintain your vehicle control
in adverse conditions or high
performance driving. See Stability
Control (page 157).
• Electronic throttle control enhances
the powertrain response to your driving
inputs.
• Transmission controls become
optimized with shift cycles tuned to
each mode.
• Four-wheel drive settings are optimized
and tuned to each mode.
The system tailors your vehicle
configuration for each mode you select.
Note: Not all settings may be available.
Note: The system has diagnostic checks
that continuously monitor the system for
proper operation. Certain drive modes are
not available based on gear shifter position.
If a mode is unavailable due to a system
fault or change in gear shifter position, the
mode defaults to Normal.
SELECTING A DRIVE MODE
Note: Drive mode changes may not be
available when the ignition is off or when
the engine is not running.
E298239
Press the drive mode button underneath
the information display to select or change
a drive mode.
DRIVE MODES
Deep Snow/Sand
E295420
For deep snow or soft dry sand.
Normal
E225310
For everyday driving. This mode
is a perfect balance of
excitement, comfort and
convenience.
178
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Drive Mode Control (If Equipped)
LOAD LIMIT
Vehicle Loading - with and
without a Trailer
This section guides you in the
proper loading of your vehicle,
trailer, or both. Keep your loaded
vehicle weight within its design
rating capability, with or without
a trailer. Properly loading your
vehicle provides maximum return
of vehicle design performance.
Before you load your vehicle,
become familiar with the
following terms for determining
your vehicle’s weight rating, with
or without a trailer, from the
vehicle’s Tire and Loading
Information label or Safety
Compliance Certification label.
Tire and Loading Label Information
Example:
E198719
Payload
Payload is the combined weight
of cargo and passengers that your
vehicle is carrying. The maximum
payload for your vehicle appears
on the Tire and Loading label. The
label is either on the B-pillar or the
edge of the driver door. Vehicles
exported outside the US and
Canada may not have a tire and
loading label. Look for “The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
XXX kg OR XXX lb” for maximum
payload. The payload listed on the
Tire and Loading Information label
179
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Load Carrying
is the maximum payload for your
vehicle as built by the assembly
plant. If you install any additional
equipment on your vehicle, you
must determine the new payload.
Subtract the weight of the
equipment from the payload listed
on the Tire and Loading label.
When towing, trailer tongue
weight or king pin weight is also
part of payload.
WARNING: The
appropriate loading capacity of
your vehicle can be limited either
by volume capacity (how much
space is available) or by payload
capacity (how much weight the
vehicle should carry). Once you
have reached the maximum
payload of your vehicle, do not
add more cargo, even if there is
space available. Overloading or
improperly loading your vehicle
can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and vehicle rollover.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight
Rating)
GAWR is the maximum allowable
weight that a single axle (front or
rear) can carry. These numbers
are on the Safety Compliance
Certification label. The label is
located on the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver seating position.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its Gross Axle
Weight Rating.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating)
GVWR is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle.
This includes all options,
equipment, passengers and cargo.
It appears on the Safety
Compliance Certification label.
The label is located on the door
hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the
door edge that meets the
door-latch post, next to the driver
seating position.
The gross vehicle weight must
never exceed the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating.
Safety Compliance Certification Label
Example:
E198828
180
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Load Carrying
WARNING: Exceeding the
Safety Compliance Certification
label vehicle weight limits can
adversely affect the
performance and handling of
your vehicle, cause vehicle
damage and can result in the
loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
Maximum Loaded Trailer
Weight
Maximum loaded trailer weight is
the highest possible weight of a
fully loaded trailer the vehicle can
tow. Consult an authorized dealer
(or the RV and Trailer Towing
Guide available at an authorized
dealer) for more detailed
information.
GCWR (Gross Combined
Weight Rating)
GCWR is the maximum allowable
weight of the vehicle and the
loaded trailer, including all cargo
and passengers, that the vehicle
can handle without risking
damage. (Important: The towing
vehicle’s braking system is rated
for operation at Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating, not at Gross
Combined Weight Rating.)
Separate functional brakes should
be used for safe control of towed
vehicles and for trailers where the
Gross Combined Weight of the
towing vehicle plus the trailer
exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating of the towing vehicle.
The gross combined weight must
never exceed the Gross Combined
Weight Rating.
Note: For trailer towing
information refer to the RV and
Trailer Towing Guide available at
an authorized dealer.
WARNING: Do not exceed
the GVWR or the GAWR
specified on the certification
label.
WARNING: Do not use
replacement tires with lower
load carrying capacities than the
original tires because they may
lower your vehicle's GVWR and
GAWR limitations. Replacement
tires with a higher limit than the
original tires do not increase the
GVWR and GAWR limitations.
WARNING: Exceeding any
vehicle weight rating can
adversely affect the
performance and handling of
your vehicle, cause vehicle
damage and can result in the
loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
Steps for determining the
correct load limit:
1. Locate the statement "The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
XXX kg or XXX lb." on your
vehicle’s placard.
181
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Load Carrying
2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers that will be riding
in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight
of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lb.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For
example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lb. and there will
be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lb.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lb.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo and
luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer
will be transferred to your
vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the
available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
Helpful examples for calculating
the available amount of cargo
and luggage load capacity
Suppose your vehicle has a
1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo
and luggage capacity. You decide
to go golfing. Is there enough load
capacity to carry you, four of your
friends and all the golf bags? You
and four friends average 220
pounds (99 kilograms) each and
the golf bags weigh approximately
30 pounds (13.5 kilograms) each.
The calculation would be: 1400 -
(5 x 220) - (5 x 30) = 1400 - 1100
- 150 = 150 pounds. Yes, you have
enough load capacity in your
vehicle to transport four friends
and your golf bags. In metric units,
the calculation would be: 635
kilograms - (5 x 99 kilograms) -
(5 x 13.5 kilograms) = 635 - 495 -
67.5 = 72.5 kilograms.
Suppose your vehicle has a
1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo
and luggage capacity. You and
one of your friends decide to pick
up cement from the local home
improvement store to finish that
patio you have been planning for
the past two years. Measuring the
inside of the vehicle with the rear
seat folded down, you have room
for twelve 100-pound
(45-kilogram) bags of cement. Do
you have enough load capacity to
transport the cement to your
home? If you and your friend each
weigh 220 pounds (99 kilograms),
the calculation would be: 1400 -
(2 x 220) - (12 x 100) = 1400 - 440
182
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Load Carrying
- 1200 = - 240 pounds. No, you do
not have enough cargo capacity
to carry that much weight. In
metric units, the calculation would
be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99
kilograms) - (12 x 45 kilograms) =
635 - 198 - 540 = -103 kilograms.
You will need to reduce the load
weight by at least 240 pounds
(104 kilograms). If you remove
three 100-pound (45-kilogram)
cement bags, then the load
calculation would be:1400 - (2 x
220) - (9 x 100) = 1400 - 440 -
900 = 60 pounds. Now you have
the load capacity to transport the
cement and your friend home. In
metric units, the calculation would
be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99
kilograms) - (9 x 45 kilograms) =
635 - 198 - 405 = 32 kilograms.
The above calculations also
assume that the loads are
positioned in your vehicle in a
manner that does not overload
the front or the rear gross axle
weight rating specified for your
vehicle on the Safety Compliance
Certification label.
Special Loading Instructions
for Owners of Pick-up Trucks
and Utility-type Vehicles
WARNING: When loading
the roof racks, we recommend
you evenly distribute the load,
as well as maintain a low center
of gravity. Loaded vehicles, with
higher centers of gravity, may
handle differently than unloaded
vehicles. Take extra precautions,
such as slower speeds and
increased stopping distance,
when driving a heavily loaded
vehicle.
183
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Load Carrying
TOWING A TRAILER
WARNING: Towing trailers
beyond the maximum
recommended gross trailer
weight exceeds the limit of your
vehicle and could result in engine
damage, transmission damage,
structural damage, loss of
vehicle control, vehicle rollover
and personal injury.
WARNING: Do not exceed
the GVWR or the GAWR
specified on the certification
label.
Note: See Recommended
Towing Weights (page 185).
Your vehicle may have electrical
items, such as fuses or relays,
related to towing. See Fuses
(page 206).
Your vehicle's load capacity
designation is by weight, not by
volume, so you cannot necessarily
use all available space when
loading a vehicle or trailer.
Towing a trailer places an extra
load on your vehicle's engine,
transmission, axle, brakes, tires
and suspension. Inspect these
components periodically during,
and after, any towing operation.
Load Placement
To help minimize how trailer
movement affects your vehicle
when driving:
• Load the heaviest items closest
to the trailer floor.
• Load the heaviest items
centered between the left and
right side trailer tires.
• Load the heaviest items above
the trailer axles or just slightly
forward toward the trailer
tongue. Do not allow the final
trailer tongue weight to go
above or below 10-15% of the
loaded trailer weight.
• Select a ball mount with the
correct rise or drop and load
capacity. When both the
loaded vehicle and trailer are
connected, the trailer frame
should be level, or slightly
angled down toward your
vehicle, when viewed from the
side.
When driving with a trailer or
payload, a slight takeoff vibration
or shudder may be present due to
the increased payload weight.
Additional information regarding
proper trailer loading and setting
your vehicle up for towing is
located in another chapter of this
manual. See Load Limit (page
179).
You can also find information in
the RV & Trailer Towing Guide
available at your authorized
dealer, or online.
184
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Towing
RV & Trailer Towing Guide Online
http://www.fleet.ford.com/towing-guides/Website
RECOMMENDED TOWING
WEIGHTS
Note: Do not tow a trailer during
patrol or pursuit situations.
Note: Do not exceed the trailer
weight for your vehicle
configuration listed in the chart
below.
Note: Be sure to take into
consideration trailer frontal area.
Do not exceed 40 ft² (3.72 m²)
when towing trailers up to 5,000 lb
(2,268 kg).
Note: For high altitude operation,
reduce the gross combined weight
by 2% per 1,000 ft (300 m)
starting at the 1,000 ft (300 m)
elevation point.
Note: Certain states require
electric trailer brakes for trailers
over a specified weight. Be sure to
check state regulations for this
specified weight. The maximum
trailer weights listed may be limited
to this specified weight, as the
vehicle’s electrical system may not
include the wiring connector
needed to activate electric trailer
brakes.
Your vehicle may tow a trailer
provided the maximum trailer
weight is less than or equal to the
maximum trailer weight listed for
your vehicle configuration on the
following chart.
Maximum Trailer
Weight
DriveTransmissionEngine
5,000 lb (2,268 kg)AWD
10-Speed Auto-
matic Transmis-
sion (10R80)
3.0L GTDI
3.3L PF/DI
3.3L PF/DI
FHEV
185
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Towing
ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS
Follow these guidelines for safe towing:
• Do not tow a trailer until you drive your
vehicle at least 1,000 mi (1,600 km).
• Consult your local motor vehicle laws
for towing a trailer.
• See the instructions included with
towing accessories for the proper
installation and adjustment
specifications.
• Service your vehicle more frequently if
you tow a trailer. See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 327).
• If you use a rental trailer, follow the
instructions the rental agency gives
you.
You can find information on load
specification terms found on the tire label
and Safety Compliance label as well as
instructions on calculating your vehicle's
load in the Load Carrying chapter. See
Load Limit (page 179).
Remember to account for the trailer
tongue weight as part of your vehicle load
when calculating the total vehicle weight.
Hitches
Do not use a hitch that either clamps onto
the bumper or attaches to the axle.
Distribute the trailer load so 10-15% of the
total trailer weight is on the tongue.
A weight distributing hitch is not required
for your vehicle.
Safety Chains
Note: Do not attach safety chains to the
bumper.
Always connect the safety chains to the
hook retainers of your vehicle hitch.
To connect the trailer’s safety chains, cross
them under the trailer tongue and allow
enough slack for turning tight corners. Do
not allow the chains to drag on the ground.
Trailer Brakes
WARNING: Do not connect a
trailer's hydraulic brake system directly
to your vehicle's brake system. Your
vehicle may not have enough braking
power and your chances of having a
collision greatly increase.
Electric brakes and manual, automatic or
surge-type trailer brakes are safe if you
install them properly and adjust them to
the manufacturer's specifications. The
trailer brakes must meet local and federal
regulations.
The rating for the tow vehicle's braking
system operation is at the gross vehicle
weight rating, not the gross combined
weight rating.
Safe control of towed vehicles requires
separate functioning brake systems for
vehicles and trailers weighing more than
1,500 lb (680 kg) when loaded.
Trailer Lamps
WARNING: Never connect any
trailer lamp wiring to the vehicle's tail
lamp wiring; this may damage the
electrical system resulting in fire. Contact
your authorized dealer as soon as
possible for assistance in proper trailer
tow wiring installation. Additional
electrical equipment may be required.
Most towed vehicles require trailer lamps.
Make sure all running lights, brake lights,
direction indicators and hazard flashers
are working.
186
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Towing
Before Towing a Trailer
Practice turning, stopping and backing up
to get the feel of your vehicle-trailer
combination before starting on a trip.
When turning, make wider turns so the
trailer wheels clear curbs and other
obstacles.
When Towing a Trailer
• Do not drive faster than 70 mph
(113 km/h) during the first 500 mi
(800 km).
• Do not make full-throttle starts.
• Check your hitch, electrical connections
and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly
after you have traveled 50 mi (80 km).
• When stopped in congested or heavy
traffic during hot weather, place the
gearshift in park (P) to aid engine and
transmission cooling and to help A/C
performance.
• Turn off the speed control with heavy
loads or in hilly terrain. The speed
control may turn off automatically
when you are towing on long, steep
grades.
• Shift to a lower gear when driving down
a long or steep hill. Do not apply the
brakes continuously, as they may
overheat and become less effective.
• If your transmission is equipped with a
Grade Assist or Tow/Haul feature, use
this feature when towing. This provides
engine braking and helps eliminate
excessive transmission shifting for
optimum fuel economy and
transmission cooling.
• Allow more distance for stopping with
a trailer attached. Anticipate stops and
brake gradually.
• Avoid parking on a grade. However, if
you must park on a grade:
1. Turn the steering wheel to point your
vehicle tires away from traffic flow.
2. Set your vehicle parking brake.
3. Place the automatic transmission in
park (P).
4. Place wheel chocks in front and back
of the trailer wheels. (Chocks not
included with vehicle.)
Launching or Retrieving a Boat or
Personal Watercraft (PWC)
Note: Disconnect the wiring to the trailer
before backing the trailer into the water.
Note: Reconnect the wiring to the trailer
after removing the trailer from the water.
When backing down a ramp during boat
launching or retrieval:
• Do not allow the static water level to
rise above the bottom edge of the rear
bumper.
• Do not allow waves to break higher
than 6 in (15 cm) above the bottom
edge of the rear bumper.
Exceeding these limits may allow water to
enter vehicle components:
• Causing internal damage to the
components.
• Affecting driveability, emissions, and
reliability.
Replace the rear axle lubricant anytime
the rear axle has been submerged in water.
Water may have contaminated the rear
axle lubricant, which is not normally
checked or changed unless a leak is
suspected or other axle repair is required.
187
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Towing
TOWING THE VEHICLE ON
FOUR WHEELS
Emergency Towing
WARNING: If your vehicle has a
steering wheel lock make sure the
ignition is in the accessory or on position
when being towed.
If your vehicle becomes inoperable without
access to wheel dollies or a vehicle
transport trailer, it can be flat-towed with
all wheels on the ground, regardless of the
powertrain and transmission configuration,
under the following conditions:
• Your vehicle is facing forward for
towing in a forward direction.
• Place the transmission in neutral (N).
If you cannot shift the transmission into
neutral (N), you may need to override
the gear shifter. See Transmission
(page 143). Failing to do so may result
in damage to the transmission.
• Maximum speed is 35 mph (56 km/h).
• Maximum distance is 50 mi (80 km).
Recreational Towing
You cannot recreational tow your vehicle
with all wheels on the ground because
vehicle or transmission damage may occur.
We recommend towing your vehicle with
all four wheels off the ground such as
when using a car-hauling trailer. Otherwise,
you cannot recreational tow your vehicle.
188
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Towing
BREAKING-IN
Note: Vehicles used for driver training or on
an emergency vehicle operator course must
also complete the 1,000 mi (1,600 km)
break-in process before training can begin.
You need to break in new tires for
approximately 300 mi (480 km). During
this time, your vehicle could exhibit some
unusual driving characteristics.
Avoid driving too fast during the first
1,000 mi (1,600 km). Vary your speed
frequently and change up through the
gears early. Do not labor the engine.
Do not tow during the first 1,000 mi
(1,600 km).
REDUCED ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
WARNING: If you continue to drive
your vehicle when the engine is
overheating, the engine could stop
without warning. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle.
If the engine coolant temperature gauge
needle moves to the upper limit position,
the engine is overheating. See Gauges
(page 79).
You must only drive your vehicle for a short
distance if the engine overheats. The
distance you can travel depends on
ambient temperature, vehicle load and
terrain. The engine continues to operate
with limited power for a short period of
time.
If the engine temperature continues to rise,
the fuel supply to the engine reduces. The
air conditioning switches off and the engine
cooling fan operates continually.
1. Gradually reduce your speed and stop
your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do
so.
2. Immediately switch the engine off to
prevent severe engine damage.
3. Wait for the engine to cool down.
4. Check the coolant level. See Engine
Coolant Check (page 222).
5. Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
ECONOMICAL DRIVING
Fuel economy is affected by several things
such as how you drive, the conditions you
drive under and how you maintain your
vehicle.
You may improve your fuel economy by
keeping these things in mind:
• Accelerate and slow down in a smooth,
moderate fashion.
• Drive at steady speeds.
• Anticipate stops; slowing down may
eliminate the need to stop.
• Combine errands and minimize
stop-and-go driving.
• Close the windows for high-speed
driving.
• Drive at reasonable speeds (traveling
at 55 mph (88 km/h) uses 15% less
fuel than traveling at 65 mph
(105 km/h)).
• Keep the tires properly inflated and use
only the recommended size.
• Use the recommended engine oil.
• Perform all regularly scheduled
maintenance.
189
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Driving Hints
Avoid these actions; they reduce your fuel
economy:
• Sudden accelerations or hard
accelerations.
• Revving the engine before switching it
off.
• Idle for periods longer than one minute.
• Warm up your vehicle on cold
mornings.
• Use the air conditioner or front
defroster.
• Use the speed control in hilly terrain.
• Rest your foot on the brake pedal while
driving.
• Drive a heavily loaded vehicle or tow a
trailer.
• Carry unnecessary weight
(approximately 1 mpg [0.4 km/L] is
lost for every 395 lb (180 kg) of weight
carried).
• Driving with the wheels out of
alignment.
Conditions
• Heavily loading a vehicle or towing a
trailer may reduce fuel economy at any
speed.
• Adding certain accessories to your
vehicle (for example bug deflectors,
rollbars, light bars, running boards, ski
racks or luggage racks) may reduce
fuel economy.
• To maximize the fuel economy, drive
with the tonneau cover installed (if
equipped).
• Using fuel blended with alcohol may
lower fuel economy.
• Fuel economy may decrease with lower
temperatures during the first 5–10 mi
(12–16 km) of driving.
• Driving on flat terrain offers improved
fuel economy as compared to driving
on hilly terrain.
• Transmissions give their best fuel
economy when operated in the top
cruise gear and with steady pressure
on the gas pedal.
• Four-wheel-drive operation (if
equipped) is less fuel efficient than
two-wheel-drive operation.
• Close the windows for high-speed
driving.
COLD WEATHER
PRECAUTIONS
The functional operation of some
components and systems can be affected
at temperatures below -13°F (-25°C).
DRIVING THROUGH WATER
WARNING: Do not drive through
flowing or deep water as you may lose
control of your vehicle.
Note: Driving through standing water can
cause vehicle damage.
Note: Engine damage can occur if water
enters the air filter.
Before driving through standing water,
check the depth. Never drive through water
that is higher than the bottom of the front
rocker area of your vehicle.
190
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Driving Hints
E259345
When driving through standing water, drive
very slowly and do not stop your vehicle.
Your brake performance and traction may
be limited. After driving through water and
as soon as it is safe to do so:
• Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the
brakes and to check that they work.
• Check that the horn works.
• Check that the exterior lights work.
• Turn the steering wheel to check that
the steering power assist works.
FLOOR MATS
WARNING: Use a floor mat
designed to fit the footwell of your
vehicle that does not obstruct the pedal
area. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Pedals that cannot
move freely can cause loss of vehicle
control and increase the risk of serious
personal injury.
WARNING: Secure the floor mat
to both retention devices so that it
cannot slip out of position and interfere
with the pedals. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not place
additional floor mats or any other
covering on top of the original floor mats.
This could result in the floor mat
interfering with the operation of the
pedals. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Always make sure that
objects cannot fall into the driver foot
well while your vehicle is moving. Objects
that are loose can become trapped
under the pedals causing a loss of
vehicle control.
E142666
To install the floor mats, position the floor
mat eyelet over the retention post and
press down to lock in position.
To remove the floor mat, reverse the
installation procedure.
Note: Regularly check the floor mats to
make sure they are secure.
191
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Driving Hints
ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE
Vehicles Sold in the United States:
Getting Roadside Assistance
To fully assist you should you have a
vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company
offers a complimentary roadside
assistance program. This program is
separate from the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty.
The service is available:
• 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
• For the coverage period supplied with
your vehicle.
Roadside Assistance covers:
• A flat tire change with a good spare
(except vehicles supplied with a tire
inflation kit).
• Battery jump start.
• Lock-out assistance (key replacement
cost is the customer's responsibility).
• Fuel delivery — independent service
contractors, if not prohibited by state,
local or municipal law, shall deliver up
to 2 gal (8 L) of gasoline or 5 gal (20 L)
of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle.
Roadside Assistance limits fuel delivery
service to two no-charge occurrences
within a 12-month period.
• Winch out — available within 100 ft
(30 m) of a paved or county
maintained road, no recoveries.
• Towing — independent service
contractors, if not prohibited by state,
local or municipal law, shall tow Ford
eligible vehicles to an authorized dealer
within 35 mi (56 km) of the
disablement location or to the nearest
authorized dealer. If a member
requests a tow to an authorized dealer
that is more than 35 mi (56 km) from
the disablement location, the member
shall be responsible for any mileage
costs in excess of 35 mi (56 km).
• Roadside Assistance includes up to
$200 for a towed trailer if the disabled
eligible vehicle requires service at the
nearest authorized dealer. If the towing
vehicle is operational but the trailer is
not, then the trailer does not qualify for
any roadside services.
Vehicles Sold in the United States:
Using Roadside Assistance
Complete the roadside assistance
identification card and place it in your
wallet for quick reference. This card is in
the Owner's Manual kit.
United States vehicle customers who
require Roadside Assistance, call
1-800-241-3673.
If you need to arrange roadside assistance
for yourself, Ford Motor Company
reimburses a reasonable amount for
towing to the nearest dealership within
35 mi (56 km). To obtain reimbursement
information, United States vehicle
customers call 1-800-241-3673.
Customers need to submit their original
receipts.
192
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Roadside Emergencies
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting
Roadside Assistance
To fully assist you should you have a
vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company of
Canada, Limited offers a complimentary
roadside assistance program. This program
is eligible within Canada or the continental
United States.
The service is available 24 hours a day,
seven days a week.
This program is separate from the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, but the coverage
is concurrent with the powertrain coverage
period of your vehicle. Canadian roadside
coverage and benefits may differ from the
U.S. coverage.
If you require more information, please call
us in Canada at 1-800-665-2006, or visit
our website at www.ford.ca.
HAZARD FLASHERS
Note: The hazard flashers operate when
the ignition is in any position, or if the key is
not in the ignition. If used when the vehicle
is not running, the battery loses charge. As
a result, there may be insufficient power to
restart your vehicle.
The flasher control is on the
instrument panel. Use your
hazard flashers when your
vehicle is creating a safety hazard for other
motorists.
• Press the flasher control and all front
and rear direction indicators flash.
• Press the button again to switch them
off.
FUEL SHUTOFF
WARNING: If your vehicle has
been involved in a crash, have the fuel
system checked. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in fire, personal
injury or death.
Note: When you try to restart your vehicle
after a fuel shutoff, the vehicle makes sure
that various systems are safe to restart.
Once the vehicle determines the systems
are safe, then the vehicle allows you to
restart.
Note: In the event that your vehicle does
not restart after your third attempt, contact
a qualified technician.
The fuel pump shutoff stops the flow of
fuel to the engine in the event of a
moderate to severe crash. Not every
impact causes a shutoff.
Should your vehicle shut off after a crash,
you may restart your vehicle.
If your vehicle has a key system:
1. Switch off the ignition.
2. Switch to start position.
3. Switch off the ignition.
4. Switch on the ignition to re-enable the
fuel pump.
5. If the vehicle does not start, repeat
steps 1 through 4.
If your vehicle has a push button start
system:
1. Press START/STOP to switch off your
vehicle.
2. Press the brake pedal and
START/STOP to switch on your
vehicle.
3. Remove your foot from the brake pedal
and press START/STOP to switch off
your vehicle.
193
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Roadside Emergencies
4. You can attempt to start the vehicle
by pressing the brake pedal and
START/STOP, or press START/STOP
without pressing the brake pedal.
5. If the vehicle does not start, repeat
steps 1 through 4.
JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE
WARNING: Batteries normally
produce explosive gases which can
cause personal injury. Therefore, do not
allow flames, sparks or lighted
substances to come near the battery.
When working near the battery, always
shield your face and protect your eyes.
Always provide correct ventilation.
WARNING: Keep batteries out of
reach of children. Batteries contain
sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin,
eyes or clothing. Shield your eyes when
working near the battery to protect
against possible splashing of acid
solution. In case of acid contact with skin
or eyes, flush immediately with water for
a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt
medical attention. If acid is swallowed,
call a physician immediately.
WARNING: Use only adequately
sized cables with insulated clamps.
Preparing Your Vehicle
Do not attempt to push-start your
automatic transmission vehicle.
Note: Attempting to push-start a vehicle
with an automatic transmission may cause
transmission damage.
Note: Use only a 12-volt supply to start your
vehicle.
Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the
disabled vehicle as this could damage the
vehicle electrical system.
Park the booster vehicle close to the hood
of the disabled vehicle, making sure the
two vehicles do not touch.
Locating the Jump Starting
Connection Points
E288229
1. Open the hood. See Opening and
Closing the Hood (page 216).
2. Remove the access cover.
3. Remove the red protective cover from
the positive lead jump connection
point.
4. Locate the negative jump connection
point on the rear mounting bolt for the
cross brace, as shown.
Connecting the Jumper Cables
WARNING: If the engine is running
while the hood is open, stay clear of
moving engine components. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
194
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Roadside Emergencies
WARNING: Do not connect the
end of the second cable to the negative
(-) terminal of the battery to be jumped.
A spark may cause an explosion of the
gases that surround the battery.
Note: In the illustration, the bottom vehicle
represents the booster vehicle.
E281345
1. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable
to the positive (+) terminal of the
discharged battery.
2. Connect the other end of the positive
(+) cable to the positive (+) terminal
of the booster vehicle battery
3. Connect the negative (-) cable to the
negative (-) terminal of the booster
vehicle battery.
4. Make the final connection of the
negative (-) cable to an exposed metal
part of the stalled vehicle's engine,
away from the battery and the fuel
injection system, or connect the
negative (-) cable to a ground
connection point if available.
Jump Starting
1. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and rev the engine moderately, or press
the accelerator gently to keep your
engine speed between 2000 and 3000
RPM, as shown in your tachometer.
2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle.
3. Once the disabled vehicle has been
started, run both vehicle engines for an
additional three minutes before
disconnecting the jumper cables.
Removing the Jumper Cables
Remove the jumper cables in the reverse
order that they were connected.
1. Remove the negative (-) jumper cable
from the disabled vehicle.
2. Remove the jumper cable on the
negative (-) terminal of the booster
vehicle battery.
3. Remove the jumper cable from the
positive (+) terminal of the booster
vehicle battery.
4. Remove the jumper cable from the
positive (+) terminal of the disabled
vehicle battery.
5. Allow the engine to idle for at least one
minute.
195
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Roadside Emergencies
COLLISION, DAMAGE OR FIRE
EVENT
Guidance for Ford Motor Company
Electric and Hybrid-Electric
Vehicles Equipped With High
Voltage Batteries
(Vehicle Owner/Operator/General
Public)
Electric and Hybrid-Electric Vehicle
Considerations
In the event of damage or fire involving an
electric vehicle or hybrid-electric vehicle:
• Always assume the high-voltage
battery and associated components
are energized and fully charged.
• Exposed electrical components, wires,
and high-voltage batteries present
potential high-voltage shock hazards.
• Venting high-voltage battery vapors
are potentially toxic and flammable.
• Physical damage to the vehicle or
high-voltage battery may result in
immediate or delayed release of toxic,
flammable gases and fire.
Vehicle information and general safety
practices:
• Know the make and model of your
vehicle.
• Review the owner’s manual and
become familiar with your vehicle’s
safety information and recommended
safety practices.
• Do not attempt to repair damaged
electric and hybrid-electric vehicles
yourself.
Contact an authorized dealer.
Crashes
A crash or impact significant enough to
require an emergency response for
conventional vehicles would also require
the same response for an electric or
hybrid-electric vehicle.
If possible:
• Move your vehicle to a safe, nearby
location and remain on the scene.
• Roll down the windows before
switching your vehicle off.
• Place your vehicle in park (P), set the
parking brake, switch off the vehicle,
activate the hazard warning flashers
and move your key(s) at least 15 ft
(5 m) away from the vehicle.
Always:
• Call emergency assistance if needed
and advise that an electric or
hybrid-electric vehicle is involved.
• Exposed electrical components, wires,
and high-voltage batteries present
potential high-voltage shock hazards.
• Avoid contact with leaking fluids and
gases, and remain out of the way of
oncoming traffic until emergency
responders arrive.
• When emergency responders arrive,
tell them that the vehicle involved is an
electric vehicle or hybrid-electric
vehicle.
Fires
As with any vehicle, call emergency
assistance immediately if you see sparks,
smoke or flames coming from the vehicle.
Remain a safe distance from the vehicle
and try to stay clear of the smoke.
• Exit the vehicle immediately.
• Advise emergency assistance that an
electric or hybrid-electric vehicle is
involved.
196
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Roadside Emergencies
• As with any vehicle fire, do not inhale
smoke, vapors or gas from the vehicle,
as they may be hazardous.
• Stay out of the roadway and stay out
of the way of any oncoming traffic
while awaiting the arrival of emergency
responders.
Post-Incident
• Do not store a severely damaged
vehicle with a lithium-ion battery inside
a structure or within 49 ft (15 m) of any
structure or vehicle.
• Make sure that passenger and luggage
compartments remain ventilated.
• Call emergency assistance if you
observe leaking fluids, sparks, smoke
or flames, or hear gurgling or bubbling
from the high-voltage battery.
POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM
The system flashes the direction indicators
and sounds the horn (intermittently) in the
event of a serious impact that deploys an
airbag (front, side, side curtain or Safety
Canopy) or the seatbelt pretensioners.
The horn and indicators turn off when:
• You press the hazard control button.
• You press the panic button on the
remote entry transmitter (if equipped).
• Your vehicle runs out of power.
• Sounding of the horn is only enabled
in specific markets.
TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE
E143886
If you need to tow your vehicle, contact a
professional towing service or, if you are a
member of a roadside assistance program,
your roadside assistance service provider.
We recommend the use of a wheel lift and
dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your
vehicle. Do not tow with a slingbelt. We do
not approve a slingbelt towing procedure.
If you tow your vehicle incorrectly, or by
any other means, vehicle damage may
occur.
We produce a towing manual for all
authorized tow truck operators. Have your
tow truck operator refer to this manual for
proper hook-up and towing procedures for
your vehicle.
197
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Roadside Emergencies
Towing an all-wheel or four-wheel drive
vehicle requires that all wheels be off the
ground, such as using a wheel lift and
dollies or flatbed equipment. This prevents
damage to the transmission, all-wheel or
four-wheel drive system and vehicle.
If your vehicle becomes inoperable without
access to wheel dollies, a car-hauling
trailer or a flatbed transport vehicle, you
can flat-tow with all wheels on the ground
under limited conditions. See Towing the
Vehicle on Four Wheels (page 188).
TOWING POINTS
Due to local market requirements in some
countries, some vehicles may be equipped
with a recovery hook.
Recovery Hook Location
If your vehicle is equipped with a screw-in
recovery hook, it is with the spare tire kit or
the rear under floor storage.
Installing the Recovery Hook
There is an installation point for the
recovery hook located behind the fascia.
Note: The screw-in recovery hook has a
left-hand thread. Turn it counterclockwise
to install it. Make sure that the recovery hook
is fully tightened.
E146284
E188420
Remove the recovery hook cover by prying
it off at the notch with a screwdriver or
similar object.
Note: Use a soft cloth to cover the prying
tool. This helps prevent scratch marks to
the vehicle's paint.
198
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Roadside Emergencies
GETTING THE SERVICES YOU
NEED
Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be
performed by an authorized dealer. While
any authorized dealer handling your vehicle
line will provide warranty service, we
recommend you return to your selling
authorized dealer who wants to ensure
your continued satisfaction.
Please note that certain warranty repairs
require special training and equipment, so
not all authorized dealers are authorized
to perform all warranty repairs. This means
that, depending on the warranty repair
needed, you may have to take your vehicle
to another authorized dealer.
A reasonable time must be allowed to
perform a repair after taking your vehicle
to the authorized dealer. Repairs will be
made using Ford or Motorcraft® parts, or
remanufactured or other parts that are
authorized by Ford.
Away From Home
If you are away from home when your
vehicle needs service, contact the Ford
Customer Relationship Center or use the
online resources listed below to find the
nearest authorized dealer.
In the United States:
Mailing address
Ford Motor Company
Customer Relationship Center
P.O. Box 6248
Dearborn, MI 48126
Telephone
1-800-392-3673 (FORD)
(TDD for the hearing impaired:
1-800-232-5952)
Additional information and resources are
available online:
Website
www.owner.ford.com
These are some of the items that can be
found online:
• U.S. dealer locator by Dealer Name,
City/State or Zip Code.
• Owner Manuals.
• Maintenance Schedules.
• Recalls.
• Ford Extended Service Plans.
• Ford Genuine Accessories.
• Service specials and promotions.
In Canada:
Mailing address
Customer Relationship Centre
Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited
P.O. Box 2000
Oakville, Ontario L6K 0C8
Telephone
1-800-565-3673 (FORD)
Website
www.ford.ca
Twitter
@FordServiceCA (English Canada)
@FordServiceQC (Quebec)
Additional Assistance
If you have questions or concerns, or are
unsatisfied with the service you are
receiving, follow these steps:
1. Contact your Sales Representative or
Service Advisor at your selling or
servicing authorized dealer.
199
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Customer Assistance
2. If your inquiry or concern remains
unresolved, contact the Sales Manager,
Service Manager or Customer Relations
Manager.
3. If you require assistance or clarification
on Ford Motor Company policies,
please contact the Ford Customer
Relationship Center.
In order to help us serve you better, please
have the following information available
when contacting a Customer Relationship
Center:
• Vehicle Identification Number.
• Your telephone number (home and
business).
• The name of the authorized dealer and
city where located.
• The vehicle’s current odometer reading.
In some states within the United States,
you must directly notify Ford in writing
before pursuing remedies under your
state's warranty laws, and Ford is also
allowed a final repair attempt.
Additionally, in some states within the
United States, a consumer has the option
of submitting a warranty dispute to the
BBB Auto Line before taking action under
the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, or to
the extent allowed by state law, before
pursuing replacement or repurchase
remedies provided by certain state laws.
This dispute handling procedure is not
required prior to enforcing state created
rights or other rights which are independent
of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act or
state replacement or repurchase laws.
IN CALIFORNIA (U.S. ONLY)
California Civil Code Section 1793.2(d)
requires that, if a manufacturer or its
representative is unable to repair a motor
vehicle to conform to the vehicle’s
applicable express warranty after a
reasonable number of attempts, the
manufacturer shall be required to either
replace the vehicle with one substantially
identical or repurchase the vehicle and
reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to
the actual price paid or payable by the
consumer (less a reasonable allowance
for consumer use). The consumer has the
right to choose whether to receive a refund
or replacement vehicle.
California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b)
presumes that the manufacturer has had
a reasonable number of attempts to
conform the vehicle to its applicable
express warranties if, within the first 18
months of ownership of a new vehicle or
the first 18,000 mi (29,000 km), whichever
occurs first:
1. Two or more repair attempts are made
on the same non-conformity likely to
cause death or serious bodily injury OR
2. Four or more repair attempts are made
on the same nonconformity (a defect
or condition that substantially impairs
the use, value or safety of the vehicle)
OR
3. The vehicle is out of service for repair
of nonconformities for a total of more
than 30 calendar days (not necessarily
all at one time).
In the case of 1 or 2 above, the consumer
must also notify the manufacturer of the
need for the repair of the nonconformity
at the following address:
Ford Motor Company
16800 Executive Plaza Drive
Mail Drop 3NE-B
Dearborn, MI 48126
200
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Customer Assistance
You are required to submit your warranty
dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting
in court any rights or remedies conferred
by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b).
You are also required to use BBB AUTO
LINE before exercising rights or seeking
remedies created by the Federal
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C.
sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek
redress by pursuing rights and remedies
not created by California Civil Code Section
1793.22(b) or the Magnuson-Moss
Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is
not required by those statutes.
THE BETTER BUSINESS
BUREAU (BBB) AUTO LINE
PROGRAM (U.S. ONLY)
Your satisfaction is important to Ford
Motor Company and to your dealer. If a
warranty concern has not been resolved
using the three-step procedure outlined
earlier in this chapter in the Getting the
Services you need section, you may be
eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO
LINE program.
The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of
two parts – mediation and arbitration.
During mediation, a representative of the
BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor
Company to explore options for settlement
of the claim. If an agreement is not reached
during mediation or you do not want to
participate in mediation, and if your claim
is eligible, you may participate in the
arbitration process. An arbitration hearing
will be scheduled so that you can present
your case in an informal setting before an
impartial person. The arbitrator will
consider the testimony provided and make
a decision after the hearing.
Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE
program are usually decided within forty
days after you file your claim with the BBB.
You are not bound by the decision, and
may reject the decision and proceed to
court where all findings of the BBB Auto
Line dispute, and decision, are admissible
in the court action. Should you choose to
accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision, Ford
is then bound by the decision, and must
comply with the decision within 30 days
of receipt of your acceptance letter.
BBB AUTO LINE Application: Using the
information provided below, please call or
write to request a program application.
You will be asked for your name and
address, general information about your
new vehicle, information about your
warranty concerns, and any steps you have
already taken to try to resolve them. A
Customer Claim Form will be mailed that
will need to be completed, signed and
returned to the BBB along with proof of
ownership. Upon receipt, the BBB will
review the claim for eligibility under the
Program Summary Guidelines.
You can get more information by
calling BBB AUTO LINE at
1-800-955-5100, or writing to:
BBB AUTO LINE
3033 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 600
Arlington, Virginia 22201
BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be
requested by calling the Ford Motor
Company Customer Relationship Center
at 1-800-392-3673.
For additional information refer to the
Better Business Bureau website.
Note: Ford Motor Company reserves the
right to change eligibility limitations, modify
procedures, or to discontinue this process
at any time without notice and without
obligation.
201
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Customer Assistance
UTILIZING THE
MEDIATION/ARBITRATION
PROGRAM (CANADA ONLY)
For vehicles delivered to authorized
Canadian dealers. In those cases where
you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford
of Canada and the authorized dealer to
resolve a factory-related vehicle service
concern have been unsatisfactory, Ford of
Canada participates in an impartial third
party mediation/arbitration program
administered by the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
The CAMVAP program is a straight forward
and relatively speedy alternative to resolve
a disagreement when all other efforts to
produce a settlement have failed. This
procedure is without cost to you and is
designed to eliminate the need for lengthy
and expensive legal proceedings.
In the CAMVAP program, impartial
third-party arbitrators conduct hearings at
mutually convenient times and places in
an informal environment. These impartial
arbitrators review the positions of the
parties, make decisions and, when
appropriate, render awards to resolve
disputes. CAMVAP decisions are fast, fair,
and final as the arbitrator’s award is
binding on both you and Ford of Canada.
CAMVAP services are available in all
Canadian territories and provinces. For
more information, without charge or
obligation, call your CAMVAP Provincial
Administrator directly at 1-800-207-0685
or visit www.camvap.ca.
GETTING ASSISTANCE
OUTSIDE THE U.S. AND
CANADA
Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign
country, contact the appropriate foreign
embassy or consulate. These officials can
inform you of local vehicle registration
regulations and where to find unleaded
fuel or petrol/gas engines or the proper
sulfur fuel for diesel engines.
If you cannot find the proper fuel
recommended for your vehicle, contact
our Customer Relationship Center.
The use of improper fuels in your vehicle
without proper conversion may damage
the effectiveness of your emission control
system and may cause engine knocking or
serious engine damage. Ford Motor
Company or Ford of Canada is not
responsible for any damage caused by use
of improper fuel. Using improper fuels may
also result in difficulty importing your
vehicle back into the United States.
If your vehicle must be serviced while you
are traveling or living in Asia-Pacific Region,
Sub-Saharan Africa, U.S. Virgin Islands
and/or Puerto Rico, Central America, the
Caribbean, and Israel and the Middle East,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. If
the authorized dealer cannot help you,
contact the corresponding Ford Customer
Assistance Center:
FORD MOTOR COMPANY
Customer Relationship Centers in:
202
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Customer Assistance
E-mailFaxPhone
Customer Relation-
ship Center
apemcrc@ford.comN/AN/AAsia Pacific
expcac@ford.com-+1 313 594 4857
Caribbean and
Central America
menacac@ford.com971 4 3327 266
Ford
Middle East
80004443673
Lincoln
80004441067
UAE
80004441066
Saudi Arabia
8008443673
Mobily and Zain cell
phone users in Saudi
800850078
Kuwait
22280384
nafcrc@ford.comN/AN/ANorth Africa
prcac@ford.comN/A+1-800-841-3673
Puerto Rico and U.S.
Virgin Islands
ssacrc@ford.comN/AN/ASub-Saharan Africa
infokr1@ford.com or
infokr@lincoln.com
N/A+82-02-1600-6003South Korea
If you buy your vehicle in North America
and then relocate to any of the above
locations, register your vehicle
identification number (VIN) and new
address with Ford Global Trade Services
by emailing, expcso@ford.com.
If you are in another foreign country,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. In
the event your inquiry is unresolved,
communicate your concern with the
dealership’s Sales Manager, Service
Manager or Customer Relations Manager.
If you require additional assistance or
clarification, please contact the respective
Customer Relationship Center as
previously listed.
Customers in the U.S. should call
1-800-392-3673.
203
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Customer Assistance
ORDERING ADDITIONAL
OWNER'S LITERATURE
To order the publications in this portfolio,
contact Helm, Incorporated at:
HELM, INCORPORATED
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, Michigan 48170
Attention: Customer Service
Or to order a free publication catalog, call
toll free: 1-800-782-4356
Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. EST
Helm, Incorporated can also be reached
by their website:
www.helminc.com
(Items in this catalog may be purchased
by credit card, check or money order.)
Obtaining a French Owner’s
Manual
French Owner’s Manual can be obtained
from your authorized dealer or by
contacting Helm, Incorporated using the
contact information listed previously in this
section.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(U.S. ONLY)
If you believe that your vehicle has
a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Ford Motor Company.
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that a
safety defect exists in a group of
vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between
you, your dealer, or Ford Motor
Company.
To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or write
to:
Administrator
1200 New Jersey Avenue,
Southeast
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle
safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(CANADA ONLY)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect
which could cause a crash or could cause
injury or death, you should immediately
inform Transport Canada and Ford of
Canada.
204
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Customer Assistance
Transport Canada Contact Information
http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/motorvehiclesafety/reporting-defects-motor-
vehicles.html (English)
Website
http://www.tc.gc.ca/fra/securiteautomobile/signaler-defauts-vehicules-
automobiles.html (French)
Website
1–800–333–0510Phone
Ford of Canada Contact Information
www.ford.caWebsite
1–800–565-3673Phone
205
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Customer Assistance
FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
WARNING: Always disconnect the
battery before servicing high current
fuses.
WARNING: To reduce risk of
electrical shock, always replace the
cover to the power distribution box
before reconnecting the battery or
refilling fluid reservoirs.
The engine compartment fuse box is under
the driver side leaf screen in the engine
compartment. It has high-current fuses
that protect your vehicle's main electrical
systems from overloads.
If you disconnect and reconnect the
battery, you need to reset some features.
See Changing the 12V Battery (page 228).
Note: Replace fuses with the same type
and rating. See Changing a Fuse (page
214).
E288347
206
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Body control module - battery power in
feed 1.
40A1
Power outlet main console bin.20A2
Body control module - battery power in
feed 2.
40A3
Fuel pump.30A4
Powertrain control module keep alive
power.
5A5
Powertrain control module power.20A6
Canister vent solenoid.20A7
Evaporative leak control module.
Exhaust gas heat recovery (hybrid electric
vehicle).
Tank pressure control valve (hybrid electric
vehicle).
Vapor blocking valve.
Universal exhaust gas oxygen 11.
Universal exhaust gas oxygen 21.
Catalyst monitor sensor 12.
Catalyst monitor sensor 22.
Fuel flap door (hybrid electric vehicle).
Cooling fan relay coil.20A8
Battery interrupt box.
Transmission oil pump.
Auxiliary coolant pump.
Engine coolant bypass valve.
Electric A/C compressor (hybrid electric
vehicle).
Active grille shutters.
Ignition coils.20A9
Front blower motor relay.40A13
Transmission oil pump.15A14
A/C compressor variable clutch.
Auxiliary pumps (hybrid electric vehicle).
Electric A/C compressor (hybrid electric
vehicle).
207
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Active grille shutters.
Windshield and rear window washer pump
relay power.
15A16
Charge status indicator (hybrid electric
vehicle).
5A17
Starter motor.30A18
Headlamp red and blue flasher.10A21
Electric power assisted steering module.10A22
Anti-lock brake system module with
integrated park brake.
10A23
Powertrain control module.10A24
Hybrid powertrain control module.
Air quality sensor.10A25
360 camera with park aid.
Rear view camera.
Blind spot information system.
Adaptive cruise control module.
Transmission control module.15A26
Anti-lock brake system valves with integ-
rated park brake.
40A28
Anti-lock brake system pump with integ-
rated park brake.
60A29
Driver seat module.30A30
Passenger seat motor.30A31
Front media bin power point.20A32
Rear cargo area power point.20A33
Console end cap power point.20A34
Console end cap power point.20A35
Power inverter.40A36
Climate controlled seat module.30A38
208
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Power liftgate module.30A41
Trailer brake control module.30A42
Body control module.60A43
Brake on and off switch.10A44
Battery charger control module (hybrid
electric vehicle).
15A46
Heated backlite.40A50
Visor control module.20A54
Run/start access feed.
Trailer tow park lamps.20A55
Trailer tow battery charge.30A57
Trailer tow backup lamps.10A58
Not used (spare).15A61
Headlamp washer pump.15A62
Four-wheel drive module.40A64
Front window wiper motor.30A69
Rear window wiper motor.15A71
Not used (spare).20A72
Driver door module.30A73
Not used.—78
Not used.—79
Not used (spare).20A80
Not used (spare).20A82
Rear blower motor.20A88
Trailer tow lighting module.20A91
Integrated spark control (hybrid electric
vehicle).
15A95
209
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Not used (spare).15A96
Electric AC (hybrid electric vehicle).10A97
High voltage positive temperature coeffi-
cient heater (hybrid electric vehicle).
Traction battery coolant proportional valve
(hybrid electric vehicle).
10A98
Rear power lug.50A103
Rear power lug.50A104
Not used (spare).40A105
B+ feed.40A106
B+ feed.40A107
Spot light.20A108
Passenger door module.30A109
Body control module voltage quality
monitor feed.
30A111
Not used (spare).20A112
Not used (spare).50A114
B+ feed.20A115
Start access circuit.5A116
Run/start feed.20A118
Port fuel injectors.15A120
Rain sensor.5A124
USB smart charger 1.5A125
B+ feed.20A127
Rear traffic advisor.
Visor control module.
Not used (spare).15A128
Not used.—131
Not used.—133
210
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Delay accessory power.10A134
Not used (spare).20A136
USB smart charger 2.5A139
Traffic cam.5A142
Battery electronic control module.15A146
Left-hand headlamp module.30A148
Right-hand headlamp module.30A149
B+ feed.40A150
Transmission control module (hybrid
electric vehicle).
25A155
DC/DC converter (hybrid electric vehicle).15A159
B+ feed.10A160
Front warning lights.
Strobes.
Low voltage service disconnect.20A168
Coolant pump (hybrid electric vehicle).10A169
Traction battery coolant pump (hybrid
electric vehicle).
10A170
Not used (spare).10A177
Note: Spare fuse amperage may vary.
Passenger Compartment Fuse
Panel
The fuse panel is under the instrument
panel to the left of the steering column.
Note: It may be easier to access the fuse
panel if you remove the finish trim piece.
211
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Fuses
E145984
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Not used.—1
Moonroof.10A2
Inverter.
Telematics control unit module.
Driver door switch pack.
Memory seat switch.7.5A3
Wireless accessory charger module.
Seat switches.
Not used (spare).20A4
Not used.—5
Not used.10A6
Smart data link connector power.10A7
Telematics control unit module.5A8
Hands-free liftgate actuation module.
Power liftgate module.
Keypad switch.5A9
Rear climate control.
212
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Not used.—10
Not used.—11
Climate control head.7.5A12
Gear shift module.
Steering column control module.7.5A13
Smart datalink connector.
Instrument cluster.
Not used (spare).15A14
SYNC.15A15
Integrated control panel.
Not used.—16
Headlamp control module.7.5A17
Steering wheel interface.7.5A18
Headlamp switch.5A19
Ignition switch.5A20
Telematics control unit module.
Key inhibit solenoid lock.
Not used.5A21
Pedestrian sounder (hybrid electric
vehicle).
5A22
Not used (spare).30A23
Moonroof.30A24
Not used (spare).20A25
Not used (spare).30A26
Not used (spare).30A27
Not used (spare).30A28
Not used (spare).15A29
Brake switch signal.5A30
Terrain management switch.10A31
Selectable drive mode switch.
213
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Transceiver module.
Audio control module.20A32
Not used.—33
Run/start relay.30A34
Low gear select.5A35
Park assist module.15A36
Image processing module A.
Not used (spare).20A37
Left-hand rear power window.30A38
Right-hand rear power window.
Note: Spare fuse amperage may vary.
CHANGING A FUSE
Fuses
WARNING: Always replace a fuse
with one that has the specified
amperage rating. Using a fuse with a
higher amperage rating can cause severe
wire damage and could start a fire.
E217331
If electrical components in the vehicle are
not working, a fuse may have blown. Blown
fuses are identified by a broken wire within
the fuse. Check the appropriate fuses
before replacing any electrical
components.
214
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Fuses
Fuse Types
E207206
Fuse TypeCallout
Micro 2A
Micro 3B
MaxiC
MiniD
M CaseE
J CaseF
J Case Low ProfileG
215
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Fuses
GENERAL INFORMATION
Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help
maintain its roadworthiness and resale
value. There is a large network of
authorized dealers that are there to help
you with their professional servicing
expertise. We believe that their specially
trained technicians are best qualified to
service your vehicle properly and expertly.
They are supported by a wide range of
highly specialized tools developed
specifically for servicing your vehicle.
If your vehicle requires professional service,
an authorized dealer can provide the
necessary parts and service. Check your
warranty information to find out which
parts and services are covered.
Use only recommended fuels, lubricants,
fluids and service parts conforming to
specifications. Motorcraft® parts are
designed and built to provide the best
performance in your vehicle.
Precautions
• Do not work on a hot engine.
• A hybrid powertrain starts and stops
the gas internal combustion engine
when the vehicle is in the Ready to
Drive state, vehicle started, ignition on.
• When servicing a hybrid model, assume
that the engine and other components
such as the cooling fan are active
devices. When working under the hood
and the vehicle is on, take the
necessary safety precautions.
• Make sure that nothing gets caught in
moving parts.
• Do not work on a vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed space,
unless you are sure you have enough
ventilation.
• Keep all open flames and other burning
material, such as cigarettes, away from
the battery and all fuel related parts.
Working with the Engine Off
1. Set the parking brake and shift the
transmission to park (P).
2. Switch off the engine.
3. Block the wheels.
Working with the Engine On
WARNING: To reduce the risk of
vehicle damage and personal burn
injuries, do not start your engine with the
air cleaner removed and do not remove
it while the engine is running.
1. Set the parking brake and shift the
transmission to park (P).
2. Block the wheels.
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
HOOD
Opening the Hood
E263274
1. Open the left-hand front door.
2. Fully pull the hood release lever and
let it completely retract.
Note: This action releases the hood latch.
216
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Maintenance
3. Fully pull the hood release lever for a
second time.
Note: This action fully releases the hood.
4. Open the hood.
Note: There is no secondary latch under the
hood.
E193263
5. Support the hood with the strut.
Note: Hold the yellow section of the hood
strut.
Closing the Hood
1. Remove the strut from the catch and
secure it correctly in the clip.
2. Lower the hood and allow it to drop
under its own weight for the last
10–14 in (25–35 cm).
Note: Make sure that the hood is correctly
closed.
217
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 3.0L
E288092
Battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 228).A
Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 220).B
Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 220).C
Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 226).D
Engine compartment fuse box. See Fuses (page 206).E
Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 222).F
Air filter assembly. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 234).G
Washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 227).H
218
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 3.3L
E288595
Battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 228).A.
Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 220).B.
Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 220).C.
Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 226).D.
Engine compartment fuse box. See Fuses (page 206).E.
Engine coolant reservoir cap. See Engine Coolant Check (page 222).F.
Air filter assembly. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 235).G.
Inverter system controller coolant reservoir cap- HEV only.H.
Washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 227).I.
219
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 3.3L
E146429
Minimum.A
Maximum.B
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 3.0L
E169062
MINA
MAXB
ENGINE OIL CHECK
To check the engine oil level consistently
and accurately, do the following:
1. Make sure the parking brake is on. Make
sure the transmission is in park (P) or
neutral (N).
2. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature.
3. Make sure that your vehicle is on level
ground.
4. Switch the engine off and wait 15
minutes for the oil to drain into the oil
pan. Checking the engine oil level too
soon after you switch the engine off
may result in an inaccurate reading.
5. Open the hood. See Opening and
Closing the Hood (page 216).
6. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with
a clean, lint-free cloth. See Under
Hood Overview (page 218).
7. Reinstall the dipstick and remove it
again to check the oil level. See Under
Hood Overview (page 218).
8. Make sure that the oil level is between
the maximum and minimum marks. If
the oil level is at the minimum mark,
add oil immediately. See Capacities
and Specifications (page 280).
9. If the oil level is correct, replace the
dipstick and make sure it is fully seated.
Note: Do not remove the dipstick when the
engine is running.
Note: If the oil level is between the
maximum and minimum marks, the oil level
is acceptable. Do not add oil.
Note: The oil consumption of new engines
reaches its normal level after approximately
3,000 mi (5,000 km).
Adding Engine Oil
WARNING: Do not remove the
filler cap when the engine is running.
Do not use supplemental engine oil
additives because they are unnecessary
and could lead to engine damage that may
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
220
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Maintenance
E142732
Only use oils certified for gasoline engines
by the American Petroleum Institute (API).
An oil with this trademark symbol
conforms to the current engine and
emission system protection standards and
fuel economy requirements of the
International Lubricants Specification
Advisory Committee (ILSAC).
To top up the engine oil level do the
following:
1. Clean the area surrounding the engine
oil filler cap before you remove it.
2. Remove the engine oil filler cap. See
Under Hood Overview (page 218).
Turn it counterclockwise and remove
it.
3. Add engine oil that meets our
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 280). You may
have to use a funnel to pour the engine
oil into the opening.
4. Recheck the oil level.
5. If the oil level is correct, replace the
dipstick and make sure it is fully seated.
6. Replace the engine oil filler cap. Turn
it clockwise until you feel a strong
resistance.
Note: Do not add oil further than the
maximum mark. Oil levels above the
maximum mark may cause engine damage.
Note: Make sure you install the oil filler cap
correctly.
Note: Soak up any spillage with an
absorbent cloth immediately.
OIL CHANGE INDICATOR
RESET
Use the information display controls on
the steering wheel to reset the oil change
indicator.
From the main menu scroll to:
Action and descriptionMessage
Press the right arrow button,
then from this menu scroll
to the following message.
Settings
Press the right arrow button,
then from this menu scroll
to the following message.
Vehicle
Press the right arrow button,
then from this menu scroll
to the following message.
Oil Life
Press and hold the OK
button until the instrument
cluster displays the
following message.
Hold OK to
Reset
Reset Successful
When the oil change indic-
ator resets the instrument
cluster displays 100%.
Remaining Life
{00}%
221
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Maintenance
Action and descriptionMessage
If the instrument cluster
displays one of the following
messages, repeat the
process.
Not Reset
Reset Cancelled
ENGINE COOLANT CHECK
WARNING: Do not remove the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10
minutes for the cooling system to cool
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap
with a thick cloth to prevent the
possibility of scalding and slowly remove
the cap. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not put coolant in
the windshield washer reservoir. If
sprayed on the windshield, coolant could
make it difficult to see through the
windshield.
WARNING: To reduce the risk of
personal injury, make sure the engine is
cool before unscrewing the coolant
pressure relief cap. The cooling system
is under pressure. Steam and hot liquid
can come out forcefully when you loosen
the cap slightly.
WARNING: Do not add coolant
further than the MAX mark.
When the engine is cold, check the
concentration and level of the coolant at
the intervals listed in the scheduled
maintenance information. See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 327).
Note: Make sure that the coolant level is
between the MIN and MAX marks on the
coolant reservoir.
Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The
level may extend beyond the MAX mark.
Maintain coolant concentration within
48% to 50%, which equates to a freeze
point between -29°F (-34°C) and -35°F
(-37°C). Coolant concentration should be
checked using a refractometer. We do not
recommend the use of hydrometers or
coolant test strips for measuring coolant
concentration.
Adding Coolant
WARNING: Do not add engine
coolant when the engine is hot. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
WARNING: Do not remove the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10
minutes for the cooling system to cool
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap
with a thick cloth to prevent the
possibility of scalding and slowly remove
the cap. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not put coolant in
the windshield washer reservoir. If
sprayed on the windshield, coolant could
make it difficult to see through the
windshield.
Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling
system sealants, or non-specified additives
as they can cause damage to the engine
cooling or heating systems. Resulting
component damage may not be covered by
the vehicle Warranty.
Note: Automotive fluids are not
interchangeable.
222
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Maintenance
It is very important to use prediluted
coolant approved to the correct
specification in order to avoid plugging the
small passageways in the engine cooling
system. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 274). Do not mix
different colors or types of coolant in your
vehicle. Mixing of engine coolants or using
an incorrect coolant may harm the engine
or cooling system components and may
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
Note: If prediluted coolant is not available,
use the approved concentrated coolant
diluting it to 50/50 with distilled water. See
Capacities and Specifications (page 274).
Using water that has not been deionised
may contribute to deposit formation,
corrosion and plugging of the small cooling
system passageways.
Note: Coolants marketed for all makes and
models may not be approved to our
specifications and may cause damage to
the cooling system. Resulting component
damage may not be covered by the vehicle
Warranty.
If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, add prediluted coolant
immediately.
To top up the coolant level do the
following:
1. Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure
escapes as you unscrew the cap.
2. Add prediluted coolant approved to
the correct specification. See
Capacities and Specifications (page
274).
3. Add enough prediluted coolant to
reach the correct level.
4. Replace the coolant reservoir cap, turn
it clockwise until you feel a strong
resistance.
5. Check the coolant level in the coolant
reservoir the next few times you drive
your vehicle. If necessary, add enough
prediluted engine coolant to bring the
coolant level to the correct level.
If you have to add more than 1.1 qt (1 L) of
engine coolant per month, have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Operating an engine with a low level of
coolant can result in engine overheating
and possible engine damage.
In case of emergency, you can add a large
amount of water without engine coolant
in order to reach a vehicle service location.
In this instance, qualified personnel:
1. Must drain the cooling system.
2. Chemically clean the coolant system.
3. Refill with engine coolant as soon as
possible.
Water alone, without engine coolant, can
cause engine damage from corrosion,
overheating or freezing.
Do not use the following as a coolant
substitute:
• Alcohol.
• Methanol.
• Brine.
• Any coolant mixed with alcohol or
methanol antifreeze.
Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine
damage from overheating or freezing.
Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to
the coolant. These can be harmful and
compromise the corrosion protection of
the coolant.
Recycled Coolant
We do not recommend the use of recycled
coolant as an approved recycling process
is not yet available.
Note: Dispose of used coolant in the
appropriate manner.
223
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Maintenance
Follow your community's regulations and
standards for recycling and disposing of
automotive fluids.
Severe Climates
If you drive in extremely cold climates:
• It may be necessary to increase the
coolant concentration above 50%.
• A coolant concentration of 60%
provides improved freeze point
protection. Coolant concentrations
above 60% decrease the overheat
protection characteristics of the
coolant and may cause engine
damage.
If you drive in extremely hot climates:
• You can decrease the coolant
concentration to 40%.
• Coolant concentrations below 40%
decrease the freeze and corrosion
protection characteristics of the
coolant and may cause engine
damage.
Vehicles driven year-round in non-extreme
climates should use prediluted coolant for
optimum cooling system and engine
protection.
Coolant Change
At specific mileage intervals, as listed in
the scheduled maintenance information,
the coolant should be changed. Add
prediluted coolant approved to the correct
specification. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 274).
Fail-Safe Cooling
Fail-safe cooling allows you to temporarily
drive your vehicle before any incremental
component damage occurs. The fail-safe
distance depends on ambient
temperature, vehicle load and terrain.
How Fail-Safe Cooling Works
If the engine begins to overheat,
the coolant temperature gauge
moves toward the red zone:
A warning lamp illuminates and
a message may appear in the
information display.
If the engine reaches a preset
over-temperature condition, the engine
automatically switches to alternating
cylinder operation. Each disabled cylinder
acts as an air pump and cools the engine.
When this occurs, your vehicle still
operates, however:
• Engine power is limited.
• The air conditioning system turns off.
Continued operation increases the engine
temperature, causing the engine to
completely shut down. Your steering and
braking effort increases in this situation.
When the engine temperature cools, you
can re-start the engine. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible to minimize
engine damage.
When Fail-Safe Mode Is Activated
WARNING: Fail-safe mode is for
use during emergencies only. Operate
your vehicle in fail-safe mode only as
long as necessary to bring your vehicle
to rest in a safe location and seek
immediate repairs. When in fail-safe
mode, your vehicle will have limited
power, will not be able to maintain
high-speed operation, and may
completely shut down without warning,
potentially losing engine power, power
steering assist, and power brake assist,
which may increase the possibility of a
crash resulting in serious injury.
224
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Maintenance
WARNING: Do not remove the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10
minutes for the cooling system to cool
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap
with a thick cloth to prevent the
possibility of scalding and slowly remove
the cap. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
Your vehicle has limited engine power
when in the fail-safe mode, drive your
vehicle with caution. Your vehicle does not
maintain high-speed operation and the
engine may operate poorly.
Remember that the engine is capable of
automatically shutting down to prevent
engine damage. In this situation:
1. Pull off the road as soon as safely
possible and switch the engine off.
2. If you are a member of a roadside
assistance program, we recommend
that you contact your roadside
assistance service provider.
3. If this is not possible, wait for a short
period of time for the engine to cool.
4. Check the coolant level. If the coolant
level is at or below the minimum mark,
add prediluted coolant immediately.
5. When the engine temperature cools,
you can re-start the engine. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible to
minimize engine damage.
Note: Driving your vehicle without repair
increases the chance of engine damage.
Engine Coolant Temperature
Management (If Equipped)
WARNING: To reduce the risk of
crash and injury, be prepared that the
vehicle speed may reduce and the
vehicle may not be able to accelerate
with full power until the coolant
temperature reduces.
If you tow a trailer with your vehicle, the
engine may temporarily reach a higher
temperature during severe operating
conditions, for example ascending a long
or steep grade in high ambient
temperatures.
At this time, you may notice the coolant
temperature gauge moves toward the red
zone and a message may appear in the
information display.
You may notice a reduction in vehicle
speed caused by reduced engine power in
order to manage the engine coolant
temperature. Your vehicle may enter this
mode if certain high-temperature and
high-load conditions take place. The
amount of speed reduction depends on
vehicle loading, grade and ambient
temperature. If this occurs, there is no
need to stop your vehicle. You can
continue to drive.
The air conditioning may automatically
turn on and off during severe operating
conditions to protect the engine from
overheating. When the coolant
temperature decreases to the normal
operating temperature, the air conditioning
turns on.
If the coolant temperature gauge moves
fully into the red zone, or if the coolant
temperature warning or service engine
soon messages appear in your information
display, do the following:
225
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Maintenance
1. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe
to do so. Fully apply the parking brake,
shift into park (P) or neutral (N).
2. Leave the engine running until the
coolant temperature gauge needle
returns to the normal position. If the
temperature does not drop after
several minutes, follow the remaining
steps.
3. Switch the engine off and wait for it to
cool. Check the coolant level.
4. If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, add prediluted coolant
immediately.
5. If the coolant level is normal, restart
the engine and continue.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
FLUID CHECK
If required, have an authorized dealer check
and change the transmission fluid at the
correct service interval. See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 327).
The automatic transmission does not have
a transmission fluid dipstick.
Refer to your scheduled maintenance
information for scheduled intervals for fluid
checks and changes. Your transmission
does not consume fluid. However, if the
transmission slips, shifts slowly or if you
notice a sign of leaking fluid, contact an
authorized dealer.
Do not use supplemental transmission
fluid additives, treatments or cleaning
agents. The use of these materials may
affect transmission operation and result
in damage to internal transmission
components.
BRAKE FLUID CHECK
WARNING: Do not use any fluid
other than the recommended brake fluid
as this will reduce brake efficiency. Use
of incorrect fluid could result in the loss
of vehicle control, serious personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Only use brake fluid
from a sealed container. Contamination
with dirt, water, petroleum products or
other materials may result in brake
system damage or failure. Failure to
adhere to this warning could result in the
loss of vehicle control, serious personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not allow the fluid
to touch your skin or eyes. If this
happens, rinse the affected areas
immediately with plenty of water and
contact your physician.
WARNING: The brake system
could be affected if the brake fluid level
is below the MIN mark or above the MAX
mark on the brake fluid reservoir.
226
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Maintenance
E170684
1. Park your vehicle on a level surface.
2. Look at the brake fluid reservoir to see
where the brake fluid level is relative
to the MIN and the MAX marks on the
reservoir.
Note: If the brake fluid level is between the
MIN and the MAX marks on the reservoir, it
is acceptable.
Note: If the brake fluid level is below the
MIN mark or above the MAX mark, have
your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Note: To avoid fluid contamination, the
reservoir cap must remain in place and fully
tight, unless you are adding fluid.
Only use fluid that meets our
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 274).
Brake Fluid Service Interval
Brake fluid absorbs water over time which
degrades the effectiveness of the brake
fluid. Change the brake fluid at the
specified intervals to prevent degraded
braking performance.
For detailed interval information, see
Scheduled Maintenance in your Owner's
Manual or your local maintenance guide.
POWER STEERING FLUID
CHECK
Your vehicle is equipped with an electric
power steering (EPS) system. There is no
fluid reservoir to check or fill.
WASHER FLUID CHECK
WARNING: If you operate your
vehicle in temperatures below 41.0°F
(5°C), use washer fluid with antifreeze
protection. Failure to use washer fluid
with antifreeze protection in cold
weather could result in impaired
windshield vision and increase the risk
of injury or accident.
Note: The front and rear washer systems
are supplied from the same reservoir.
Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is
low. Only use a washer fluid that meets
our specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 274).
State or local regulations on volatile
organic compounds may restrict the use
of methanol, a common windshield washer
antifreeze additive. Washer fluids
containing non-methanol antifreeze
agents should be used only if they provide
cold weather protection without damaging
the vehicle’s paint finish, wiper blades or
washer system.
227
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Maintenance
FUEL FILTER
Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime
fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel
tank. Regular maintenance or replacement
is not needed.
CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY
WARNING: Batteries normally
produce explosive gases which can
cause personal injury. Therefore, do not
allow flames, sparks or lighted
substances to come near the battery.
When working near the battery, always
shield your face and protect your eyes.
Always provide correct ventilation.
WARNING: When lifting a
plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure
on the end walls could cause acid to flow
through the vent caps, resulting in
personal injury and damage to the
vehicle or battery. Lift the battery with a
battery carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
WARNING: Keep batteries out of
reach of children. Batteries contain
sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin,
eyes or clothing. Shield your eyes when
working near the battery to protect
against possible splashing of acid
solution. In case of acid contact with skin
or eyes, flush immediately with water for
a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt
medical attention. If acid is swallowed,
call a physician immediately.
WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals and related accessories
contain lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm. Wash your hands
after handling.
WARNING: This vehicle may have
more than one battery. Removing the
battery cables from only one battery
does not disconnect your vehicle
electrical system. Make sure you
disconnect the battery cables from all
batteries when disconnecting power.
Failure to do so may cause serious
personal injury or property damage.
WARNING: For vehicles with
Auto-Start-Stop the battery requirement
is different. You must replace the battery
with one of exactly the same
specification.
The battery is in the engine compartment.
See Under Hood Overview (page 218).
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free
battery. It does not require additional
water during service.
If the vehicle battery has a cover and vent
hose, make sure you correctly install it after
cleaning or replacing the battery.
For longer, trouble-free operation, keep the
top of the battery clean and dry and the
battery cables tightly fastened to the
battery terminals. If any corrosion is
present on the battery or terminals, remove
the cables from the terminals and clean
with a wire brush. You can neutralize the
acid with a solution of baking soda and
water.
228
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Maintenance
We recommend that you disconnect the
negative battery cable terminal from the
battery if you plan to store your vehicle for
an extended period.
Note: If you only disconnect the negative
battery cable terminal, make sure it is
isolated or placed away from the battery
terminal to avoid unintended connection or
arcing.
If you replace the battery make sure it
matches the electrical requirements of
your vehicle.
If you disconnect or replace the battery
and your vehicle has an automatic
transmission, it must relearn its adaptive
strategy. Because of this, the transmission
may shift firmly when first driven. This is
normal operation while the transmission
fully updates its operation to optimum
shift feel.
Battery Management System (If
Equipped)
The battery management system monitors
battery conditions and takes actions to
extend battery life. If excessive battery
drain is detected, the system temporarily
disables some electrical systems to
protect the battery.
Systems included are:
• Heated rear window.
• Heated seats.
• Climate control.
• Heated steering wheel.
• Audio unit.
• Navigation system.
A message may appear in the information
displays to alert you that battery
protection actions are active. These
messages are only for notification that an
action is taking place, and not intended to
indicate an electrical problem or that the
battery requires replacement.
After battery replacement, or in some
cases after charging the battery with an
external charger, the battery management
system requires eight hours of vehicle sleep
time to relearn the battery state of charge.
During this time your vehicle must remain
fully locked with the ignition switched off.
Note: Prior to relearning the battery state
of charge, the battery management system
may temporarily disable some electrical
systems.
Electrical Accessory Installation
To make sure the battery management
system works correctly, do not connect an
electrical device ground connection
directly to the battery negative post. This
can cause inaccurate measurements of
the battery condition and potential
incorrect system operation.
Note: If you add electrical accessories or
components to the vehicle, it may adversely
affect battery performance and durability.
This may also affect the performance of
other electrical systems in the vehicle.
Remove and Reinstall the Battery
To disconnect or remove the battery, do
the following:
1. Apply the parking brake and switch the
ignition off.
2. Switch all electrical equipment off, for
example lights and radio.
3. Wait a minimum of two minutes before
disconnecting the battery.
Note: The engine management system has
a power hold function and remains powered
for a period of time after you switch the
ignition off. This is to allow diagnostic and
adaptive tables to be stored. Disconnecting
the battery without waiting can cause
damage not covered by the vehicle
Warranty.
229
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Maintenance
4. Disconnect the negative battery cable
terminal.
5. Disconnect the positive battery cable
terminal.
6. Remove the battery securing clamp.
7. Remove the battery.
8. To install, reverse the removal
procedure.
Note: Before reconnecting the battery,
make sure the ignition remains switched off.
Note: Make sure the battery cable terminals
are fully tightened.
If you disconnect or replace the vehicle
battery, you must reset the following
features:
• Window bounce-back. See Power
Windows (page 75).
• Clock Settings.
• Pre-set radio stations.
Battery Disposal
E107998
Make sure that you dispose of
old batteries in an
environmentally friendly way.
Seek advice from your local authority
about recycling old batteries.
CHECKING THE WIPER
BLADES
E142463
Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of
the blade to check for roughness.
Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid
or water applied with a soft sponge or
cloth.
CHANGING THE FRONT WIPER
BLADES
You can improve poor wiper quality by
cleaning the wiper blades and the
windshield.
Replace the wiper blades at least annually
for optimum performance.
E129990
1
1
2
1. Lift the wiper arm and then press the
wiper blade locking buttons together.
Note: Do not hold the wiper blade to lift the
wiper arm.
Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does
not spring back against the glass when the
wiper blade is not attached.
2. Slightly rotate the wiper blade.
3. Remove the wiper blade.
4. To install, reverse the removal
procedure.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.
230
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Maintenance
CHANGING THE REAR WIPER
BLADES
You can improve poor wiper quality by
cleaning the wiper blades and the
windshield.
Replace the wiper blades at least annually
for optimum performance.
E183236
1. Lift the wiper arm.
Note: Do not hold the wiper blade to lift the
wiper arm.
2. Remove the wiper blade.
Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does
not spring back against the glass when the
wiper blade is not attached.
3. To install, reverse the removal
procedure.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.
ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS
Vertical Aim Adjustment
If your vehicle has been involved in a crash,
have the aim of the headlamp beam
checked by an authorized dealer.
E142592
8 ft (2.4 m)A
Ground to the center of the
headlamp high beam bulb
B
25 ft (7.6 m)C
Horizontal reference lineD
Vertical Aim Adjustment Procedure
1. Park your vehicle on level ground
approximately 25 ft (7.6 m) from a wall
or screen.
2. Measure the distance from the ground
to the center of the headlamp beam
bulb and mark an 8 ft (2.4 m) long
horizontal reference line on the wall or
screen at this height.
Note: There may be an identifying mark on
the lens to help you locate the center line
of the headlamp beam bulb.
Note: To see a clearer light pattern for
adjusting, you may want to block the light
from one headlamp while adjusting the
other.
231
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Maintenance
3. Switch on the low beam headlamps
and open the hood.
E142465
4. On the wall or screen you will observe
a flat zone of high intensity light
located at the top of the beam pattern.
If the top edge of the flat zone of high
intensity light is not on the horizontal
reference line, adjust the aim of the
headlamp beam.
E292172
5. Use a suitable tool, for example a
screwdriver or socket wrench, to turn
the adjuster clockwise or
counterclockwise to adjust the vertical
aim of the headlamp. The horizontal
edge of the brighter light should touch
the horizontal reference line.
6. Close the hood and switch off the
lamps.
CHANGING A BULB
WARNING: Switch the lamps and
the ignition off. Failure to do so could
result in serious personal injury.
WARNING: Bulbs can become hot.
Let the bulb cool down before removing
it. Failure to do so could result in
personal injury.
Use the correct specification bulb. See
Bulb Specification Chart (page 302).
Install in the reverse order unless otherwise
stated.
Rear Direction Indicator and
Reversing Lamp
E292168
1. Switch all of the lamps and the ignition
off.
2. Use a suitable tool, for example a
screwdriver, to carefully remove the
access cover.
3. Remove the side cover.
232
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Maintenance
4. Remove the screw that secures the
lamp assembly.
5. Gently pull the lamp assembly away
from the vehicle.
6. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
7. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
E292171
Rear direction indicator.A
Reverse lamp.B
LED Lamps
LED lamps are not serviceable items. See
an authorized dealer if they fail.
The following lamps are LED:
• Headlamp low beam.
• Headlamp high beam.
• Front direction indicator.
• Side direction indicator.
• Daytime running lamps.
• Front fog lamps (if equipped).
• Brake and rear lamp.
• Rear side marker lamp.
• Rear fog lamps (if equipped).
• Front side marker lamps.
• Front signature lamps.
• Central high mounted brake lamp.
License Plate Lamp
E292276
A
B
A
1 2
203
A
A
1. Use a suitable tool, for example a
screwdriver, to carefully remove the
lamp.
2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
233
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Maintenance
CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR
FILTER - 3.0L
WARNING: To reduce the risk of
vehicle damage and personal burn
injuries, do not start your engine with the
air cleaner removed and do not remove
it while the engine is running.
When changing the engine air filter, do not
allow debris or foreign material to enter
the air induction system. Engine
components are susceptible to damage
not covered by the vehicle Warranty.
Change the air filter element at the correct
interval. See Scheduled Maintenance
(page 327).
Incorrect component use can cause
damage not covered by the vehicle
Warranty. See Motorcraft Parts (page
276).
To replace the air filter element do the
following:
E294778
1. Remove the clips that secure the air
filter housing cover.
2. Using a screwdriver, loosen two clamps
on either side of the air filter housing
cover.
3. Gently pull the two boots back away
from the air filter housing cover.
4. Carefully lift the air filter housing cover.
5. Remove the air filter element from the
air filter housing.
6. Wipe any dirt or debris from the air filter
housing and cover to make sure no dirt
gets in the engine and that you have a
good seal.
234
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Maintenance
7. Install a new air filter element. Be
careful not to crimp the filter element
edges between the air filter housing
and cover. This could cause filter
damage and allow unfiltered air to
enter the engine if it is not properly
seated.
8. Install the air filter housing cover.
9. Engage the clips to secure the air filter
housing cover to the air filter housing.
10. Reconnect the two boots on the air
filter housing cover and torque to
3.69 lb.ft (5 Nm).
CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR
FILTER - 3.3L
WARNING: To reduce the risk of
vehicle damage and personal burn
injuries, do not start your engine with the
air cleaner removed and do not remove
it while the engine is running.
Note: Failure to use the correct air filter
element may result in severe engine
damage. Resulting component damage
may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
Note: When servicing the air cleaner, do
not allow foreign material to enter the air
induction system. The engine is susceptible
to damage from even small particles.
When changing the air filter element, use
only the air filter element listed.
Change the air filter element at the proper
intervals. See Scheduled Maintenance
(page 327).
E295061
x2
1. Release the clamps that secure the air
filter cover to the housing.
2. Using a screwdriver, loosen the clamp
on the air filter housing cover.
3. Gently pull the boot back away from
the air filter housing cover.
4. Carefully lift the air filter housing cover.
5. Remove the air filter element from the
air filter housing.
6. Wipe any dirt or debris from the air filter
housing and cover to make sure no dirt
gets in the engine and that you have a
good seal.
7. Install a new air filter element. Be
careful not to crimp the filter element
edges between the air filter housing
and cover. This could cause filter
damage and allow unfiltered air to
enter the engine if it is not properly
seated.
235
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Maintenance
8. Install the air filter housing cover.
9. Engage the clips to secure the air filter
housing cover to the air filter housing.
10. Reconnect the boot to the air filter
housing cover and torque to 3.69 lb.ft
(5 Nm).
236
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Maintenance
GENERAL INFORMATION
Your dealer has many quality products
available to clean your vehicle and protect
its finishes.
CLEANING PRODUCTS
Materials
For best results, use the following products
or products of equivalent quality:
SpecificationName
Motorcraft® Bug and Tar Remover, ZC-42 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M5B194-BMotorcraft® Custom Bright Metal Cleaner, ZC-15 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P4-AMotorcraft® Detail Wash, ZC-3-A (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P3-AMotorcraft® Engine Shampoo and Degreaser, ZC-20 (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Engine Shampoo, CXC-66-A (Canada)
Motorcraft® Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner, ZC-56 (U.S. &
Canada)
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Cleaner, CXC-101 (Canada)
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with
Bitterant, ZC-32-B2 (U.S.)
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid, CXC-37-
A/B/D/F (Canada)
Motorcraft® Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner,
ZC-54 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P5-AMotorcraft® Premium Glass Cleaner, CXC-100 (Canada)
Motorcraft® Spot and Stain Remover, ZC-14 (U.S.)
ESR-M14P5-AMotorcraft® Ultra-Clear Spray Glass Cleaner, ZC-23 (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Wheel and Tire Cleaner, ZC-37-A (U.S. & Canada)
CLEANING THE EXTERIOR
Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or
lukewarm water and a neutral pH
shampoo, we recommend Motorcraft
Detail Wash.
• Never use strong household detergents
or soap, for example dish washing or
laundry liquid. These products can
discolor and spot painted surfaces.
• Never wash your vehicle when it is hot
to the touch, or during strong or direct
sunlight.
237
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
• Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft
terry cloth towel to eliminate water
spotting.
• Immediately remove fuel spillages, bird
droppings, insect deposits and road tar.
These may cause damage to your
vehicle’s paintwork or trim over time.
We recommend Motorcraft Bug and
Tar Remover.
• Remove any exterior accessories, for
example antennas, before entering a
car wash.
• When filling with AdBlue®, remove any
residue on painted surfaces
immediately.
Note: Suntan lotions and insect repellents
can damage painted surfaces. If these
substances come in contact with your
vehicle, wash the affected area as soon as
possible.
Cleaning the Headlamps
Note: Do not scrape the headlamp lenses
or use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or
chemical solvents to clean them.
Note: Do not wipe the headlamps when
they are dry.
Exterior Chrome Parts
• Apply a high quality-cleaning product
to bumpers and other chrome parts.
Follow the manufacturer’s instructions.
We recommend Motorcraft Custom
Bright Metal Cleaner.
• Do not apply the cleaning product to
hot surfaces. Do not leave the cleaning
product on chrome surfaces longer
than the time recommended.
• Using non-recommended cleaners can
result in severe and permanent
cosmetic damage.
Note: Never use abrasive materials, for
example steel wool or plastic pads as they
can scratch the chrome surface.
Note: Do not use chrome cleaner, metal
cleaner or polish on wheels or wheel covers.
Exterior Plastic Parts
For routine cleaning we recommend
Motorcraft Detail Wash. If tar or grease
spots are present, we recommend
Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.
Stripes or Graphics (If Equipped)
Hand washing your vehicle is preferred
however, pressure washing may be used
under the following conditions:
• Do not use water pressure higher than
2,000 psi (14,000 kPa).
• Do not use water hotter than 179°F
(82°C).
• Use a spray with a 40° wide spray
angle pattern.
• Keep the nozzle at a 12 in (305 mm)
distance and 90° angle to your
vehicle's surface.
Note: Holding the pressure washer nozzle
at an angle to the vehicle's surface may
damage graphics and cause the edges to
peel away from the vehicle's surface.
Underbody
Regularly clean the underside of your
vehicle using water. Keep body and door
drain holes free of debris or foreign
material.
Under Hood
For removing black rubber marks from
under the hood we recommend Motorcraft
Wheel and Tire Cleaner or Motorcraft Bug
and Tar Remover.
238
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
WAXING
Regular waxing is necessary to protect your
car's paint from the elements. We
recommend that you wash and wax the
painted surface once or twice a year.
When washing and waxing, park your
vehicle in a shaded area out of direct
sunlight. Always wash your vehicle before
applying wax.
• Use a quality wax that does not contain
abrasives.
• Follow the manufacturer’s instructions
to apply and remove the wax.
• Apply a small amount of wax in a
back-and-forth motion, not in circles.
• Do not allow wax to come in contact
with any non-body (low-gloss black)
colored trim. The wax will discolor or
stain the parts over time.
• Roof racks.
• Bumpers.
• Grained door handles.
• Side moldings.
• Mirror housings.
• Windshield cowl area.
• Do not apply wax to glass areas.
• After waxing, your car's paint should
feel smooth, and be free of streaks and
smudges.
CLEANING THE ENGINE
Engines are more efficient when they are
clean because grease and dirt buildup keep
the engine warmer than normal.
When washing:
• Take care when using a power washer
to clean the engine. The high-pressure
fluid could penetrate the sealed parts
and cause damage.
• Do not spray a hot engine with cold
water to avoid cracking the engine
block or other engine components.
• Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and
Degreaser on all parts that require
cleaning and pressure rinse clean. In
Canada, use Motorcraft Engine
Shampoo.
Note: If your vehicle has an engine cover
remove the cover before application of
Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser.
Immediately rinse away any over spray.
• Never wash or rinse the engine while it
is hot or running; water in the running
engine may cause internal damage.
• Never wash or rinse any ignition coil,
spark plug wire or spark plug well, or
the area in and around these locations.
• Cover the battery, power distribution
box, and air filter assembly to prevent
water damage when cleaning the
engine.
CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND
WIPER BLADES
Car wash chemicals and environmental
fallout can result in windshield and wiper
blade contamination. Dirty windshield and
wipers will result in poor windshield wiper
operation. Keep the windshield and wiper
blades clean to maintain windshield wiper
performance.
239
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
To clean the windshield and wiper blades:
• Clean the windshield with a
non-abrasive glass cleaner. When
cleaning the interior of the windshield,
avoid getting any glass cleaner on the
instrument panel or door panels. Wipe
any glass cleaner off these surfaces
immediately.
• For windshields contaminated with
tree sap, chemicals, wax or bugs, clean
the entire windshield using steel wool
(no greater than 0000 grade) in a
circular motion and rinse with water.
• Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl
rubbing alcohol or windshield washer
concentrate.
Note: Do not use razor blades or other
sharp objects to clean or remove decals
from the inside of the heated rear window.
The vehicle warranty does not cover
damage caused to the heated rear window
grid lines.
CLEANING THE INTERIOR
WARNING: Do not use cleaning
solvents, bleach or dye on the vehicle's
seatbelts, as these actions may weaken
the belt webbing.
WARNING: On vehicles equipped
with seat-mounted airbags, do not use
chemical solvents or strong detergents.
Such products could contaminate the
side airbag system and affect
performance of the side airbag in a crash.
For fabric, carpets, cloth seats and seats
equipped with side airbags:
• Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
• Remove light stains and soil with
Motorcraft Professional Strength
Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner.
• If grease or tar is present on the
material, spot-clean the area first with
Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover. In
Canada, use Motorcraft Multi-Purpose
Cleaner.
• If a ring forms on the fabric after spot
cleaning, clean the entire area
immediately (but do not oversaturate)
or the ring will set.
• Do not use household cleaning
products or glass cleaners, which can
stain and discolor the fabric and affect
the flame retardant abilities of the seat
materials.
Mirrors
Do not clean the housing or glass of any
mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning
products.
CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT
PANEL AND INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER LENS
WARNING: Do not use chemical
solvents or strong detergents when
cleaning the steering wheel or
instrument panel to avoid contamination
of the airbag system.
Note: Follow the same procedure as
cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather
instrument panels and leather interior trim
surfaces.
240
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
Clean the instrument panel and cluster
lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth,
then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry
these areas.
• Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase
the gloss of the upper portion of the
instrument panel. The dull finish in this
area helps protect you from
undesirable windshield reflection.
• Do not use any household cleaning
products or glass cleaners as these
may damage the finish of the
instrument panel, interior trim and
cluster lens.
• Wash or wipe your hands clean if you
have been in contact with certain
products such as insect repellent and
suntan lotion to avoid possible damage
to the interior painted surfaces.
• Do not allow air fresheners and hand
sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces.
If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately.
Your warranty may not cover these
damages.
If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has
been spilled on the instrument panel or on
interior trim surfaces:
1. Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean,
soft cloth as quickly as possible.
2. Use Motorcraft Premium Leather and
Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially
available leather cleaning product for
automotive interiors. Test any cleaner
or stain remover on an inconspicuous
area.
3. Alternatively, wipe the surface with a
clean, soft cloth and a mild soap and
water solution. Dry the area with a
clean, soft cloth.
4. If necessary, apply more soap and
water solution or cleaning product to
a clean, soft cloth and press it onto the
soiled area. Allow this to set at room
temperature for 30 minutes.
5. Remove the soaked cloth, then with a
clean, damp cloth, use a rubbing
motion for 60 seconds on the soiled
area.
6. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.
REPAIRING MINOR PAINT
DAMAGE
Authorized dealers have touch-up paint to
match your vehicle’s color. Your vehicle
color code is printed on a sticker on the
front, left-hand side door jamb. Take your
color code to your authorized dealer to
make sure you get the correct color.
Before repairing minor paint damage, use
a cleaner such as Motorcraft Bug and Tar
Remover to remove particles such as bird
droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar
spots, road salt and industrial fallout.
Always read the instructions before using
cleaning products.
CLEANING THE WHEELS
1. Regularly clean them with a wheel
cleaner. We recommend that you use
Ford approved wheel cleaner if
available.
2. Remove dirt and brake dust with a
sponge.
3. Remove tar and grease with a bug and
tar remover. We recommend that you
use Ford approved bug and tar remover
if available.
4. Thoroughly rinse the wheels with water
after cleaning.
If you intend on parking your vehicle for an
extended period after cleaning the wheels
with a wheel cleaner, drive your vehicle for
a few minutes before doing so. This
reduces the risk of corrosion of the brake
discs, brake pads and linings.
241
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
Do not clean the wheels when they are hot.
Note: Some car washes could damage
wheel rims and covers.
Note: Using non-recommended cleaners,
harsh cleaning products, chrome wheel
cleaners or abrasive materials could
damage wheel rims and covers.
VEHICLE STORAGE
If you plan on storing your vehicle for 30
days or more, read the following
maintenance recommendations to make
sure your vehicle stays in good operating
condition.
We engineer and test all motor vehicles
and their components for reliable, regular
driving. Under various conditions,
long-term storage may lead to degraded
engine performance or failure unless you
use specific precautions to preserve engine
components.
General
• Store all vehicles in a dry, ventilated
place.
• Protect from sunlight, if possible.
• If vehicles are stored outside, they
require regular maintenance to protect
against rust and damage.
Body
• Wash your vehicle thoroughly to
remove dirt, grease, oil, tar or mud from
exterior surfaces, rear-wheel housing
and the underside of front fenders.
• Periodically wash your vehicle if it is
stored in exposed locations.
• Touch-up exposed or primed metal to
prevent rust.
• Cover chrome and stainless steel parts
with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent
discoloration. Re-wax as necessary
when you wash your vehicle.
• Lubricate all hood, door and luggage
compartment hinges and latches with
a light grade oil.
• Cover interior trim to prevent fading.
• Keep all rubber parts free from oil and
solvents.
Engine
• Change the engine oil and filter prior to
storage because used engine oil
contains contaminates which may
cause engine damage.
• Start the engine every 15 days for a
minimum of 15 minutes. Run at fast idle
with the climate controls set to defrost
until the engine reaches normal
operating temperature.
• With your foot on the brake, shift
through all the gears while the engine
is running.
• We recommend that you change the
engine oil before you use your vehicle
again.
Fuel system
• Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fuel
until the first automatic shutoff of the
fuel pump nozzle.
Cooling system
• Protect against freezing temperatures.
• When removing your vehicle from
storage, check coolant fluid level.
Confirm that there are no cooling
system leaks and that fluid is at the
recommended level.
242
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
Battery
• Check and recharge as necessary. Keep
connections clean.
• If storing your vehicle for more than 30
days without recharging the battery,
we recommend that you disconnect
the battery cables to maintain battery
charge for quick starting.
Note: It is necessary to reset memory
features if battery cables are disconnected.
Brakes
• Make sure the brakes and parking brake
release fully.
Tires
• Maintain recommended air pressure.
Miscellaneous
• Make sure all linkages, cables, levers
and pins under your vehicle are covered
with grease to prevent rust.
• Move vehicles at least 25 ft (7.5 m)
every 15 days to lubricate working parts
and prevent corrosion.
Removing Vehicle From Storage
When your vehicle is ready to come out of
storage, do the following:
• Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt
or grease film build-up on window
surfaces.
• Check windshield wipers for any
deterioration.
• Check under the hood for any foreign
material that may have collected
during storage such as mice or squirrel
nests.
• Check the exhaust for any foreign
material that may have collected
during storage.
• Check tire pressures and set tire
inflation per the Tire Label.
• Check brake pedal operation. Drive
your vehicle 15 ft (4.5 m) back and
forth to remove rust build-up.
• Check fluid levels (including coolant,
oil and gas) to make sure there are no
leaks, and fluids are at recommended
levels.
• If you remove the battery, clean the
battery cable ends and check for
damage.
Contact an authorized dealer if you have
any concerns or issues.
243
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
GENERAL INFORMATION
Use only approved wheel and tire sizes,
using other sizes could damage your
vehicle. If you change the diameter of the
tires from that fitted at the factory, the
speedometer may not display the correct
speed, and the All Wheel Drive (AWD)
system may not function properly. Take
your vehicle to an authorized dealer to
have the system reprogrammed. If you
intend to change the size of the wheels
from that fitted by the manufacturer, you
can check the suitability with an authorized
dealer.
Additional information related to the
functionality and maintenance of your tires
can be found later in this chapter. See Tire
Care (page 245).
The recommended tire inflation pressures
can be found on the Tire Label, which is
located on the B-pillar or the edge of the
driver's door. This information can also be
found on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label, affixed to either the
door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the
door edge that meets the door latch post;
next to the driver’s seating position.
We strongly recommend maintaining these
tire pressures at all times. Failure to follow
the tire pressure recommendations can
cause uneven treadwear patterns, reduced
fuel economy, and adversely affect the
way your vehicle handles.
Note: Check and set the tire pressure at the
ambient temperature in which you are
intending to drive your vehicle and when the
tires are cold.
Note: Check your tire pressures at least
once per month.
Set the pressure for your spare tire to the
highest value given for your vehicle and tire
size combination, if equipped.
Notice to utility vehicle and truck
owners
WARNING: Utility vehicles have a
significantly higher rollover rate than
other types of vehicles.
WARNING: Vehicles with a higher
center of gravity (utility and four-wheel
drive vehicles) handle differently than
vehicles with a lower center of gravity
(passenger cars). Avoid sharp turns,
excessive speed and abrupt steering in
these vehicles. Failure to drive cautiously
increases the risk of losing control of your
vehicle, vehicle rollover, personal injury
and death.
WARNING: In a rollover crash, an
unbelted person is significantly more
likely to die than a person wearing a
seatbelt.
WARNING: Do not become
overconfident in the ability of four-wheel
drive vehicles. Although a four-wheel
drive vehicle may accelerate better than
a two-wheel drive vehicle in low traction
situations, it won't stop any faster than
two-wheel drive vehicles. Always drive
at a safe speed.
Utility vehicles and trucks handle
differently than passenger cars in the
various driving conditions that are
encountered on streets, highways and
off-road. Utility vehicles and trucks are not
designed for cornering at speeds as high
as passenger cars any more than low-slung
sports cars are designed to perform
satisfactorily under off-road conditions.
244
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Study your owner's manual and any
supplements for specific information about
equipment features, instructions for safe
driving and additional precautions to
reduce the risk of an accident or serious
injury.
How your vehicle differs from
other vehicles
Sport utility vehicles and trucks can differ
from some other vehicles in a few
noticeable ways. Your vehicle may be:
• Higher - to allow higher load carrying
capacity and to allow it to travel over
rough terrain without getting hung up
or damaging underbody components.
• Shorter - to give it the capability to
approach inclines and drive over the
crest of a hill without getting hung up
or damaging underbody components.
All other things held equal, a shorter
wheelbase may make your vehicle
quicker to respond to steering inputs
than a vehicle with a longer wheelbase.
• Narrower - to provide greater
maneuverability in tight spaces,
particularly in off-road use.
As a result of the above dimensional
differences, Sport utility vehicles and
trucks often have a higher center of gravity
and a greater difference in center of gravity
between the loaded and unloaded
condition. These differences that make
your vehicle so versatile also make it
handle differently than an ordinary
passenger car.
TIRE CARE
Information About Uniform
Tire Quality Grading
E142542
Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires.
The Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For
example: Treadwear 200
Traction AA Temperature A.
These Tire Quality Grades are
determined by standards that the
United States Department of
Transportation has set.
Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires.
They do not apply to deep tread,
winter-type snow tires,
space-saver or temporary use
spare tires, light truck or LT type
tires, tires with nominal rim
diameters of 10 to 12 inches or
limited production tires as defined
in Title 49 Code of Federal
Regulations Part 575.104 (c)(2).
245
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
U.S. Department of
Transportation Tire quality
grades: The U.S. Department of
Transportation requires Ford
Motor Company to give you the
following information about tire
grades exactly as the government
has written it.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150
would wear 1½ times as well on
the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of their
use, however, and may depart
significantly from the norm due to
variations in driving habits, service
practices, and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
Traction AA A B C
WARNING: The traction
grade assigned to this tire is
based on straight-ahead braking
traction tests, and does not
include acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning or peak traction
characteristics.
The traction grades, from highest
to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The
grades represent the tire’s ability
to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled
conditions on specified
government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C could have poor traction
performance.
Temperature A B C
WARNING: The
temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B and C,
representing the tire’s resistance
to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and excessive
temperature can lead to sudden
tire failure. The grade C
corresponds to a level of
performance which all passenger
car tires must meet under the
246
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard No. 139. Grades B and A
represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
Glossary of Tire Terminology
*Tire label: A label showing the
original equipment tire sizes,
recommended inflation pressure
and the maximum weight the
vehicle can carry.
*Tire Identification Number
(TIN): A number on the sidewall
of each tire providing information
about the tire brand and
manufacturing plant, tire size and
date of manufacture. Also referred
to as DOT code.
*Inflation pressure: A measure
of the amount of air in a tire.
*Standard load: A class of
P-metric or Metric tires designed
to carry a maximum load at set
pressure. For example: For
P-metric tires 35 psi (2.4 bar) and
for Metric tires 36 psi (2.5 bar).
Increasing the inflation pressure
beyond this pressure will not
increase the tire’s load carrying
capability.
*Extra load: A class of P-metric
or Metric tires designed to carry a
heavier maximum load at 42 psi
(2.9 bar). Increasing the inflation
pressure beyond this pressure will
not increase the tire’s load
carrying capability.
*kPa: Kilopascal, a metric unit of
air pressure.
*PSI: Pounds per square inch, a
standard unit of air pressure.
*Cold tire pressure: The tire
pressure when the vehicle has
been stationary and out of direct
sunlight for an hour or more and
prior to the vehicle being driven for
1 mi (1.6 km).
*Recommended inflation
pressure: The cold inflation
pressure found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label located on
the B-Pillar or the edge of the
driver door.
* B-pillar: The structural member
at the side of the vehicle behind
the front door.
*Bead area of the tire: Area of
the tire next to the rim.
* Sidewall of the tire: Area
between the bead area and the
tread.
*Tread area of the tire: Area of
the perimeter of the tire that
contacts the road when mounted
on the vehicle.
*Rim: The metal support (wheel)
for a tire or a tire and tube
assembly upon which the tire
beads are seated.
247
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Information Contained on the
Tire Sidewall
Both United States and Canada
Federal regulations require tire
manufacturers to place
standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This
information identifies and
describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire
Identification Number for safety
standard certification and in case
of a recall.
Information on P Type Tires
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
E142543
P215/65R15 95H is an example of
a tire size, load index and speed
rating. The definitions of these
items are listed below. (Note that
the tire size, load index and speed
rating for your vehicle could be
different from this example.)
A. P: Indicates a tire, designated
by the Tire and Rim Association,
that could be used for service on
cars, sport utility vehicles,
minivans and light trucks. Note: If
your tire size does not begin with
a letter this could mean it is
designated by either the European
Tire and Rim Technical
Organization or the Japan Tire
Manufacturing Association.
B. 215: Indicates the nominal
width of the tire in millimeters
from sidewall edge to sidewall
edge. In general, the larger the
number, the wider the tire.
C. 65: Indicates the aspect ratio
which gives the tire's ratio of
height to width.
D. R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 15: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change
your wheel size, you will have to
purchase new tires to match the
new wheel diameter.
F. 95: Indicates the tire's load
index. It is an index that relates to
how much weight a tire can carry.
You could find this information in
your owner’s manual. If not,
contact a local tire dealer.
Note: You may not find this
information on all tires because it
is not required by federal law.
248
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
G. H: Indicates the tire's speed
rating. The speed rating denotes
the speed at which a tire is
designed to be driven for extended
periods of time under a standard
condition of load and inflation
pressure. The tires on your vehicle
could operate at different
conditions for load and inflation
pressure. These speed ratings may
need to be adjusted for the
difference in conditions. The
ratings range from 81 mph
(130 km/h) to 186 mph
(299 km/h). These ratings are
listed in the following chart.
Note: You may not find this
information on all tires because it
is not required by federal law.
Speed ratingLetter
rating
81 mph (130 km/h)M
87 mph (140 km/h)N
99 mph (159 km/h)Q
106 mph (171 km/h)R
112 mph (180 km/h)S
118 mph (190 km/h)T
124 mph (200 km/h)U
130 mph (210 km/h)H
149 mph (240 km/h)V
Speed ratingLetter
rating
168 mph (270 km/h)W
186 mph (299 km/h)Y
Note: For tires with a maximum
speed capability over 149 mph
(240 km/h), tire manufacturers
sometimes use the letters ZR. For
those with a maximum speed
capability over 186 mph
(299 km/h), tire manufacturers
always use the letters ZR.
H. U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN): This begins with
the letters DOT and indicates that
the tire meets all federal
standards. The next two numbers
or letters are the plant code
designating where it was
manufactured, the next two are
the tire size code and the last four
numbers represent the week and
year the tire was built. For
example, the numbers 317 mean
the 31st week of 1997. After 2000,
the numbers go to four digits. For
example, 2501 means the 25th
week of 2001. The numbers in
between are identification codes
used for traceability. This
information is used to contact
customers if a tire defect requires
a recall.
I. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow, or
AT: All Terrain, or
AS: All Season.
249
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
J. Tire Ply Composition and
Material Used: Indicates the
number of plies or the number of
layers of rubber-coated fabric in
the tire tread and sidewall. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate
the ply materials in the tire and the
sidewall, which include steel,
nylon, polyester, and others.
K. Maximum Load: Indicates the
maximum load in kilograms and
pounds that can be carried by the
tire. See the Safety Compliance
Certification Label (affixed to
either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver's seating
position), for the correct tire
pressure for your vehicle.
L. Treadwear, Traction and
Temperature Grades:
*Treadwear The treadwear grade
is a comparative rating based on
the wear rate of the tire when
tested under controlled conditions
on a specified government test
course. For example, a tire graded
150 would wear one and one-half
times as well on the government
course as a tire graded 100.
*Traction: The traction grades,
from highest to lowest are AA, A,
B, and C. The grades represent the
tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C could have poor traction
performance.
*Temperature: The temperature
grades are A (the highest), B and
C, representing the tire's
resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate
heat when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel.
M. Maximum Inflation
Pressure: Indicates the tire
manufacturers' maximum
permissible pressure or the
pressure at which the maximum
load can be carried by the tire. This
pressure is normally higher than
the vehicle manufacturer's
recommended cold inflation
pressure which can be found on
the Safety Compliance
Certification Label (affixed to
either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label which is
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
of the driver’s door. The cold
inflation pressure should never be
set lower than the recommended
pressure on the vehicle label.
250
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
The tire suppliers could have
additional markings, notes or
warnings such as standard load
or radial tubeless.
Additional Information
Contained on the Tire Sidewall
for LT Type Tires
Note: Tire Quality Grades do not
apply to this type of tire.
A
B
C
B
D
E142544
LT type tires have some additional
information beyond those of P
type tires; these differences are
described below.
A. LT: Indicates a tire, designated
by the Tire and Rim Association,
that is intended for service on light
trucks.
B. Load Range and Load
Inflation Limits: Indicates the
tire's load-carrying capabilities
and its inflation limits.
C. Maximum Load Dual lb (kg)
at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the
maximum load and tire pressure
when the tire is used as a dual,
defined as four tires on the rear
axle (a total of six or more tires on
the vehicle).
D. Maximum Load Single lb
(kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates
the maximum load and tire
pressure when the tire is used as
a single, defined as two tires
(total) on the rear axle.
Information on T Type Tires
T145/80D16 is an example of a
tire size.
Note: The temporary tire size for
your vehicle could be different from
this example. Tire Quality Grades
do not apply to this type of tire.
251
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
A
B
C
D
E
E142545
T type tires have some additional
information beyond those of P
type tires; these differences are
described below:
A. T: Indicates a type of tire,
designated by the Tire and Rim
Association, that is intended for
temporary service on cars, sport
utility vehicles, minivans and light
trucks.
B. 145: Indicates the nominal
width of the tire in millimeters
from sidewall edge to sidewall
edge. In general, the larger the
number, the wider the tire.
C. 80: Indicates the aspect ratio
which gives the tire's ratio of
height to width. Numbers of 70 or
lower indicate a short sidewall.
D. D: Indicates a diagonal type tire.
R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 16: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change
your wheel size, you will have to
purchase new tires to match the
new wheel diameter.
Recommended Tire Pressures
and Inflating Your Tires
Safe operation of your vehicle
requires that your tires are
properly inflated. Remember that
a tire can lose up to half of its air
pressure without appearing flat.
Every day before you drive, check
your tires. If one looks lower than
the others, use a tire gauge to
check the pressure of all tires and
adjust if required.
At least once a month and before
long trips, inspect each tire and
check the tire pressure with a tire
gauge (including spare, if
equipped). Inflate all tires to the
inflation pressure recommended
by Ford Motor Company.
WARNING: Under-inflation
is the most common cause of
tire failures and may result in
severe tire cracking, tread
separation or blowout, with
unexpected loss of vehicle
control and increased risk of
252
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
injury. Under-inflation increases
sidewall flexing and rolling
resistance, resulting in heat
buildup and internal damage to
the tire. It also may result in
unnecessary tire stress, irregular
wear, loss of vehicle control and
accidents. A tire can lose up to
half of its air pressure and not
appear to be flat!
You are strongly urged to buy a
reliable tire pressure gauge, as
automatic service station gauges
could be inaccurate. Ford
recommends the use of a digital
or dial-type tire pressure gauge
rather than a stick-type tire
pressure gauge. Use the
recommended cold inflation
pressure for optimum tire
performance and wear.
Under-inflation or over-inflation
could cause uneven treadwear
patterns.
Always inflate your tires to the
Ford recommended inflation
pressure even if it is less than the
maximum inflation pressure
information found on the tire. You
will find a Tire Label containing
the Ford recommended tire
inflation pressure by the tire size
and other important information
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
of the driver’s door.
The Ford recommended tire
inflation pressure is also found on
the Safety Compliance
Certification Label (affixed to
either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch on the
B-pillar, or on the edge of the
driver’s door.
Failure to follow the tire pressure
recommendations can cause
uneven treadwear patterns and
adversely affect the way your
vehicle handles.
Inspecting Your Tires and
Wheel Valve Stems
Periodically inspect the tire treads
for uneven or excessive wear and
remove objects such as stones,
nails or glass that could be
wedged in the tread grooves.
Check the tire and valve stems for
holes, cracks, or cuts that could
permit air leakage and repair or
replace the tire and replace the
valve stem. Inspect the tire
sidewalls for cracking, cuts,
bruises and other signs of damage
or excessive wear. If internal
damage to the tire is suspected,
have the tire demounted and
inspected in case it needs to be
repaired or replaced. For your
safety, tires that are damaged or
show signs of excessive wear
should not be used because they
are more likely to blow out or fail.
253
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Improper or inadequate vehicle
maintenance can cause tires to
wear abnormally. Inspect all your
tires, including the spare,
frequently, and replace them if
one or more of the following
conditions exist:
Tire Wear
E142546
When the tread is worn down to
one sixteenth of an inch (2 mm),
tires must be replaced to help
prevent your vehicle from skidding
and hydroplaning. Built-in
treadwear indicators, or wear bars,
which look like narrow strips of
smooth rubber across the tread
will appear on the tire when the
tread is worn down to one
sixteenth of an inch (2 mm).
When the tire tread wears down
to the same height as these wear
bars, the tire is worn out and must
be replaced.
Damage
Periodically inspect the tire treads
and sidewalls for damage (such
as bulges in the tread or sidewalls,
cracks in the tread groove and
separation in the tread or
sidewall). If damage is observed
or suspected, have the tire
inspected by a tire professional.
Tires can be damaged during
off-road use, so inspection after
off-road use is also
recommended.
Age
WARNING: Tires degrade
over time depending on many
factors such as weather, storage
conditions, and conditions of use
(load, speed, inflation pressure)
the tires experience throughout
their lives.
In general, tires should be
replaced after six years
regardless of tread wear.
However, heat caused by hot
climates or frequent high loading
conditions can accelerate the
aging process and may require
tires to be replaced more
frequently.
You should replace your spare
tire when you replace the road
tires or after six years due to
aging even if it has not been
used.
254
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number
Both United States and Canada
Federal regulations require tire
manufacturers to place
standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This
information identifies and
describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire
Identification Number for safety
standard certification and in case
of a recall.
This begins with the letters DOT
and indicates that the tire meets
all federal standards. The next
two numbers or letters are the
plant code designating where it
was manufactured, the next two
are the tire size code and the last
four numbers represent the week
and year the tire was built. For
example, the numbers 317 mean
the 31st week of 1997. After 2000,
the numbers go to four digits. For
example, 2501 means the 25th
week of 2001. The numbers in
between are identification codes
used for traceability. This
information is used to contact
customers if a tire defect requires
a recall.
Tire Replacement
Requirements
Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide a safe ride
and handling capability.
WARNING: Only use
replacement tires and wheels
that are the same size, load
index, speed rating and type
(such as P-metric versus
LT-metric or all-season versus
all-terrain) as those originally
provided by Ford. The
recommended tire and wheel
size may be found on either the
Safety Compliance Certification
Label (affixed to either the door
hinge pillar, door-latch post, or
the door edge that meets the
door-latch post, next to the
driver's seating position), or the
Tire Label which is located on
the B-Pillar or edge of the
driver's door. If this information
is not found on these labels, then
you should contact your
authorized dealer as soon as
possible. Use of any tire or wheel
not recommended by Ford can
affect the safety and
performance of your vehicle,
which could result in an
increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover, personal
injury and death.
255
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
WARNING: To reduce the
risk of serious injury, when
mounting replacement tires and
wheels, you should not exceed
the maximum pressure indicated
on the sidewall of the tire to set
the beads without additional
precautions listed below. If the
beads do not seat at the
maximum pressure indicated,
re-lubricate and try again.
WARNING: For a mounting
pressure more than 20 psi
(1.38 bar) greater than the
maximum pressure, a Ford
dealer or other tire service
professional should do the
mounting.
WARNING: Always inflate
steel carcass tires with a remote
air fill with the person inflating
standing at a minimum of 12 ft
(3.66 m) away from the wheel
and tire assembly.
WARNING: When inflating
the tire for mounting pressures
up to 20 psi (1.38 bar) greater
than the maximum pressure on
the tire sidewall, the following
precautions must be taken to
protect the person mounting the
tire:
• Make sure that you have the
correct tire and wheel size.
• Lubricate the tire bead and
wheel bead seat area again.
• Stand at a minimum of 12 ft
(3.66 m) away from the wheel
and tire assembly.
• Use both eye and ear
protection.
Important: Remember to replace
the wheel valve stems when the
road tires are replaced on your
vehicle.
It is recommended that the two
front tires or two rear tires
generally be replaced as a pair, if
the worn tires still have usable
tread depth. To avoid potential All
Wheel Drive (AWD) malfunction
or All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
damage, it is recommended to
replace all four tires rather than
mixing significantly worn tires with
new tires.
The tire pressure sensors mounted
in the wheels (originally installed
on your vehicle) are not designed
to be used in aftermarket wheels.
The use of wheels or tires not
recommended by Ford Motor
Company could affect the
operation of your tire pressure
monitoring system.
If the tire pressure monitoring
system indicator is flashing, your
system is malfunctioning. Your
replacement tire might be
incompatible with your tire
pressure monitoring system, or
some component of the system
could be damaged.
256
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Safety Practices
WARNING: If your vehicle
is stuck in snow, mud or sand, do
not rapidly spin the tires;
spinning the tires can tear the
tire and cause an explosion. A
tire can explode in as little as
three to five seconds.
WARNING: Do not spin the
wheels at over 34 mph
(55 km/h). The tires may fail and
injure a passenger or bystander.
Driving habits have a great deal
to do with your tire mileage and
safety.
*Observe posted speed limits
*Avoid fast starts, stops and turns
*Avoid potholes and objects on
the road
*Do not run over curbs or hit the
tire against a curb when parking
Highway Hazards
No matter how carefully you drive,
there is always the possibility that
you could eventually have a flat
tire on the highway. Drive slowly
to the closest safe area out of
traffic. This could further damage
the flat tire, but your safety is
more important.
If you feel a sudden vibration or
ride disturbance while driving, or
you suspect your tire or vehicle
has been damaged, immediately
reduce your speed. Drive with
caution until you can safely pull
off the road. Stop and inspect the
tires for damage. If a tire is
under-inflated or damaged,
deflate it, remove wheel and
replace it with your spare tire and
wheel. If you cannot detect a
cause, have the vehicle towed to
the nearest repair facility or tire
dealer to have the vehicle
inspected.
Tire and Wheel Alignment
A bad jolt from hitting a curb or
pothole can cause the front end
of your vehicle to become
misaligned or cause damage to
your tires. If your vehicle seems to
pull to one side when you are
driving, the wheels could be out of
alignment. Have an authorized
dealer check the wheel alignment
periodically.
Wheel misalignment in the front
or the rear can cause uneven and
rapid treadwear of your tires and
should be corrected by an
authorized dealer. Front-wheel
drive vehicles and those with an
independent rear suspension (if
equipped) could require alignment
of all four wheels.
The tires should also be balanced
periodically. An unbalanced tire
and wheel assembly could result
in irregular tire wear.
257
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Tire Rotation
Note: If your tires show uneven
wear, ask an authorized dealer to
check for and correct any wheel
misalignment, tire imbalance or
mechanical problem involved
before tire rotation.
Note: Your vehicle could be
equipped with a dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly. A
dissimilar spare wheel and tire
assembly is defined as a spare
wheel and tire assembly that is
different in brand, size or
appearance from the road tires and
wheels. If you have a dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly, it is
intended for temporary use only
and should not be used in a tire
rotation.
Note: After having your tires
rotated, inflation pressure must be
checked and adjusted to the
vehicle requirements.
Rotating your tires at the
recommended interval (as
indicated in the Scheduled
Maintenance information) will
help your tires wear more evenly,
providing better tire performance
and longer tire life. Sometimes
irregular tire wear can be
corrected by rotating the tires.
E142547
Police Wheels and Tires
Wheel rims
To withstand the demands placed
on vehicles driven under heavy
duty service conditions, Ford
Motor Company installs heavy
duty wheels.
Tires
Tires (including the spare) are
speed-rated radials for police use.
Use only the recommended tire
size and speed ratings.
In regions with snow and ice
during the winter months,
installation of snow tires could be
desirable. Snow tires will usually
exhibit a drop in dry pavement
handling, but could show an
increase in snow and ice traction.
When snow tires are used, they
should be installed on all four
wheels, never on the drive wheels
only.
258
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Tire storage
Most high performance tires are
made with a nylon overlay. As
such, the following steps should
be taken to avoid flatspotting
when the vehicles are not used for
a period of time.
• Fleets should store the vehicles
with 44 psi (303 kPa) in the
tires.
• If the vehicle is stored for
periods longer than 30 days,
you should move it several feet
at least once during each
30-day period, so that a
different portion of the tread
contacts the ground.
• Tire pressure should be
reduced to the recommended
pressure shown on the vehicle
certification label before the
vehicle is placed back into
service.
USING SNOW CHAINS
WARNING: Do not exceed 30 mph
(50 km/h). Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not use snow
chains on snow-free roads.
WARNING: Only fit snow chains
to specified tires.
WARNING: If your vehicle is fitted
with wheel trims, remove them before
fitting snow chains.
WARNING: Snow tires must be
the same size, load index and speed
rating as those originally provided by
Ford. Use of any tire or wheel not
recommended by Ford can affect the
safety and performance of your vehicle,
which could result in an increased risk of
loss of control, vehicle rollover, personal
injury and death. Additionally, the use of
non-recommended tires and wheels can
cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer
case or power transfer unit failure.
Follow the Ford recommended tire
inflation pressure found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label (on the
door hinge pillar, door latch post or the
door edge that meets the door latch
post, next to the driver seat), or Tire
Label on the B-Pillar or the edge of the
driver door. Failure to follow the tire
pressure recommendations can cause
uneven treadwear patterns and
adversely affect the way your vehicle
handles.
Only use snow chains on rear wheels.
Install snow chains in pairs. Do not use
self-tensioning snow chains.
Only use snow chains on the following
specified tire sizes:
• 255/60R18
• Only install chains that are 10 mm
or less.
• 255/65R18
• Only install chains that are 10 mm
or less.
259
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
• 265/60R18
• Only install chains that are 10 mm
or less.
• 255/55R20
• Only install chains that are 10 mm
or less.
We recommend you use steel wheels of
the same size and specification if snow
chains are required because chains may
chip aluminum wheels.
Follow these guidelines when using snow
tires and traction devices:
• If possible, avoid fully loading your
vehicle.
• Purchase snow chains from a
manufacturer that clearly labels body
to tire dimension restrictions.
• When driving with snow chains do not
exceed 30 mph (50 km/h) or the
maximum speed recommended by the
chain manufacturer, whichever is less.
• Drive cautiously. If you hear the snow
chains rub or bang against the vehicle,
stop and tighten them. If this does not
work, remove the snow chains to
prevent vehicle damage.
• Remove the snow chains when they
are no longer needed. Do not use snow
chains on dry roads.
• If a temporary spare wheel is mounted
on your vehicle, do not use snow chains
on the axle with the temporary spare
wheel.
• Use snow chains that fit against the
sidewall of the tire to prevent the
chains from touching the wheel rims
or suspension, see following
illustration.
E292547
If you have any questions regarding snow
chains, please contact your authorized
dealer.
260
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM
WARNING: The tire pressure
monitoring system is not a substitute for
manually checking tire pressures. You
should periodically check tire pressures
using a pressure gauge. Failure to
correctly maintain tire pressures could
increase the risk of tire failure, loss of
control, vehicle rollover and personal
injury.
Note: You should only use tire sealants in
roadside emergencies as they could cause
damage to the tire pressure monitoring
system sensor.
Note: If the tire pressure monitoring system
sensor becomes damaged, it will not
function.
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated
to the inflation pressure recommended by
the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If
your vehicle has tires of a different size
than the size indicated on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire inflation
pressure for those tires).
As an added safety feature, your vehicle
has been equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) that
illuminates a low tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale
illuminates, you should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency
and tire tread life, and could affect the
vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance, and
it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation
has not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with
a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence
will continue upon subsequent vehicle
start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system will not be able to
detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended. TPMS malfunctions could occur
for a variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or alternate
tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more tires or
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels
allow the TPMS to continue to function
properly.
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with License exempt RSS
Standards of Industry Canada. Operation
is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device will not cause harmful
interference, and
261
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that could cause
undesired operation.
Note: Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
Changing Tires With a Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
E142549
Note: Each road tire is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor located inside the wheel
and tire assembly cavity. The pressure
sensor is attached to the valve stem. The
pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is
not visible unless the tire is removed. Take
care when changing the tire to avoid
damaging the sensor.
You should always have your tires serviced
by an authorized dealer.
Check the tire pressure periodically (at
least monthly) using an accurate tire
gauge. See When Inflating Your Tires in
this chapter.
Understanding Your Tire Pressure
Monitoring System
E250820
The tire pressure monitoring system
measures pressure in your road tires and
sends the tire pressure readings to your
vehicle. You can view the tire pressure
readings through the information display.
See General Information (page 85). The
low tire pressure warning light will turn on
if the tire pressure is significantly low. Once
the light is illuminated, your tires are
under-inflated and need to be inflated to
the manufacturer’s recommended tire
pressure. Even if the light turns on and a
short time later turns off, your tire pressure
still needs to be checked.
When Your Temporary Spare Tire is
Installed
When one of your road tires needs to be
replaced with the temporary spare, the
system will continue to identify an issue to
remind you that the damaged road wheel
and tire assembly needs to be repaired and
put back on your vehicle.
Some limited All Wheel Drive (AWD)
traction may be provided if a temporary
spare is installed on one of the front
wheels. If you are in driving conditions
where limited All Wheel Drive (AWD)
traction is needed while a temporary is
installed, it is recommended the temporary
spare be installed on the front axle.
262
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
To restore the full function of the tire
pressure monitoring system, have the
damaged road wheel and tire assembly
repaired and remounted on your vehicle.
When You Believe Your System is Not
Operating Properly
The main function of the tire pressure
monitoring system is to warn you when
your tires need air. It can also warn you in
the event the system is no longer capable
of functioning as intended. See the
following chart for information concerning
your tire pressure monitoring system:
Customer action requiredPossible cause
Low tire pressure
warning light
Make sure tires are at the proper pres-
sure. See Inflating your tires in this
chapter. After inflating your tires to the
manufacturer’s recommended pressure
as shown on the Tire Label (located on
the edge of driver’s door or the B-Pillar),
the vehicle must be driven for at least
two minutes over 20 mph (32 km/h)
before the light turns off.
Tire(s) under-inflated
Solid warning light Repair the damaged road wheel and tire
assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle
to restore system function. For a
description on how the system functions,
see When Your Temporary Spare Tire
is Installed in this section.
Spare tire in use
If the tires are properly inflated and the
spare tire is not in use but the light
remains on, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
TPMS malfunction
263
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Customer action requiredPossible cause
Low tire pressure
warning light
On vehicles with different front and rear
tire pressures, the system must be
retrained following every tire rotation.
See Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Reset procedure later in this section.
Tire rotation without
sensor training
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire
assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle
to restore system function. For a
description on how the system functions,
see When Your Temporary Spare Tire
is Installed in this section.
Spare tire in use
Flashing warning
light
If the tires are properly inflated and the
spare tire is not in use but the light
remains on, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
TPMS malfunction
When Inflating Your Tires
WARNING: Do not use the tire
pressure displayed in the information
display as a tire pressure gauge. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
When putting air into your tires (such as at
a gas station or in your garage), the tire
pressure monitoring system will not
respond immediately to the air added to
your tires.
It could take up to two minutes of driving
over 20 mph (32 km/h) for the light to turn
off after you have filled your tires to the
recommended inflation pressure.
How Temperature Affects Your Tire
Pressure
The tire pressure monitoring system
monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic
tire. While driving in a normal manner, a
typical passenger tire inflation pressure
could increase about 2–4 psi (14–28 kPa)
from a cold start situation. If the vehicle is
stationary overnight with the outside
temperature significantly lower than the
daytime temperature, the tire pressure
could decrease about 3 psi (21 kPa) for a
drop of 30°F (17°C) in ambient
temperature. This lower pressure value
could be detected by the tire pressure
monitoring system as being significantly
lower than the recommended inflation
pressure and activate the system warning
light for low tire pressure. If the low tire
pressure warning light is on, visually check
each tire to verify that no tire is flat. If one
or more tires are flat, repair as necessary.
264
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Check the air pressure in the road tires. If
any tire is under-inflated, carefully drive
the vehicle to the nearest location where
air can be added to the tires. Inflate all the
tires to the recommended inflation
pressure.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Reset
Procedure
WARNING: To determine the
required pressure(s) for your vehicle, see
the Safety Compliance Certification
Label (on the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post or the door edge that
meets the door-latch post, next to the
driver seat) or the Tire Label on the
B-Pillar or the edge of the driver door.
Note: You need to perform the tire pressure
monitoring system reset procedure after
each tire rotation.
To provide the vehicle's load carrying
capability, some vehicles require different
recommended tire pressures in the front
tires as compared to the rear tires. The tire
pressure monitoring system equipped on
these vehicles is designed to illuminate the
low tire pressure warning light at two
different pressures; one for the front tires
and one for the rear tires.
Since tires need to be rotated to provide
consistent performance and maximum tire
life, the tire pressure monitoring system
needs to know when the tires are rotated
to determine which set of tires are on the
front and which are on the rear. With this
information, the system can detect and
properly warn of low tire pressures.
System reset tips:
• To reduce the chances of interference
from another vehicle, perform the
system reset procedure at least 3 ft
(1 m) away from another Ford Motor
Company vehicle undergoing the
system reset procedure at the same
time.
• Do not wait more than two minutes
between resetting each tire sensor or
the system can time-out and you have
to repeat the entire procedure on all
four wheels.
• A double horn sounds indicating the
need to repeat the procedure.
Performing the System Reset Procedure
Read the entire procedure before
attempting.
1. Drive the vehicle above 20 mph
(32 km/h) for at least two minutes,
then park in a safe location where you
can easily get to all four tires and have
access to an air pump.
2. Place the ignition in the off position and
keep the key in the ignition.
3. Cycle the ignition to the on position
with the engine off.
4. Turn the hazard flashers on then off
three times. You must accomplish this
within 10 seconds. If you successfully
enter the reset mode, the horn sounds
once, the system indicator flashes and
a message shows in the information
display. If this does not occur, please
try again starting at step 2. If after
repeated attempts to enter the reset
mode, the horn does not sound, the
system indicator does not flash and no
message shows in the information
display, seek service from your
authorized dealer.
265
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
5. Train the tire pressure monitoring
system sensors in the tires using the
following system reset sequence
starting with the left front tire in the
following clockwise order: Left front -
driver side front tire, Right front -
passenger side front tire, Right rear -
passenger side rear tire, Left rear -
driver side rear tire.
6. Remove the valve cap from the valve
stem on the left front tire. Decrease the
air pressure until the horn sounds.
Note: The single horn tone confirms that
the sensor identification code has been
learned by the module for this position. If a
double horn is heard, the reset procedure
was unsuccessful, and you must repeat it.
7. Remove the valve cap from the valve
stem on the right front tire. Decrease
the air pressure until the horn sounds.
8. Remove the valve cap from the valve
stem on the right rear tire. Decrease the
air pressure until the horn sounds.
9. Remove the valve cap from the valve
stem on the left rear tire. Decrease the
air pressure until the horn sounds.
Training is complete after the horn
sounds for the last tire trained, driver
side rear tire, the system indicator
stops flashing, and a message shows
in the information display.
10. Turn the ignition off. If two short horn
beeps are heard, the reset procedure
was unsuccessful and you must
repeat it. If after repeating the
procedure and two short beeps are
heard when the ignition is turned to
off, seek assistance from your
authorized dealer.
11. Set all four tires to the recommended
air pressure as indicated on the
Safety Compliance Certification
Label, affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver seating position or
Tire Label located on the B-Pillar or
the edge of the driver door.
CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL
266
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
WARNING: If the tire pressure
monitor sensor becomes damaged it
may not function.
Note: You should only use tire sealants in
roadside emergencies as they may cause
damage to the tire pressure monitoring
system sensor.
Note: The tire pressure monitoring system
indicator light illuminates when the spare
tire is in use. To restore the full function of
the monitoring system, all road wheels
equipped with tire pressure monitoring
sensors must be mounted on the vehicle.
If you get a flat tire when driving, do not
apply the brake heavily. Instead, gradually
decrease your speed. Hold the steering
wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe
place on the side of the road.
Have a flat serviced by an authorized
dealer in order to prevent damage to the
tire pressure monitoring system sensors.
See Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(page 272). Replace the spare tire with a
road tire as soon as possible. During
repairing or replacing of the flat tire, have
the authorized dealer inspect the tire
pressure monitoring system sensor for
damage.
267
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire
Assembly Information
WARNING: Failure to follow these
guidelines could result in an increased
risk of loss of vehicle control, injury or
death.
3. Full-size dissimilar spare without
label on wheel
When driving with the full-size dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly, do not:
• Exceed 70 mph (113 km/h).
• Use more than one dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly at a time.
• Use commercial car washing
equipment.
• Use snow chains on the end of the
vehicle with the dissimilar spare wheel
and tire assembly.
The usage of a full-size dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly can lead to
impairment of the following:
• Handling, stability and braking
performance.
• Comfort and noise.
• Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
• Winter weather driving capability.
• Wet weather driving capability.
• All-wheel driving capability.
If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and
tire, then it is intended for temporary use
only. This means that if you need to use it,
you should replace it as soon as possible
with a road wheel and tire assembly that
is the same size and type as the road tires
and wheels that were originally provided
by us. If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel
is damaged, you should replace it rather
than repair it.
A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly
is defined as a spare wheel and tire
assembly that is different in brand, size or
appearance from the road tires and wheels
and can be one of three types:
1. T-type mini-spare: This spare tire
begins with the letter T for tire size and
may have Temporary Use Only molded in
the sidewall.
2. Full-size dissimilar spare with label
on wheel: This spare tire has a label on
the wheel that states: THIS WHEEL AND
TIRE ASSEMBLY FOR TEMPORARY USE
ONLY.
When driving with one of the dissimilar
spare tires listed above, do not:
• Exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
• Load the vehicle beyond maximum
vehicle load rating listed on the Safety
Compliance Label.
• Tow a trailer.
• Use snow chains on the end of the
vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire.
• Use more than one dissimilar spare tire
at a time.
• Use commercial car washing
equipment.
• Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire.
Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires
listed above at any one wheel location can
lead to impairment of the following:
• Handling, stability and braking
performance.
• Comfort and noise.
• Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
• Winter weather driving capability.
• Wet weather driving capability.
• All-wheel driving capability.
268
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
When driving with the full-size dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly additional
caution should be given to:
• Towing a trailer.
• Driving vehicles equipped with a
camper body.
• Driving vehicles with a load on the
cargo rack.
Drive cautiously when using a full-size
dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly
and seek service as soon as possible.
Tire Change Procedure
WARNING: To reduce the risk of
possible serious injury or death, do not
remove the full size spare tire from the
factory secured location. This location
is necessary to achieve police-rated
75 mph (120 km/h) rear impact
crash-test performance. Removal
increases the risk of fuel leak in
high-speed rear impacts.
WARNING: The jack supplied with
this vehicle is only intended for changing
wheels. Do not use the vehicle jack other
than when you are changing a wheel in
an emergency.
WARNING: Check that the vehicle
jack is not damaged or deformed and
the thread is lubricated and clean.
WARNING: To help prevent your
vehicle from moving when changing a
wheel, shift the transmission into park
(P), set the parking brake and use an
appropriate block or wheel chock to
secure the wheel diagonally opposite to
the wheel being changed. For example,
when changing the front left wheel,
place an appropriate block or wheel
chock on the right rear wheel.
WARNING: Always use the jack
provided as original equipment with your
vehicle. If using a jack other than the one
provided, make sure the jack capacity is
adequate for the vehicle weight,
including any vehicle cargo or
modifications. If you are unsure if the jack
capacity is adequate, contact the
authorized dealer.
WARNING: Failure to follow these
guidelines could result in an increased
risk of loss of vehicle control, injury or
death.
WARNING: Use only the specified
jacking points. If you use other positions,
you may damage the body, steering,
suspension, engine, braking system or
the fuel lines.
WARNING: Never place anything
between the vehicle jack and your
vehicle.
WARNING: Never place anything
between the vehicle jack and the ground.
WARNING: Park your vehicle so
that you do not obstruct the flow of
traffic or place yourself in any danger and
set up a warning triangle.
WARNING: Do not attempt to
change a tire on the side of the vehicle
close to moving traffic. Pull far enough
off the road to avoid the danger of being
hit when operating the jack or changing
the wheel.
Note: Passengers should not remain in your
vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked.
Note: Jack at the specified locations to
avoid damage to the vehicle.
269
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Note: No maintenance or additional
lubrication of your jack is required over the
service life of your vehicle.
1. Park on a level surface, set the parking
brake and switch on the hazard
flashers.
2. Apply the parking brake, place the
transmission in park (P) or reverse (R)
for manual transmission. Turn the
engine off.
3. Block the wheel diagonally opposite
the flat tire. For example, if the left
front tire is flat, block the right rear
wheel.
4. Turn the wing nut securing the spare
tire counterclockwise, remove the wing
nut.
270
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
7. Unfold the wrench for use.
8. Remove the strap from the jack.
5. Remove the spare tire, jack and wrench
from the spare tire storage
compartment under the trunk load
floor.
6. Turn the hex nut on the jack
counterclockwise to remove the lug
wrench from jack. This lowers the jack
and loosens the mechanical lock.
271
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
15. Turn the wrench handle
counterclockwise to lower the vehicle
completely.
16. Remove the jack and fully tighten the
lug nuts in the order shown. See
Technical Specifications (page
272).
17. Remove the wheel blocks.
11. Place the jack at the jacking point
next to the tire which you are
changing. Turn the lug wrench handle
clockwise until the flat tire is
completely off the ground.
12. Remove the lug nuts with the lug
wrench.
13. Replace the flat tire with the spare
tire, making sure the valve stem is
facing outward.
14. Install the lug nuts snug against the
hub. Do not fully tighten the lug nuts
until the vehicle is lowered.
9. Loosen each wheel lug nut one-half
turn counterclockwise, but do not
remove them until the flat tire is raised
off the ground.
10. Find the jacking points shown here,
small arrow-shaped marks on the
sills show the location of the jacking
points.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications
WARNING: When you install a wheel, always remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign
materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel
hub, brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make sure to secure any fasteners
that attach the rotor to the hub so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of
the wheel. Installing wheels without correct metal-to-metal contact at the wheel
mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while
your vehicle is in motion, resulting in loss of vehicle control, personal injury or death.
lb.ft (Nm)
1
Bolt Size
150 lb.ft (204 Nm)M14 x 1.5
1
Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust. Use only our
recommended replacement fasteners.
Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles (160 kilometers) after any
wheel disturbance, such as tire rotation, changing a flat tire or wheel removal.
272
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Stowing the Jack
1. To store the folded wrench on the jack,
engage the bracket of the jack base
and the lug wrench pin, swing the
wrench upwards, adjust jack height
until the wrench hook engages the hole
on jack. Tighten the hex nut clockwise
by hand until secure.
2. Place the jack in the spare tire
compartment, install the wing nut and
tighten clockwise by hand until secure.
Stowing the Flat Tire
1. Secure the flat road wheel and tire in
the spare tire storage compartment
under the trunk load floor. Place the
flat road wheel and tire over the
stowed jack and secure with the wing
nut.
E145950
Wheel pilot bore.A
Inspect the wheel pilot bore and
mounting surface prior to installation.
Remove any visible corrosion or loose
particles.
273
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS - 3.0L
3.0LEngine
180 in³ (2,956 cm³)Displacement.
Minimum 87 octaneFuel type.
1-4-2-5-3-6Firing order.
Coil on plugIgnition system.
0.028–0.031 in (0.7–0.8 mm)Spark plug gap.
9.5:1Compression ratio.
Drivebelt Routing
E297178
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS - 3.3L
3.3LEngine
204 in³ (3,340 cm³)Displacement.
Minimum 87 octaneFuel type.
1-4-2-5-3-6Firing order.
Coil on plugIgnition system.
0.049–0.053 in (1.25–1.35 mm)Spark plug gap.
12.0:1Compression ratio.
274
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Drivebelt Routing
E288323
Long drivebelt is on second
pulley groove farthest from
engine.
A.
Short drivebelt is on first pulley
groove closest to engine.
B.
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS - 3.3L, HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(HEV)
3.3L HEVEngine
204 in³ (3,340 cm³)Displacement.
Minimum 87 octaneFuel type.
1-4-2-5-3-6Firing order.
Coil on plugIgnition system.
0.049–0.053 in (1.25–1.35 mm)Spark plug gap.
12.0:1Compression ratio.
Drivebelt Routing
E291364
275
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
MOTORCRAFT PARTS - 3.0L
Part NumberComponent
FA-1884Air filter.
FL-2062
Oil filter.
1
BXT-94RH7-730
Battery.
2
BAGM-49H8-850
SP-578
Spark plugs.
3
FP-89Cabin air filter.
WW-2616 (driver side)Windshield wiper blade.
WW-2113 (passenger side)
WW-1110Rear window wiper blade.
1
If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use an oil filter that meets industry performance
specification SAE/USCAR-36.
2
See your authorized dealer for correct replacement.
3
For spark plug replacement, contact your authorized dealer. Replace the spark plugs
at the appropriate intervals. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 327).
We recommend Motorcraft replacement parts available at your authorized dealer or at
fordparts.com for scheduled maintenance. These parts engineered for your vehicle meet
or exceed our specifications. Use of other parts could impact vehicle performance,
emissions and durability. Your warranty could be void for any damage related to use of
other parts.
276
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
MOTORCRAFT PARTS - 3.3L
Part NumberComponent
FA-1947Air filter.
FL-500-S
Oil filter.
1
BXT-94RH7-730
Battery.
2
BAGM-94RH7-800
BAGM-49H8-850
SP-520
Spark plugs.
3
FP-89Cabin air filter.
WW-2616 (driver side)Windshield wiper blade.
WW-2113 (passenger side)
WW-1110Rear window wiper blade.
1
If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use an oil filter that meets industry performance
specification SAE/USCAR-36.
2
See your authorized dealer for correct replacement.
3
For spark plug replacement, contact an authorized dealer Replace the spark plugs at
the appropriate intervals. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 327).
We recommend Motorcraft replacement parts available at your authorized dealer or at
fordparts.com for scheduled maintenance. These parts engineered for your vehicle meet
or exceed our specifications. Use of other parts could impact vehicle performance,
emissions and durability. Your warranty could be void for any damage related to use of
other parts.
277
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
The vehicle identification number is on the
left-hand side of the instrument panel.
E142476
Please note that in the graphic, XXXX is
representative of your vehicle identification
number.
The Vehicle Identification Number contains
the following information:
E142477
World manufacturer identifier.A
Brake system, Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating, Restraint Devices
and their locations.
B
Make, vehicle line, series, body
type.
C
Engine type.D
Check digit.E
Model year.F
Assembly plant.G
Production sequence number.H
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
E167469
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration Regulations require that a
Safety Compliance Certification Label be
affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where
the Safety Compliance Certification Label
may be located. The Safety Compliance
Certification Label shall be affixed to either
the door hinge pillar, the door latch post,
or the edge of the door near the door latch,
next to the driver's seating position.
278
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
TRANSMISSION CODE
DESIGNATION
E167814
The transmission code is on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label. The
following table shows the transmission
code along with the transmission
description.
CodeDescription
UTen-speed automatic transmission (10R80).
BTen-speed automatic transmission (A10R80-MHT).
279
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
CAPACITIES AND
SPECIFICATIONS - 3.0L
Use oil and fluid that meets the defined
specification and viscosity grade.
If you do not use oil and fluid that meets
the defined specification and viscosity
grade, it could result in:
• Component damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
• Increased emission levels.
• Reduced engine performance.
• Reduced fuel economy.
• Reduced brake performance.
Air Conditioning System
WARNING: The air conditioning
refrigerant system contains refrigerant
under high pressure. Only qualified
personnel should service the air
conditioning refrigerant system. Opening
the air conditioning refrigerant system
can cause personal injury.
Capacities
Refrigerant OilRefrigerantVariant
3.55 fl oz (105 ml)24 oz (0.68 kg)Without auxiliary A/C.
5.92 fl oz (175 ml)35 oz (0.99 kg)With auxiliary A/C.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M17B21-AR-1234yf Refrigerant (U.S.)
R-1234yf Refrigerant / Frigorigène R-1234yf
(Canada)
YN-33-A (U.S.)
HS7Z-19B519-BA (Canada)
WSS-M2C300-A2Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil (U.S.)
Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil / Huile
PAG pour frigorigène R-1234yf Motorcraft®
(Canada)
YN-35 (U.S. & Canada)
Automatic Transmission
Note: Automatic transmissions that require
MERCON® ULV transmission fluid should
only use MERCON® ULV transmission fluid.
The use of any other fluid may cause
transmission damage.
280
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Capacities
QuantityVariant
14.3 qt (13.5 L)
1
All.
1
Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount may vary during fluid changes.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C949-AMERCON® ULVMotorcraft® MERCON® ULV Automatic Transmis-
sion Fluid (U.S.)
Motorcraft® MERCON® ULV Automatic Transmis-
sion Fluid / MERCON® ULV huile pour boîtes auto-
matique Motorcraft® (Canada)
XT-12-QULV (U.S. & Canada)
Engine Coolant
Capacities
QuantityVariant
15.5 qt (14.7 L)Without auxiliary heater.
18.0 qt (17 L)With auxiliary heater.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M97B57-A2Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant
(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant
/ Antigel/liquide de refroidissement prédilué jaune
Motorcraft® (Canada)
VC-13DL-G (U.S.)
CVC-13DL-G (Canada)
281
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Engine Oil
E142732
E276075
An oil that displays this symbol conforms
to current engine, emission system and
fuel economy performance standards of
ILSAC.
We recommend Motorcraft® motor oil for
your vehicle. If Motorcraft® oil is not
available, use motor oils of the
recommended viscosity grade that meet
API SN PLUS requirements and display the
API Certification Mark for gasoline engines.
Capacities
Including the Oil FilterVariant
6.0 qt (5.7 L)All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C946-B1Engine Oil - SAE 5W-30 - Synthetic Blend Motor Oil
(U.S.)
Engine Oil - SAE 5W-30 - Super Premium Motor Oil
/ Huile moteur de très haute qualité SAE 5W-30
Motorcraft® (Canada)
XO-5W30-Q1SP (U.S.)
CXO-5W30-LSP6 (Canada)
282
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Alternative Engine Oil for
Extremely Cold Climates
To improve engine cold start performance,
we recommend that you use the following
alternative engine oil in extremely cold
climates, where the ambient temperature
reaches -22.0°F (-30°C) or below.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C953-B1Engine Oil - SAE 0W-30
E240523
Fuel Tank
Capacities
QuantityVariant
20.2 gal (76.5 L)All.
Grease
283
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
ESA-M1C75-BMotorcraft® Premium Long-Life Grease (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Premium Long-Life Grease / Graisse
longue durée de qualité première Motorcraft®
(Canada)
XG-1-E1 (U.S. & Canada)
ESB-M1C93-BMotorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray / Graisse
tout usage en aérosol Motorcraft® (Canada)
XL-5-A (U.S. & Canada)
Hydraulic Brake System
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M6C65-A2Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor
Vehicle Brake Fluid (U.S.)
Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor
Vehicle Brake Fluid / Liquide de frein automobile
haute performance DOT 4 LV Motorcraft® (Canada)
PM-20 (U.S. & Canada)
Note: We recommend using DOT 4 Low
Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid
or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. Use
of any fluid other than the recommended
fluid may cause reduced brake performance
and not meet our performance standards.
Keep brake fluid clean and dry.
Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum
products or other materials may result in
brake system damage and possible failure.
Locks
284
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
-Motorcraft® Penetrating and Lock Lubricant (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Penetrating Fluid / Liquide dégrippant
Motorcraft® (Canada)
XL-1 (U.S.)
CXC-51-A (Canada)
Transfer Case
Capacities
QuantityVariant
1.1 qt (1 L)All.
Materials
SpecificationName
MERCON® LV WSS-M2C938-AMotorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission
Fluid (U.S.)
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission
Fluid / Huile pour boîte automatique MERCON® LV
Motorcraft® (Canada)
XT-10-QLVC (U.S.)
CXT-10-LV6 (Canada)
Front Axle
Capacities
QuantityVariant
0.6 qt (0.6 L)All wheel drive.
285
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSL-M2C192-AMotorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle
Lubricant (U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle
Lubricant / Lubrifiant synthétique pour pont arrière
SAE 75W-140 Motorcraft® (Canada)
XY-75W140-QL (U.S.)
CXY-75W140-1L (Canada)
Rear Axle
Capacities
QuantityVariant
1.9 qt (1.8 L)All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C942-AMotorcraft® SAE 75W-85 Premium Synthetic
Hypoid Gear Lubricant (U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 75W-85 Premium Synthetic
Hypoid Gear Lubricant / Huile synthétique de haute
qualité pour engrenages hypoïdes SAE 75W-85
Motorcraft® (Canada)
XY-75W85-QL (U.S. & Canada)
Washer Reservoir
Capacities
QuantityVariant
Fill as required.All.
286
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concen-
trate with Bitterant (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer
Fluid / Liquide lave-glace de haute qualité Motor-
craft® (Canada)
ZC-32-B2 (U.S.)
CXC-37-A/B/D/F (Canada)
CAPACITIES AND
SPECIFICATIONS - 3.3L
Use oil and fluid that meets the defined
specification and viscosity grade.
If you do not use oil and fluid that meets
the defined specification and viscosity
grade, it could result in:
• Component damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
• Increased emission levels.
• Reduced engine performance.
• Reduced fuel economy.
• Reduced brake performance.
Air Conditioning System
WARNING: The air conditioning
refrigerant system contains refrigerant
under high pressure. Only qualified
personnel should service the air
conditioning refrigerant system. Opening
the air conditioning refrigerant system
can cause personal injury.
Capacities
Refrigerant OilRefrigerantVariant
3.55 fl oz (105 ml)24 oz (0.68 kg)Without auxiliary A/C.
5.92 fl oz (175 ml)35 oz (0.99 kg)With auxiliary A/C.
287
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M17B21-AR-1234yf Refrigerant (U.S.)
R-1234yf Refrigerant / Frigorigène R-1234yf
(Canada)
YN-33-A (U.S.)
HS7Z-19B519-BA (Canada)
WSS-M2C300-A2Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil (U.S.)
Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil / Huile
PAG pour frigorigène R-1234yf Motorcraft®
(Canada)
YN-35 (U.S. & Canada)
Automatic Transmission
Note: Automatic transmissions that require
MERCON® ULV transmission fluid should
only use MERCON® ULV transmission fluid.
The use of any other fluid may cause
transmission damage.
Capacities
QuantityVariant
14.3 qt (13.5 L)
1
All.
1
Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount may vary during fluid changes.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C949-AMERCON® ULVMotorcraft® MERCON® ULV Automatic Transmis-
sion Fluid (U.S.)
Motorcraft® MERCON® ULV Automatic Transmis-
sion Fluid / MERCON® ULV huile pour boîtes auto-
matique Motorcraft® (Canada)
XT-12-QULV (U.S. & Canada)
288
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Engine Coolant
Capacities
QuantityVariant
12.9 qt (12.2 L)Without auxiliary heater.
15.2 qt (14.4 L)With auxiliary heater.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M97B57-A2Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant
(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant
/ Antigel/liquide de refroidissement prédilué jaune
Motorcraft® (Canada)
VC-13DL-G (U.S.)
CVC-13DL-G (Canada)
Engine Oil
E142732
E275759
An oil that displays this symbol conforms
to current engine, emission system and
fuel economy performance standards of
ILSAC.
We recommend Motorcraft® motor oil for
your vehicle. If Motorcraft® oil is not
available, use motor oils of the
recommended viscosity grade that meet
API SN PLUS requirements and display the
API Certification Mark for gasoline engines.
289
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Capacities
Including the Oil FilterVariant
6.0 qt (5.7 L)All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C945-B1Engine Oil - SAE 5W-20 - Synthetic Blend Motor Oil
(U.S.)
Engine Oil - SAE 5W-20 - Super Premium Motor Oil
/ Huile moteur de très haute qualité SAE 5W-20
Motorcraft® (Canada)
XO-5W20-Q1SP (U.S.)
CXO-5W20-LSP6 (Canada)
Alternative Engine Oil for
Extremely Cold Climates
To improve engine cold start performance,
we recommend that you use the following
alternative engine oil in extremely cold
climates, where the ambient temperature
reaches -22.0°F (-30°C) or below.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C947-B1Engine Oil - SAE 0W-20 - Synthetic Blend Motor Oil
(U.S.)
(Canada)
XO-0W20-Q1SP (U.S.)
290
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
E240522
Fuel Tank
Capacities
QuantityVariant
20.2 gal (76.5 L)All.
Grease
Materials
SpecificationName
ESA-M1C75-BMotorcraft® Premium Long-Life Grease (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Premium Long-Life Grease / Graisse
longue durée de qualité première Motorcraft®
(Canada)
XG-1-E1 (U.S. & Canada)
ESB-M1C93-BMotorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray / Graisse
tout usage en aérosol Motorcraft® (Canada)
XL-5-A (U.S. & Canada)
Hydraulic Brake System
291
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M6C65-A2Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor
Vehicle Brake Fluid (U.S.)
Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor
Vehicle Brake Fluid / Liquide de frein automobile
haute performance DOT 4 LV Motorcraft® (Canada)
PM-20 (U.S. & Canada)
Note: We recommend using DOT 4 Low
Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid
or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. Use
of any fluid other than the recommended
fluid may cause reduced brake performance
and not meet our performance standards.
Keep brake fluid clean and dry.
Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum
products or other materials may result in
brake system damage and possible failure.
Locks
Materials
SpecificationName
-Motorcraft® Penetrating and Lock Lubricant (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Penetrating Fluid / Liquide dégrippant
Motorcraft® (Canada)
XL-1 (U.S.)
CXC-51-A (Canada)
Transfer Case
Capacities
QuantityVariant
1.1 qt (1 L)All.
292
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
MERCON® LV WSS-M2C938-AMotorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission
Fluid (U.S.)
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission
Fluid / Huile pour boîte automatique MERCON® LV
Motorcraft® (Canada)
XT-10-QLVC (U.S.)
CXT-10-LV6 (Canada)
Front Axle
Capacities
QuantityVariant
0.6 qt (0.6 L)All wheel drive.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSL-M2C192-AMotorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle
Lubricant (U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle
Lubricant / Lubrifiant synthétique pour pont arrière
SAE 75W-140 Motorcraft® (Canada)
XY-75W140-QL (U.S.)
CXY-75W140-1L (Canada)
Rear Axle
Capacities
QuantityVariant
1.9 qt (1.8 L)All.
293
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C942-AMotorcraft® SAE 75W-85 Premium Synthetic
Hypoid Gear Lubricant (U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 75W-85 Premium Synthetic
Hypoid Gear Lubricant / Huile synthétique de haute
qualité pour engrenages hypoïdes SAE 75W-85
Motorcraft® (Canada)
XY-75W85-QL (U.S. & Canada)
Washer Reservoir
Capacities
QuantityVariant
Fill as required.All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concen-
trate with Bitterant (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer
Fluid / Liquide lave-glace de haute qualité Motor-
craft® (Canada)
ZC-32-B2 (U.S.)
CXC-37-A/B/D/F (Canada)
CAPACITIES AND
SPECIFICATIONS - 3.3L,
HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(HEV)
Use oil and fluid that meets the defined
specification and viscosity grade.
If you do not use oil and fluid that meets
the defined specification and viscosity
grade, it could result in:
• Component damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
• Increased emission levels.
• Reduced engine performance.
• Reduced fuel economy.
• Reduced brake performance.
294
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Air Conditioning System
WARNING: The air conditioning
refrigerant system contains refrigerant
under high pressure. Only qualified
personnel should service the air
conditioning refrigerant system. Opening
the air conditioning refrigerant system
can cause personal injury.
Capacities
Refrigerant OilRefrigerantVariant
5.92 fl oz (175 ml)26 oz (0.74 kg)Without auxiliary A/C.
8.62 fl oz (255 ml)35 oz (0.99 kg)With auxiliary A/C.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M17B21-AR-1234yf Refrigerant (U.S.)
R-1234yf Refrigerant / Frigorigène R-1234yf
(Canada)
YN-33-A (U.S.)
HS7Z-19B519-BA (Canada)
WSS-M2C31-B2Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant POE Oil (U.S.)
Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant POE Oil / Huile
POE pour frigorigène R-1234yf Motorcraft®
(Canada)
YN-34 (U.S. & Canada)
Automatic Transmission
Note: Automatic transmissions that require
MERCON® ULV transmission fluid should
only use MERCON® ULV transmission fluid.
The use of any other fluid may cause
transmission damage.
Capacities
QuantityVariant
14.8 qt (14 L)
1
All.
1
Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount may vary during fluid changes.
295
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C949-AMERCON® ULVMotorcraft® MERCON® ULV Automatic Transmis-
sion Fluid (U.S.)
Motorcraft® MERCON® ULV Automatic Transmis-
sion Fluid / MERCON® ULV huile pour boîtes auto-
matique Motorcraft® (Canada)
XT-12-QULV (U.S. & Canada)
Engine Coolant
Capacities
QuantityVariant
13.9 qt (13.2 L)Engine without auxiliary heater.
16.4 qt (15.5 L)Engine with auxiliary heater.
4.6 qt (4.4 L)HEV low temperature cooling loop (battery
and electric motor electronics)
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M97B57-A2Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant
(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant
/ Antigel/liquide de refroidissement prédilué jaune
Motorcraft® (Canada)
VC-13DL-G (U.S.)
CVC-13DL-G (Canada)
296
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Engine Oil
E142732
E275759
An oil that displays this symbol conforms
to current engine, emission system and
fuel economy performance standards of
ILSAC.
We recommend Motorcraft® motor oil for
your vehicle. If Motorcraft® oil is not
available, use motor oils of the
recommended viscosity grade that meet
API SN PLUS requirements and display the
API Certification Mark for gasoline engines.
Capacities
Including the Oil FilterVariant
6.0 qt (5.7 L)All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C945-B1Engine Oil - SAE 5W-20 - Synthetic Blend Motor Oil
(U.S.)
Engine Oil - SAE 5W-20 - Super Premium Motor Oil
/ Huile moteur de très haute qualité SAE 5W-20
Motorcraft® (Canada)
XO-5W20-Q1SP (U.S.)
CXO-5W20-LSP6 (Canada)
297
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Alternative Engine Oil for
Extremely Cold Climates
To improve engine cold start performance,
we recommend that you use the following
alternative engine oil in extremely cold
climates, where the ambient temperature
reaches -22.0°F (-30°C) or below.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C947-B1Engine Oil - SAE 0W-20 - Synthetic Blend Motor Oil
(U.S.)
(Canada)
XO-0W20-Q1SP (U.S.)
E240522
Fuel Tank
Capacities
QuantityVariant
18.0 gal (68.1 L)All.
Grease
298
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
ESA-M1C75-BMotorcraft® Premium Long-Life Grease (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Premium Long-Life Grease / Graisse
longue durée de qualité première Motorcraft®
(Canada)
XG-1-E1 (U.S. & Canada)
ESB-M1C93-BMotorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray / Graisse
tout usage en aérosol Motorcraft® (Canada)
XL-5-A (U.S. & Canada)
Hydraulic Brake System
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M6C65-A2Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor
Vehicle Brake Fluid (U.S.)
Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor
Vehicle Brake Fluid / Liquide de frein automobile
haute performance DOT 4 LV Motorcraft® (Canada)
PM-20 (U.S. & Canada)
Note: We recommend using DOT 4 Low
Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid
or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. Use
of any fluid other than the recommended
fluid may cause reduced brake performance
and not meet our performance standards.
Keep brake fluid clean and dry.
Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum
products or other materials may result in
brake system damage and possible failure.
Locks
299
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
-Motorcraft® Penetrating and Lock Lubricant (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Penetrating Fluid / Liquide dégrippant
Motorcraft® (Canada)
XL-1 (U.S.)
CXC-51-A (Canada)
Transfer Case
Capacities
QuantityVariant
1.1 qt (1 L)All.
Materials
SpecificationName
MERCON® LV WSS-M2C938-AMotorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission
Fluid (U.S.)
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission
Fluid / Huile pour boîte automatique MERCON® LV
Motorcraft® (Canada)
XT-10-QLVC (U.S.)
CXT-10-LV6 (Canada)
Front Axle
Capacities
QuantityVariant
0.6 qt (0.6 L)All wheel drive.
300
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSL-M2C192-AMotorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle
Lubricant (U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle
Lubricant / Lubrifiant synthétique pour pont arrière
SAE 75W-140 Motorcraft® (Canada)
XY-75W140-QL (U.S.)
CXY-75W140-1L (Canada)
Rear Axle
Capacities
QuantityVariant
1.9 qt (1.8 L)All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C942-AMotorcraft® SAE 75W-85 Premium Synthetic
Hypoid Gear Lubricant (U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 75W-85 Premium Synthetic
Hypoid Gear Lubricant / Huile synthétique de haute
qualité pour engrenages hypoïdes SAE 75W-85
Motorcraft® (Canada)
XY-75W85-QL (U.S. & Canada)
Washer Reservoir
Capacities
QuantityVariant
Fill as required.All.
301
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concen-
trate with Bitterant (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer
Fluid / Liquide lave-glace de haute qualité Motor-
craft® (Canada)
ZC-32-B2 (U.S.)
CXC-37-A/B/D/F (Canada)
BULB SPECIFICATION CHART
Replacement bulbs are specified in the
chart below. Headlamp bulbs must be
marked with an authorized D.O.T. marking
for North America to make sure they have
the proper lamp performance, light
brightness, light pattern and safe visibility.
The correct bulbs will not damage the
lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly
warranty and will provide quality bulb
illumination time.
Exterior Lamps
Power (Watt)SpecificationLamp
LED.LED.Front park lamps.
LED.LED.Front side marker lamp.
LED.LED.Front warning lamp.
LED.LED.Front direction indicator.
LED.LED.Daytime running lamps.
LED.LED.Headlamp low beam.
LED.LED.Headlamp high beam.
LED.LED.Front auxiliary warning lamp.
LED.LED.Exterior mirror warning lamp.
LED.LED.Rear side marker lamp.
302
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Power (Watt)SpecificationLamp
LED.LED.Rear quarter window warning lamp.
LED.LED.Rear auxiliary warning lamp.
LED.LED.Brake and rear lamp.
LED.LED.Central high mounted brake lamp.
273757NAK, PY27/7WRear direction indicator.
21W21WReversing lamp.
5W5WLicense plate lamp.
LED.LED.Spot Lamp.
Note: LED lamps are not serviceable. See an authorized dealer if they fail.
Interior Lamps
Power (Watt)SpecificationLamp
LED.LED.All interior lamps.
Note: LED lamps are not serviceable. See an authorized dealer if they fail.
303
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
GENERAL INFORMATION
Radio Frequencies and Reception
Factors
Note: Listening to loud audio for long
periods of time could damage your hearing.
Radio Reception Factors
The further you travel from an AM or FM station, the
weaker the signal and the weaker the reception.
Distance and strength
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with the reception.
Terrain
When you pass a ground-based broadcast repeating
tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and
result in the audio system muting.
Station overload
AUDIO UNIT
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
E286494
Note: Depending on your vehicle option
package, the controls may look different
from what you see here.
Note: Some features, such as satellite
radio, may not be available in your location.
Check with an authorized dealer.
Note: The touchscreen system controls
most of the audio features.
Accessing the Sound Settings
Press and release the button.
Accessing the System Settings
E142607
Press and release the button.
304
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Audio System
Adjusting the Volume
E248939
Turn to adjust the volume.
Changing Radio Stations
E248947
In radio mode, turn to search through the
radio frequency band. In satellite radio
mode, turn to find the previous or next
available satellite radio station.
Pausing or Playing Media
In media mode, press and
release the button to pause
playback. Press the button again
to resume playback.
In radio mode, press and release the button
to mute the radio. Press the button again
to unmute.
Returning to the Previous Screen
E281480
Press and release the button.
Selecting Media
E100027
Press the button to select media
mode.
Press the button again to display
the available media sources. Repeatedly
press the button to scroll through the
available media sources.
Scrolling Through the Menu
Options
E248947
305
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Audio System
Selecting a Menu Option
E248946
Selecting the Radio
Press release the button to
select radio mode.
Press and release the button
again to display the available radio
sources. Repeatedly press the button to
scroll through the available radio sources.
Switching the Audio Unit On and
Off
Press and release the button.
Switching the Display On and Off
E272035
Press and release the button.
Using a Cell Phone
Press and release to make a call
from a recent call list, contact
list or dial a number.
Using Seek, Fast Forward and
Reverse
Press and release the button to
skip to the next track.
Press and hold the button to fast
forward through the track.
Press and release the button to
return to the beginning of a track.
Repeatedly press the button to
return to previous tracks.
Press and hold the button to fast rewind.
In radio mode, select a frequency band and
press and release either button. The
system stops at the first station it finds in
that direction.
In satellite radio mode, press and release
to select the next or previous satellite radio
station. If you select a specific category,
such as jazz, rock or news, press to find the
next or previous station in the category you
select.
USB PORT
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
306
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Audio System
USB ports may be on the instrument panel
or center console.
E285280
The USB port allows you to plug in media
playing devices, memory sticks and charge
devices.
Note: We recommend using only USB-IF
certified cables and adapters. Non-certified
cables and adapters may not work.
307
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Audio System
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYNC is an in-vehicle communications
system that works with your
Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone and
portable media player. This allows you to:
• Make and receive calls.
• Access and play music from your
portable music player.
• Use 911 Assist or Emergency Assistance
and applications via SYNC AppLink.
*
• Access phonebook contacts and music
using voice commands.
• Stream music from your connected
phone.
• Text message.
• Use the advanced voice recognition
system.
• Charge your USB device (if your device
supports this).
*
These features are not available in all
markets and may require activation.
Available AppLink enabled apps vary by
market.
Make sure that you review your device's
manual before using it with SYNC.
Support
SYNC support is available at your regional
Ford website. See SYNC™
Troubleshooting (page 317).
SYNC Owner Account
Why do I need a SYNC owner account?
• Essential for keeping up with the latest
software downloads available for
SYNC.
• Access to customer support for any
questions you may have.
Driving Restrictions
For your safety, certain features are
speed-dependent and restricted when your
vehicle is traveling over 3 mi (5 km).
Safety Information
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
When using SYNC:
• Do not operate playing devices if the
power cords or cables are broken, split
or damaged. Place cords and cables
out of the way, so they do not interfere
with the operation of pedals, seats,
compartments or safe driving abilities.
• Do not leave playing devices in your
vehicle during extreme conditions as it
could cause them damage. See your
device's manual for further information.
• Do not attempt to service or repair the
system. See an authorized dealer.
Privacy Information
When a cellular phone is connected to
SYNC, the system creates a profile within
your vehicle that is linked to that cellular
phone. This profile is created in order to
offer you more cellular features and to
operate more efficiently. Among other
308
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
SYNC™
things, this profile may contain data about
your cellular phone book, text messages
(read and unread), and call history,
including history of calls when your cellular
phone was not connected to the system.
In addition, if you connect a media device,
the system creates and retains an index of
supported media content. The system also
records a short development log of
approximately 10 minutes of all recent
system activity. The log profile and other
system data may be used to improve the
system and help diagnose any problems
that may occur.
The cellular profile, media device index,
and development log will remain in the
vehicle unless you delete them and are
generally accessible only in the vehicle
when the cellular phone or media player
is connected. If you no longer plan to use
the system or the vehicle, we recommend
you perform a Master Reset to erase all
stored information.
System data cannot be accessed without
special equipment and access to the
vehicle's SYNC module. Ford Motor
Company and Ford of Canada will not
access the system data for any purpose
other than as described absent consent, a
court order, or where required by law
enforcement, other government
authorities, or other third parties acting
with lawful authority. Other parties may
seek to access the information
independently of Ford Motor Company and
Ford of Canada. For further privacy
information, see the section on 911 Assist.
See SYNC™ Applications and Services
(page 312).
USING VOICE RECOGNITION
This system helps you control many
features using voice commands. This
allows you to keep your hands on the
wheel and focus on what is around you.
Initiating a Voice Session
E142599
Press the voice button. A list of
available voice commands
appears in the display.
Global Voice Commands
These voice commands are always
available. You can say them at any time.
Global voice commands
Gives you available commands you can use
on the current screen.
Help
Gives you a list of possible voice
commands.
List of Commands
This command ends the voice session. You
can also cancel a session by pressing seek
up, seek down, or holding the voice button
for two or more seconds.
Cancel
309
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
SYNC™
Helpful Hints
• Make sure the interior of your vehicle is
as quiet as possible. Wind noise from
open windows and road vibrations may
prevent the system from correctly
recognizing spoken commands.
• Before giving a voice command, wait
for the system announcement to finish,
followed by a single tone. Any
command spoken before this does not
register with the system.
• Speak naturally, without long pauses
between words.
• You can interrupt the system at any
time while it is speaking by pressing the
voice button. You can cancel a voice
session by pressing and holding the
voice button.
System Interaction and Feedback
The system provides feedback through
audible tones, prompts, questions and
spoken confirmations depending on the
situation and the chosen level of
interaction. You can customize the voice
recognition system to provide more or less
instruction and feedback.
The default setting is to a higher level of
interaction in order to help you learn to use
the system. You can change these settings
at any time.
Adjusting the Interaction Level
E142599
Press the voice button. When
prompted, say:
Action and DescriptionVoice Command
Voice Settings
Then either of the following:
Provides more detailed interaction and
guidance. (Recommended for first time
users.)
Interaction Mode Standard
Provides less audible interaction and guid-
ance.
Interaction Mode Advanced
Phone Confirmation
Using phone confirmations the system
asks you to verify before placing any calls.
310
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
SYNC™
To adjust this setting press the voice button, when prompted say:
Action and DescriptionVoice Command
Voice Settings
Then any of the following:
When enabled, this feature will prompt you
to confirm any voice initiated call command
prior to the call being placed.
Phone Confirmation Off
The system will make a best guess; you
may still occasionally be asked to confirm
settings.
Phone Confirmation On
USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR
PHONE
Hands-free calling is one of the main
features of SYNC. While the system
supports a variety of features, many are
dependent on your cellular phone's
functionality. At a minimum, most cellular
phones with Bluetooth wireless technology
support the following functions:
• Answering an incoming call.
• Ending a call.
• Dialing a number.
• Redialing.
• Call waiting notification.
• Caller ID.
Other features, such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
download, are phone-dependent features.
Pairing a Phone
Wirelessly pairing your phone with SYNC
allows you to make and receive hands-free
calls.
Note: Make sure to switch on the ignition
and the radio. Shift the transmission into
park (P) for automatic transmission or first
gear for manual transmission.
Using the Audio System
Note: To scroll through the menus, press
the up and down arrows on your audio
system.
1. Make sure to switch on your phone's
Bluetooth feature before starting the
search. See your device's manual if
necessary.
2. Press the Settings button.
3. Select Bluetooth from the menu.
4. Press the OK button.
5. Select the option to add. This starts
the pairing process.
6. When a message to begin pairing
appears in the audio display, search for
SYNC on your device.
311
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
SYNC™
7. When prompted on your cell phone’s
display, confirm that the PIN provided
by SYNC matches the PIN displayed
on your cell phone. Your phone is now
paired and the display indicates that
the pairing was successful. If you are
prompted to enter a PIN on your device,
enter the PIN displayed on the screen.
The display indicates when the pairing
is successful.
Depending on your phone's capability and
your market, the system may prompt you
with questions, such as setting the current
phone as the primary phone and
downloading your phonebook.
Using Voice Commands
E142599
Make sure to switch on your
phone's Bluetooth feature
before starting the search. See
your device's manual if necessary.
Press the voice button and when
prompted say:
Action and Descrip-
tion
Voice Command
Follow the instruc-
tions on the audio
display.
Pair Phone
Phone Voice Commands
E142599
Press the voice button. You can
do things like place a phone call
and access text messages.
When prompted, say a command. See the
following table for example commands.
Voice Command
___ List of Commands
Help
Call ___
Dial ___
Text Messages
__ is a dynamic listing, meaning that it
could be the name of anything, such as a
contact or phone number.
Phone Controls
Use the phone buttons on your steering
wheel to answer, reject, or hang up a call.
Accessing Features through the
Phone Menu
You can access your call history,
phonebook, sent text messages, as well
as access phone and system settings.
1. Press the PHONE button to enter the
phone menu.
2. Scroll through the menu to view
contacts, text messages, and the
phone dialer.
SYNC™ APPLICATIONS AND
SERVICES
• 911 Assist: Can alert 911 in the event of
an emergency.
• SYNC AppLink: Allows you to connect
to and use certain applications (if your
phone is compatible).
These features may require activation.
Available AppLink enabled apps vary by
market.
312
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
SYNC™
911 Assist
WARNING: Unless the 911 Assist
setting is set on before a crash, the
system will not dial for help which could
delay response time, potentially
increasing the risk of serious injury or
death after a crash.
WARNING: Do not wait for 911
Assist to make an emergency call if you
can do it yourself. Dial emergency
services immediately to avoid delayed
response time which could increase the
risk of serious injury or death after a
crash. If you do not hear 911 Assist within
five seconds of the crash, the system or
phone may be damaged or
non-functional.
WARNING: Always place your
phone in a secure location in your vehicle
so it does not become a projectile or get
damaged in a crash. Failure to do so may
cause serious injury to someone or
damage the phone which could prevent
911 Assist from working properly.
Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be
set on before the incident.
Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature only
operates in the U.S., Canada or in a territory
in which 911 is the emergency number.
Note: Before setting this feature on, make
sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy
Notice later in this section for important
information.
Note: If any user switches 911 Assist to on
or off, that setting applies for all paired
phones. If 911 Assist is switched off, either
a voice message plays or a display message
or an icon comes on when your vehicle is
started and after a previously paired phone
connects.
Note: Every phone operates differently.
While SYNC 911 Assist works with most
cellular phones, some may have trouble
using this feature.
If a crash deploys an airbag (excluding
knee airbags and rear inflatable safety
belts [if equipped]) or activates the fuel
pump shut-off, your SYNC-equipped
vehicle may be able to contact emergency
services by dialing 911 through a paired and
connected Bluetooth-enabled phone.
See Supplementary Restraints System
(page 41). Important information about
airbag deployment is in this chapter.
See Roadside Emergencies (page 192).
Important information about the fuel pump
shut-off is in this chapter.
Setting 911 Assist On or Off
Press the Settings button then select:
Action and DescriptionMenu
Item
Select the desired option, on
or off.
911 Assist
To make sure that 911 Assist works
properly:
• SYNC must be powered and working
properly at the time of the incident and
throughout feature activation and use.
• The 911 Assist feature must be set on
before the incident.
• You must pair and connect a Bluetooth
enabled and compatible cell phone to
SYNC.
• A connected Bluetooth enabled phone
must have the ability to make and
maintain an outgoing call at the time
of the incident.
313
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
SYNC™
• A connected Bluetooth enabled phone
must have adequate network coverage,
battery power and signal strength.
• The vehicle must have battery power
and be located in the U.S., Canada or
in a territory in which 911 is the
emergency number.
In the Event of a Crash
Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate
the fuel pump shut-off (the triggers for 911
Assist). If a connected cell phone sustains
damage or loses its connection to SYNC
during a crash, SYNC searches for and tries
to connect to a previously paired cell
phone; SYNC then attempts to call the
emergency services.
Before making the call:
• SYNC provides a short window of time
(about 10 seconds) to cancel the call.
If you fail to cancel the call, SYNC
attempts to dial 911.
• SYNC says the following, or a similar
message: "SYNC will attempt to call
911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on
your screen or press and hold the
phone button on your steering wheel".
If you do not cancel the call, and SYNC
makes a successful call, a pre-recorded
message plays for the 911 operator, and
then the occupant(s) in your vehicle are
able to talk with the operator. Be prepared
to provide your name, phone number and
location immediately, because not all 911
systems are capable of receiving this
information electronically.
911 Assist May Not Work If
• Your cellular phone or 911 Assist
hardware sustains damage in a crash.
• The vehicle's battery or the SYNC
system has no power.
• The phone(s) thrown from your vehicle
are the ones paired and connected to
the system.
911 Assist Privacy Notice
When you switch on 911 Assist, it may
disclose to emergency services that your
vehicle has been in a crash involving the
deployment of an airbag or activation of
the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or
updates to 911 Assist may also be capable
of electronically or verbally disclosing to
911 operators your vehicle location or other
details about your vehicle or crash to assist
911 operators to provide the most
appropriate emergency services. If you do
not want to disclose this information, do
not switch the feature on.
SYNC Mobile Apps
The system enables voice and steering
wheel control of SYNC AppLink enabled
smartphone apps. When an app is running
through AppLink, you can control main
features of the app through voice
commands and steering wheel controls.
Note: You must pair and connect your
smartphone to SYNC to access AppLink.
Note: iPhone users need to connect the
phone to the USB port.
Note: Android users need to connect the
phone to SYNC using Bluetooth.
Note: For information on available apps,
supported smartphone devices and
troubleshooting tips please visit the Ford
website
Note: Availability of SYNC AppLink enabled
Apps will vary by region.
Note: Make sure you have an active
account for the app that you have
downloaded. Some apps work
automatically with no setup. Other apps
want you to configure your personal settings
and personalize your experience by creating
stations or favorites. We recommend you
do this at home or outside of your vehicle.
314
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
SYNC™
To Access Using the SYNC Menu
Press the Mobile Apps button to access
the menu on-screen. Then select:
Action and DescriptionMenu
Item
Scroll through the list ofFind
Action and DescriptionMenu
Item
available applications and
select a particular app.
Mobile
Apps
Note: If you cannot find a compatible SYNC
AppLink app, make sure the required app is
running on the mobile device.
To Access Using Voice Commands
Press the voice button, then when prompted say:
Action and DescriptionVoice Command
Say the name of the application after the tone.
The app should start. When an app is running through SYNC, you
can press the voice button and speak commands specific to the
app, for example "Play Playlist Road Trip".
Mobile Applications
SYNC lists all of the currently available mobile apps.List Applications
Searches your connected mobile device for SYNC-compatible
mobile apps.
Find Applications
Use this command to discover the available voice commands.Help
App Permissions
App permissions are organized by groups.
You can grant these group permissions
individually. You can change a permission
group status any time when not driving, by
using the settings menu.
When you launch an app using SYNC, the
system may ask you to grant certain
permissions, for example:
• To allow your vehicle to provide vehicle
information to the app such as, but not
limited to: Fuel level, fuel economy, fuel
consumption, engine speed, rain
sensor, odometer, VIN, external
temperature, gear position, tire
pressure, and head lamp status.
• To allow your vehicle to provide driving
characteristic information such as, but
not limited to: MyKey, seat belt status,
engine revolutions per minute, gear
position, braking events, steering wheel
angle, and accelerator pedal position.
315
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
SYNC™
• To allow your vehicle to provide
location information, including: GPS
and speed.
• To allow the app to send push
notifications using the vehicle display
and voice capabilities while running in
a background state. Push notifications
may be particularly useful for news or
location based apps.
Note: You only need to grant permissions
the first time you use an app with SYNC.
Note: Ford is not responsible or liable for
any damages or loss of privacy relating to
usage of an app, or dissemination of any
vehicle data that you approve Ford to
provide to an app.
Enabling SYNC Mobile Apps
In order to enable mobile apps, SYNC
requires user consent to send and receive
app authorization information and updates
using the data plan associated with the
connected device.
Data is sent to Ford in the United States
through the connected device. The
information is encrypted and includes your
VIN, SYNC module number, anonymous
usage statistics and debugging
information. Updates may take place.
Note: You must enable mobile apps for
each connected device the first time you
select a mobile app using the system.
Note: Standard data rates apply. Ford is
not responsible for any additional charges
you may receive from your service provider,
when your vehicle sends or receives data
through the connected device. This includes
any additional charges incurred due to
driving in areas when roaming out of a home
network.
USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR
MEDIA PLAYER
SYNC supports digital media sources
including: iPod, Bluetooth devices, and
most USB drives. SYNC also supports
audio formats, such as MP3, WMA, WAV
and ACC.
Media Sources
The AUX or MEDIA button allows you to
view and select available media sources.
Press the AUX or MEDIA button to view
your sources. Use the directional arrows
and OK button to select your source. You
can also use the steering wheel audio
controls.
Audio Voice Commands
E142599
Press the voice button. You can
do things like play a specific song
or album, skip to the next song,
or tune to a radio station. When prompted,
say a command. See the following table
for example commands. Not all
commands may be available on your
vehicle.
Command
___ List of Commands
Help
Pause
Play
Next Track
Previous Track
AM ___
FM ___
CD Player
316
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
SYNC™
Command
Sirius Channel ___
USB
Bluetooth Audio
__ is a dynamic listing, meaning that it
could be the name of anything, such as an
artist, station, or media source.
SYNC™ TROUBLESHOOTING
Your SYNC system is easy to use. However,
should questions arise, see the tables
below.
Use your regional Ford website at any time
to check your phone's compatibility,
register your account and set preferences
as well as access a customer
representative via an online chat (during
certain hours).
Website(s)Market
www.SYNCMyRide.comNorth America
www.SYNCMyRide.ca
www.sync-
maroute.ca
Phone issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Review your phone's manual
about audio adjustments.
The audio control settings
on your phone may be
affecting SYNC perform-
ance.
There is excessive back-
ground noise during a phone
call.
Try turning off the device,
resetting the device,
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
This may be a possible
phone malfunction.
During a call, I can hear the
other person but they
cannot hear me.
Go to the website to review
your phone's compatibility.
This is a phone-dependent
feature.
SYNC is not able to down-
load my phonebook.
Try turning off the device,
resetting the device or
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
Try pushing your phonebook
contacts to SYNC by using
the Add Contacts feature.
This may be a possible
phone malfunction.
Use the SYNCmyphone
feature available on the
website.
317
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
SYNC™
Phone issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Try pushing your phonebook
contacts to SYNC by using
the Add Contacts feature.
This may be a limitation on
your phone's capability.
The system says Phonebook
Downloaded but the
phonebook in SYNC is
empty or missing contacts.
If the missing contacts are
stored on your SIM card, try
moving them to the device
memory.
Remove any pictures or
special ring tones associ-
ated with the missing
contact.
Depending upon your phone,
you may have to grant SYNC
permission to access your
phonebook contacts. Make
sure to confirm when
prompted by your phone
during the phonebook
download.
Go to the website to review
your phone's compatibility.
This is a phone-dependent
feature.
I am having trouble
connecting my phone to
SYNC.
Try turning off the device,
resetting the device or
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
Try deleting your device
from SYNC, deleting SYNC
from your device and trying
again.
Check the security and auto
accept and prompt always
settings relative to the SYNC
Bluetooth connection on
your phone.
This may be a possible
phone malfunction.
Update your device's firm-
ware.
Turn off the Auto phone-
book download setting.
318
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
SYNC™
Phone issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Go to the website to review
your phone's compatibility.
This is a phone-dependent
feature.
Text messaging is not
working on SYNC.
Try turning off the device,
resetting the device or
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
This may be a possible
phone malfunction.
Press the Phone button to
return to the Phone menu.
You are on the Select a
Character screen.
I cannot return to the Phone
menu when selecting a
contact.
USB and media issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Try turning off the device,
resetting the device,
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
This may be a possible
device malfunction.
I am having trouble
connecting my device.
Make sure you are using the
manufacturer's cable.
Make sure you insert the
USB cable correctly into the
device and the USB port.
Make sure that the device
does not have an auto-
install program or active
security settings.
Make sure you are not
leaving the device in your
vehicle during very hot or
cold temperatures.
This is a device limitation.
SYNC does not recognize
my device when I turn on the
car.
Review the device compatib-
ility chart on the SYNC
website to confirm your
phone supports the
Bluetooth audio streaming
function.
This is a phone-dependent
feature.
Bluetooth audio does not
stream.
319
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
SYNC™
USB and media issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Make sure you correctly
connect the device to SYNC,
and that you have pressed
play on your device.
The device is not connected.
Make sure that all song
details are populated.
Your music files may not
contain the correct artist,
song title, album or genre
information.
SYNC does not recognize
music that is on my device.
The file may be corrupted.
Some devices require you to
change the USB settings
from mass storage to MTP
class.
The song may have copy-
right protection, which does
not allow it to play.
Switch radio bands and
return to Sirius or switch the
feature off. You can then
change the Sirius station
using the directional
buttons.
Sirius Replay is active.
I cannot change the Sirius
station.
Voice command issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Review the phone voice
commands and the media
voice commands at the
beginning of their respective
sections.
You may be using the wrong
voice commands.
SYNC does not understand
what I am saying.
After pressing the voice icon,
wait until after the tone
sounds and Listening
appears before saying a
command. Any command
spoken before this does not
register with the system.
You may be speaking too
soon or at the wrong time.
Review the media voice
commands at the beginning
of the media section.
You may be using the wrong
voice commands.
SYNC does not understand
the name of a song or artist.
320
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
SYNC™
Voice command issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Say the song or artist
exactly as listed. If you say
"Play Artist Prince", the
system does not play music
by Prince and the Revolution
or Prince and the New
Power Generation.
You may be saying the
name differently than the
way you saved it.
Make sure you are saying the
complete title, such as
"California remix featuring
Jennifer Nettles".
If the song titles are in all
CAPS, you have to spell
them. LOLA requires you to
say "L-O-L-A".
The system may not be
reading the name the same
way you are saying it.
Do not use special charac-
ters in the title. The system
does not recognize them.
Review the Phone voice
commands at the beginning
of the phone section.
You may be using the wrong
voice commands.
SYNC does not understand
or is calling the wrong
contact when I want to
make a call.
Make sure you are saying the
contacts exactly as they are
listed. For example, if you
save a contact as Joe
Wilson, say "Call Joe
Wilson".
Using the SYNC phone
menu, open the phonebook
and scroll to the name
SYNC is having trouble
understanding. SYNC will
read the name to you, giving
you some idea of the
pronunciation SYNC is
expecting.
You may be saying the
name differently than the
way you saved it.
321
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
SYNC™
Voice command issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
The system works better if
you list full names, such as
"Joe Wilson" rather than
"Joe".
The system may not be
reading the name the same
way you are saying it.
Do not use special charac-
ters, such as 123 or ICE, as
the system does not recog-
nize them.
Contacts in your phonebook
may be very short and
similar, or they may contain
special characters.
If a contact is in CAPS, you
have to spell it. JAKE
requires you to say "Call J-
A-K-E".
Your phonebook contacts
may be in CAPS.
AppLink issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Ensure you have a compat-
ible smartphone; an Android
with OS 2.3 or higher or an
iPhone 3GS or newer with
iOS 5.0 or higher. Addition-
ally, ensure your phone is
An AppLink capable phone
is not connected to SYNC.
AppLink Mobile Applica-
tions: When I select "Find
New Apps," SYNC does not
find any applications.
paired and connected to
SYNC in order to find
AppLink-capable apps on
your device. iPhone users
must also connect to
SYNC's USB port with an
Apple USB cable.
Ensure you have down-
loaded and installed the
latest version of the app
from your phone's app store.
Ensure the app is running on
your phone. Some apps
AppLink-enabled apps are
not installed and running on
your mobile device.
My phone is connected, but
I still cannot find any apps.
require you to register or
322
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
SYNC™
AppLink issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
login on the app on the
phone before using them
with AppLink. Also, some
may have a "Ford SYNC"
setting, so check the app's
settings menu on the phone.
Closing and restarting apps
may help SYNC find the
application if you cannot
discover it inside the vehicle.
On an Android device, if
apps have an "Exit' or 'Quit'
Sometime apps do not
properly close and re-open
their connection to SYNC,
over ignition cycles, for
example.
My phone is connected, my
app(s) are running, but I still
cannot find any apps.
option, select that then
restart the app. If the app
does not have that option,
you can also manually
"Force Close" the app by
going to the phone's settings
menu, selecting 'Apps.' then
finding the particular app
and choosing 'Force stop.'
Don't forget to restart the
app afterwards, then select
"Find New Apps" on SYNC.
On an iPhone with iOS7+, to
force close an app, double
tab the home button then
swipe up on the app to close
it. Tab the home button
again, then select the app
again to restart it. After a
few seconds, the app should
then appear in SYNC's
Mobile App's Menu.
Reset the Bluetooth on your
phone by turning it off and
then turning Bluetooth back
on. If you are in your vehicle,
SYNC should be able to
automatically re-connect to
your phone if you press the
"Phone" button.
There is a Bluetooth bug on
some older versions of the
Android operating system
that may cause apps that
were found on your previous
vehicle drive to not be found
again if you have not turned
off Bluetooth.
My Android phone is
connected, my app(s) are
running, I restarted them,
but I still cannot find any
apps.
323
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
SYNC™
AppLink issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Unplug the USB cable from
the phone, wait a moment,
and plug the USB cable
back in to the phone. After a
few seconds, the app should
appear in SYNC's Mobile
Apps Menu. If not, "Force
Close" the application and
restart it.
The USB connection to
SYNC may need to be reset.
My iPhone phone is
connected, my app is
running, I restarted the app
but I still cannot find it on
SYNC.
Try increasing the Bluetooth
volume of the device by
using the device's volume
control buttons which are
most often found on the
side of the device.
The bluetooth volume on
the phone may be low.
I have an Android phone. I
found and started my media
app on SYNC, but there is no
sound or the sound is very
low.
Force close or uninstall the
apps you do not want SYNC
to find. If the app has a "Ford
SYNC" setting, disable that
setting in the app's settings
menu on the phone.
Some Android devices have
a limited number of
bluetooth ports apps can
use to connect. If you have
more AppLink apps on your
phone than the number of
available Bluetooth ports,
you will not see all of your
apps listed in SYNC's mobile
apps menu.
I can only see some of the
AppLink apps running on my
phone listed in SYNC's
Mobile Apps Menu.
SYNC System Reset
The SYNC system in your vehicle has System Reset feature that can be performed if
the function of a SYNC feature is lost. This reset is intended to restore functionality and
will not erase any information previously stored in the system (Such as paired devices,
phonebook, call history, text messages, or user settings). To perform a System Reset,
press and hold the Seek Up (>>) button while pressing and holding the Radio Power
button. Release both buttons after 2-3 seconds. Please allow a few minutes for the
reset to complete. After a few minutes has passed you can resume using the SYNC
system.
324
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
SYNC™
PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE RISING
COST OF VEHICLE REPAIRS WITH A FORD
PROTECT EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN.
Ford Protect Extended Service
Plans (U.S. Only)
Ford Protect extended service plan means
peace of mind. It’s the extended service
plan backed by Ford Motor Company, and
provides more protection beyond the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage. When
you visit your Ford Dealer, Insist on Ford
Protect extended service plans!
Ford Protect Can Quickly Pay for Itself
One trip to the Service Center could easily
exceed the price of your Ford Protect
extended service plan. With Ford Protect
extended service plan you minimize your
risk for unexpected repair bills and rising
repair costs.
Up to 1,000+ Covered Vehicle
Components
There are four mechanical Ford Protect
extended service plans with different levels
of coverage. Ask your authorized dealer for
details.
1. PremiumCARE - Our most
comprehensive coverage. With over
1,000 covered components, this plan
is so complete it’s probably easier to
list what’s not covered.
2. ExtraCARE - Covers 113 components,
and includes many high-tech items.
3. BaseCARE - Covers 84 components.
4. PowertrainCARE - Covers 29 critical
components.
Ford Protect extended service plans are
honored by all authorized Ford dealers in
the U.S., Canada and Mexico.
That means you get:
• Reliable, quality service at any Ford or
Lincoln dealership.
• Repairs performed by factory trained
technicians, using genuine parts.
Rental Car Reimbursement
1st day Rental Benefit
If you bring your car into your dealer for
service, we’ll give you a loaner to use for
the day.
Extended Rental Benefits
If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered
repairs, you are eligible for rental car
coverage, including warranty repairs, and
Field Service Actions.
Roadside Assistance
Exclusive 24/7 roadside assistance,
including:
• Towing, flat-tire change and battery
jump starts.
• Out of fuel and lock-out assistance.
• Travel expense reimbursement for
lodging, meals and rental car.
• Assistance for taxi, shuttle, rental car
coverage or other transportation.
Transferable Coverage
If you sell your vehicle before your Ford
Protect extended service plan coverage
expires, you can transfer any remaining
coverage to the new owner. Which should
give you and your potential buyer a little
more peace of mind.
325
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Ford Protect
Less Cost to Properly Maintain Your
Vehicle
Ford Protect extended service plan also
offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that
covers all scheduled maintenance, and
selected wear items. The coverage is
prepaid, so you never have to worry about
the cost of your vehicle’s maintenance.
Covered maintenance includes:
• Windshield wiper blades.
• Spark plugs.
• The clutch disc (if equipped).
• Brake pads and linings.
• Shock absorbers.
• Struts.
• Engine Belts.
• Engine coolant hoses, clamps and
o-rings.
• Diesel exhaust fluid replenishment (if
equipped).
• Cabin air filter replacement every
20,000 mi (32,000 km) (electric
vehicles only).
Interest Free Finance Options
Just a 10% down payment will provide you
with an affordable, no interest, no fee
payment program allowing you all the
security and benefits Ford Protect
extended service plan has to offer while
paying over time. You are pre-approved
with no credit check or hassles. To learn
more, call our Ford Protect extended
service plan specialists at 800-367-3377.
Ford Protect Extended Service Plan
P.O. Box 321067
Detroit, MI 48232
Ford Protect Extended Service
Plan (CANADA ONLY)
You can get more protection for your
vehicle by purchasing a Ford Protect
extended service plan. Ford Protect
extended service plan is the only service
contract backed by Ford Motor Company
of Canada, Limited. Depending on the plan
you purchase, Ford Protect extended
service plan provides benefits such as:
• Rental reimbursement.
• Coverage for certain maintenance and
wear items.
• Protection against repair costs after
your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
Coverage expires.
• Roadside Assistance benefits.
There are several Ford Protect extended
service plans available in various time,
distance and deductible combinations.
Each plan is tailored to fit your own driving
needs, including reimbursement for towing
and rental. When you purchase Ford
Protect extended service plan, you receive
added peace-of-mind protection
throughout Canada, the United States and
Mexico, provided by a network of
participating authorized Ford Motor
Company dealers.
Note: Repairs performed outside of
Canada, the United States and Mexico are
not eligible for Ford Protect extended
service plan coverage.
This information is subject to change. For
more information; visit your local Ford of
Canada dealer or www.ford.ca to find the
Ford Protect extended service plan that is
right for you.
326
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Ford Protect
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
INFORMATION
Why Maintain Your Vehicle?
Carefully following the maintenance
schedule helps protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance and may help to
increase the value of your vehicle when
you sell or trade it. Keep all receipts for
completed maintenance with your vehicle.
We have established regular maintenance
intervals for your vehicle based upon
rigorous testing. It is important that you
have your vehicle serviced at the proper
times. These intervals serve two purposes:
one is to maintain the reliability of your
vehicle and the second is to keep your cost
of owning your vehicle down.
It is your responsibility to have all
scheduled maintenance performed and to
make sure that the materials used meet
the specifications identified in this owner's
manual. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 274).
Failure to perform scheduled maintenance
invalidates warranty coverage on parts
affected by the lack of maintenance.
Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your
Dealership?
Factory-Trained Technicians
Service technicians participate in extensive
factory-sponsored certification training to
help them become experts on the
operation of your vehicle. Ask your
dealership about the training and
certification their technicians have
received.
Our Genuine Replacement Parts
Dealerships stock our genuine
manufactured or our authorized
re-manufactured replacement parts.
These parts meet or exceed our
specifications. Parts installed at your
dealership carry a nationwide 24-month
or unlimited mile (kilometer) parts and
labor limited warranty.
If you do not use our authorized parts they
may not meet our specifications and
depending on the part, it could affect
emissions compliance.
Convenience
Many dealerships have extended evening
and Saturday hours to make your service
visit more convenient and they offer one
stop shopping. They can perform any
services that are required on your vehicle,
from general maintenance to collision
repairs.
Note: Not all dealers have extended hours
or body shops. Please contact your dealer
for details.
Protecting Your Investment
Maintenance is an investment that pays
dividends in the form of improved
reliability, durability and resale value. To
maintain the proper performance of your
vehicle and its emission control systems,
make sure you have scheduled
maintenance performed at the designated
intervals.
Your vehicle has an Intelligent Oil-Life
Monitor system; a message appears in the
information display at the proper oil
change interval. This interval may be up to
one year or 10,000 mi (16,000 km), hybrid
vehicles may exceed 10,000 mi
(16,000 km).
327
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
When the oil change message appears in
the information display, it is time for an oil
change. Make sure you perform the oil
change within two weeks or 500 mi
(800 km) of the message appearing. Make
sure you reset the Intelligent Oil-Life
Monitor after each oil change. See Oil
Change Indicator Reset (page 221).
If your information display resets
prematurely or becomes inoperative, you
should perform the oil change interval at
six months or 5,000 mi (8,000 km) from
your last oil change. Never exceed one year
or 10,000 mi (16,000 km) between oil
change intervals,
Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built
with multiple, complex performance
systems. Every manufacturer develops
these systems using different
specifications and performance features.
That is why it is important to rely upon your
dealership to properly diagnose and repair
your vehicle.
We have recommended maintenance
intervals for various parts and component
systems based upon engineering testing.
We rely upon this testing to determine the
most appropriate mileage for replacement
of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at
the lowest overall cost to you and
recommends against maintenance
schedules that deviate from the scheduled
maintenance information.
We strongly recommend the use of only
our genuine manufactured or our
authorized re-manufactured replacement
parts engineered for your vehicle.
Additives and Chemicals
This owner's manual and our Workshop
Manual list the recommended additives
and chemicals for your vehicle. We do not
recommend using chemicals or additives
not approved by us as part of your vehicle’ s
normal maintenance. Please consult your
warranty information.
Oils, Fluids and Flushing
In many cases, fluid discoloration is a
normal operating characteristic and, by
itself, does not necessarily indicate a
concern or that the fluid needs to be
changed. However, a qualified expert, such
as the factory-trained technicians at your
dealership, should inspect discolored fluids
that also show signs of overheating or
foreign material contamination
immediately.
Make sure to change your vehicle’s oils and
fluids at the specified intervals or in
conjunction with a repair. Flushing is a
viable way to change fluid for many vehicle
sub-systems during scheduled
maintenance. It is critical that systems are
flushed only with new fluid that is the same
as that required to fill and operate the
system or using our approved flushing
chemical.
Owner Checks and Services
Make sure you perform the following basic
maintenance checks and inspections every
month or at six-month intervals.
328
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Check Every Month
Engine oil level.
Function of all interior and exterior lights.
Tires (including spare) for wear and proper pressure.
Windshield washer fluid level.
Holes and slots in the tail pipe to make sure they are functional and clear of debris.
Check Every Six Months
Battery connections. Clean if necessary.
Body and door drain holes for obstructions. Clean if necessary.
Cooling system fluid level and coolant strength.
Door weatherstrips for wear. Lubricate if necessary.
Hinges, latches and outside locks for proper operation. Lubricate if necessary.
Parking brake for proper operation.
Seatbelts and seat latches for wear and function.
Safety warning lamps (brake, ABS, airbag and seatbelt) for operation.
Washer spray and wiper operation. Clean or replace blades as necessary.
Multi-Point Inspection
In order to keep your vehicle running right,
it is important to have the systems on your
vehicle checked regularly. This can help
identify potential issues and prevent major
problems. We recommend having the
following multi-point inspection performed
at every scheduled maintenance interval
to help make sure your vehicle keeps
running great.
329
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Multi-Point Inspection
Hazard warning system operationAccessory drive belt(s)
Horn operationBattery performance
Radiator, cooler, heater and air conditioning
hoses
Engine air filter
Suspension components for leaks or
damage
Exhaust system
Steering and linkageExterior lamps operation
Tires (including spare) for wear and proper
pressure
2
Fluid levels
1
; fill if necessary
Windshield for cracks, chips or pitsFor oil and fluid leaks
Washer spray and wiper operationHalf-shaft dust boots
1
Brake, coolant recovery reservoir, automatic transmission and window washer
2
If your vehicle is equipped with a temporary mobility kit, check the tire sealant expiration
Use By date on the canister. Replace as needed.
Be sure to ask your dealership service
advisor or technician about the multi-point
vehicle inspection. It is a comprehensive
way to perform a thorough inspection of
your vehicle. Your checklist gives you
immediate feedback on the overall
condition of your vehicle.
NORMAL SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE
Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor™
Your vehicle has an Intelligent Oil-Life
Monitor that determines when you should
change the engine oil based on how your
vehicle is used. By using several important
factors in its calculations, the monitor
helps reduce the cost of owning your
vehicle and reduces environmental waste
at the same time.
This means you do not have to remember
to change the oil on a mileage-based
schedule. Your vehicle lets you know when
an oil change is due by displaying a
message in the information display.
The following table provides examples of
vehicle use and its impact on oil change
intervals. It is a guideline only. Actual oil
change intervals depend on several factors
and generally decrease with severity of
use.
330
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
When to Expect the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED Message
Vehicle Use and Example
Interval
1
Normal
9,500–12,500 mi
(15,000–20,000 km)
Normal commuting with highway driving
No, or moderate, load or towing
Flat to moderately hilly roads
No extended idling
Severe
6,000–9,500 mi
(10,000–15,000 km)
Moderate to heavy load or towing
Mountainous or off-road conditions
Extended idling
Extended hot or cold operation
Extreme
3,500–6,000 mi
(6,000–10,000 km)
Maximum load or towing
Extreme hot or cold operation
Extended engine idling
1
Hybrid vehicles may achieve longer distances between oil changes, but do not exceed
the 1 year maximum oil change interval. Remaining oil life can be accessed through the
information display. See Information Displays (page 85).
Normal Maintenance Intervals
At Every Oil Change Interval as Indicated by the Information Display
1
Change engine oil and filter.
2
Rotate the tires.
Perform a multi-point inspection, recommended.
Inspect the brake pads, rotors, hoses and parking brake.
Inspect the engine cooling system strength and hoses.
Inspect the exhaust system and heat shields.
Inspect the front axle.
Inspect the rear axle and U-joints.
Inspect the half-shaft boots.
331
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
At Every Oil Change Interval as Indicated by the Information Display
1
Inspect the steering linkage, ball joints, suspension and tire-rod ends.
Inspect the tires, tire wear and measure the tread depth.
Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or
drag.
1
Do not exceed one year or 12,500 mi (20,000 km) between service intervals.
2
Reset the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes. See Engine Oil
Check (page 220).
Brake Fluid Maintenance
1
Change brake fluid.
2
Every 3 Years
1
Perform this maintenance item every 3 years. Do not exceed the designated time for
the interval.
2
Brake fluid servicing requires special equipment available at your authorized dealer.
Other Maintenance Items
1
Replace cabin air filter.Every 12,500 mi
(20,000 km)
Replace engine air filter.Every 18,500 mi
(30,000 km)
Change engine coolant and motor electronics coolant.
2
At 200,000 mi
(322,000 km)
Replace spark plugs.Every 100,000 mi
(160,000 km)
Inspect accessory drive belt or belts.
3
Every 100,000 mi
(160,000 km)
332
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Other Maintenance Items
1
Change automatic transmission fluid.
Every 150,000 mi
(240,000 km)
Replace accessory drive belt or belts.
4
1
Perform these maintenance items within 3,000 mi (4,800 km) of the last engine oil
and filter change. Do not exceed the designated distance for the interval.
2
Initial replacement at 10 years or 200,000 mi (322,000 km), then every five years or
100,000 mi (160,000 km).
3
After initial inspection, inspect every other oil change until replaced.
4
If not replaced within the last 100,000 mi (160,000 km).
SPECIAL OPERATING
CONDITIONS SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE
If you operate your vehicle primarily in any
of the following conditions, you need to
perform extra maintenance as indicated.
If you operate your vehicle occasionally
under any of these conditions, it is not
necessary to perform the extra
maintenance. For specific
recommendations, see your dealership
service advisor or technician.
Perform the services shown in the
following tables when specified or within
3,000 mi (4,800 km) of the message
appearing in the information display
prompting you to change your oil.
• Example 1: The message comes on at
28,751 mi (46,270 km). Perform the
30,000 mi (48,000 km) automatic
transmission fluid replacement.
• Example 2: The message has not
come on, but the odometer reads
30,000 mi (48,000 km) (for example,
the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor was
reset at 25,000 mi (40,000 km)).
Perform the engine air filter
replacement.
Towing a Trailer or Using a Car-top Carrier
Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information
display and perform services listed in the Normal Sched-
uled Maintenance chart.
As required
Inspect front axle.Inspect frequently, service
as required
Inspect rear axle and U-joints.
Inspect half-shaft boots.
See axle maintenance items under Exceptions.
Replace spark plugs.Every 60,000 mi
(96,000 km)
333
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Extensive Idling or Low-speed Driving for Long Distances, as in Heavy Commercial Use
Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information
display and perform services listed in the Normal Sched-
uled Maintenance chart.
As required
Replace cabin air filter.Inspect frequently, service
as required
Replace engine air filter.
Replace spark plugs.60,000 mi (96,000 km)
Extended Hot and Cold Climate Operation
Change engine oil and filter.
1
5,000 mi (8,000 km)
1
Hot Climates only
Operating in Dusty or Sandy Conditions (Such as Unpaved or Dusty Roads)
Replace cabin air filter.Inspect frequently, service
as required
Replace engine air filter.
Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal
noise, wear, looseness or drag.
5,000 mi (8,000 km)
Rotate tires, inspect tires for wear and measure tread
depth.
Change engine oil and filter.
1
Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km)
or six months
Perform multi-point inspection.
1
Reset your Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes. See Oil Change
Indicator Reset (page 221).
Exclusive Use of E85 (Flex Fuel Vehicles Only)
If ran exclusively on E85, fill the fuel tank full with regular
unleaded fuel.
Every oil change
334
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Driver Training/EVOC
Replace engine oil and filter as indicated by the information
display and perform services listed in the Extreme Usage
Scheduled Maintenance chart.
As required
Inspect brake pads, rotors, calipers hoses, and service as
required.
Inspect engine oil level.Inspect vehicle every day
prior to starting training
Set tire pressure. Refer to driver door placard for cold tire
pressure information.
Inspect tire quality for wear.
Set wheel lug nut torque. The cold wheel lug nut torque
is 150 lb.ft (204 Nm). If wheels are torqued while they are
hot (after 15 minutes of EVOC driving), torque may be
checked to hot wheel lug nut torque of 70 lb.ft (95 Nm).
Proper functioning of safety devices (seat belts, no air bag
lights, etc.)
Front differential/axle fluid.25 hours of training use
Rear differential/axle fluid.100 hours of training use
Change transmission and transfer case fluids.Annually
Note: Follow base owner guide direction
for 1,000-mile vehicle break-in prior to using
vehicle for training purposes.
Note: Incorporate vehicle cool-down after
hard driving.
Note: Perform Training / EVOC service
according to the Extreme Usage Scheduled
Maintenance chart.
Note: Use Police Interceptor part numbers
for replacement parts.
Engine Idle Hour Meter
Your vehicle may have an idle meter to
indicate how much time the vehicle has
been sitting in park (P) or neutral (N). The
meter is incorporated with the vehicle
odometer. Depressing the odometer-reset
button once displays the trip odometer
(miles [kilometers] following by a "T" for
trip odometer); depressing the
odometer-reset button a second time
displays the idle meter (hours following by
an "H" for hours). The idle meter only
accumulates time while the vehicle is in
park (P) or neutral (N). Displayed time is
cumulative for the vehicle and cannot be
reset to zero. Police vehicles often
335
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
experience long periods of idling, during
which engine oil continues to break down
but distance is not accumulated on the
odometer. Engine Idle Hours have been
incorporated into the Intelligent Oil-Life
Monitor.
Exceptions
There are several exceptions to the Normal
Schedule:
Axle and Transfer Case maintenance:
The Transfer case, front and rear axles in
your vehicle do not require an any normal
scheduled maintenance. Vehicles are
electrically monitored and notify the driver
required service by displaying a message
in the information display. The transfer
case, front and rear axles are more likely
to require a fluid change if the vehicle has
experienced extended periods of
extreme/severe duty cycle driving.
Changing or checking the transfer case,
front and/or rear axle lubricant is not
necessary unless the unit has been
submerged in water, shows signs of
leakage, a message indicating required
service displays, or the vehicle has been
used under special operating conditions
such as Driver Training/EVOC. Contact
your authorized dealer for service.
California fuel filter replacement: If you
register your vehicle in California, the
California Air Resources Board has
determined that the failure to perform this
maintenance item does not nullify the
emission warranty or limit recall liability
before the completion of your vehicle's
useful life. We however, urge you to have
all recommended maintenance services
performed at the specified intervals and
to record all vehicle service.
Hot climate oil change intervals:
Vehicles operating in the Middle East,
North Africa, Sub-Saharan Africa or
locations with similar climates using an
American Petroleum Institute (API)
Certified for Gasoline Engines (Certification
mark) oil of SM or SN quality, the normal
oil change interval is 5,000 mi (8,000 km).
If the available API SM or SN oils are not
available, then the oil change interval is
3,000 mi (4,800 km).
Engine air filter and cabin air filter
replacement: The life of the engine air
filter and cabin air filter is dependent on
exposure to dusty and dirty conditions.
Vehicles operated in these conditions
require frequent inspection and
replacement of the engine air filter and
cabin air filter.
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
RECORD
After the scheduled maintenance services
are performed, record the Repair Order #,
Distance and Engine Hours in the boxes
provided.
336
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
337
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
338
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
339
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
340
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
341
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
342
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
343
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
344
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
345
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
346
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
DECOMMISSIONING
REQUIREMENTS
We have implemented a decommissioning
process of manufacturer-provided police
features. It is the responsibility of the
owner to complete the decommissioning
of the vehicle in compliance with any state
regulations prior to initial sale to the public
sector.
Vehicle Sealing of Aftermarket
Equipment
When customized equipment has been
removed from your vehicle, body panels
and seals may be compromised.
Thoroughly inspect your vehicle for any
signs where the equipment has been
removed, for example holes and damage
to body seals.
Any items that remain on your vehicle must
be inspected and any sign of damage
repaired immediately. Failure to follow this
instruction may result in water and exhaust
fumes entering the passenger
compartment. See your authorized dealer
for more information and direction
regarding proper sealing procedures.
Dark Car
Authorized personnel must use a
diagnostic scan tool to decommission the
Dark Car feature.
OBD-II Split Connector
Remove the OBD-II split connector cable
prior to initial sale to the public sector.
Police Engine Idle
Authorized personnel must use a
diagnostic scan tool to decommission the
Police Engine Idle feature.
Police Perimeter Alert
Authorized personnel must use a
diagnostic scan tool to decommission the
Police Perimeter Alert feature.
Pre-Collision Assist Disable
Authorized personnel must use a
diagnostic scan tool to decommission the
Pre-Collision Assist Disable feature.
Rear Camera On Demand
Authorized personnel must use a
diagnostic scan tool to decommission the
Rear Camera on Demand feature.
347
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Decommissioning the Vehicle
ELECTROMAGNETIC
COMPATIBILITY
WARNING: Do not place objects
or mount equipment on or near the
airbag cover, on the side of the seatbacks
(of the front seats), or in front seat areas
that may come into contact with a
deploying airbag. Failure to follow these
instructions may increase the risk of
personal injury in the event of a crash.
WARNING: Do not fasten antenna
cables to original vehicle wiring, fuel
pipes and brake pipes.
WARNING: Keep antenna and
power cables at least 4 in (10 cm) from
any electronic modules and airbags.
Note: We test and certify your vehicle to
meet electromagnetic compatibility
legislation (UNECE Regulation 10 or other
applicable local requirements). It is your
responsibility to make sure that any
equipment an authorized dealer installs on
your vehicle complies with applicable local
legislation and other requirements.
Note: Any radio frequency transmitter
equipment in your vehicle (such as cellular
telephones and amateur radio transmitters)
must keep to the parameters in the
following table. We do not provide special
provisions or conditions for installations or
use.
Car
E239120
348
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
Van
E239122
Truck
E239121
349
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
Antenna PositionsMaximum output power Watt (Peak
RMS)
Frequency Band
MHz
1501-30
2, 35050-54
2, 35068-88
2, 350142-176
2, 350380-512
2, 310806-870
Note: After the installation of radio
frequency transmitters, check for
disturbances from and to all electrical
equipment in your vehicle, both in the
standby and transmit modes.
Check all electrical equipment:
• With the ignition ON.
• With the engine running.
• During a road test at various speeds.
Check that electromagnetic fields
generated inside your vehicle cabin by the
transmitter installed do not exceed
applicable human exposure requirements.
END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT
VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER
LICENSE AGREEMENT (EULA)
• You (“You” or “Your” as applicable)
have acquired a vehicle having several
devices, including SYNC ® and various
control modules, ("DEVICES") that
include software licensed or owned by
Ford Motor Company and its affiliates
("FORD MOTOR COMPANY"). Those
software products of FORD MOTOR
COMPANY origin, as well as associated
media, printed materials, and "online"
or electronic documentation
("SOFTWARE") are protected by
international intellectual property laws
and treaties. The SOFTWARE is
licensed, not sold. All rights reserved.
• The SOFTWARE may interface with
and/or communicate with, or may be
later upgraded to interface with and/or
communicate with additional software
and/or systems provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY.
350
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END
USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA")
DO NOT USE THE DEVICES OR COPY
THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICES,
WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT
TO THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF
ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT).
GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This
EULA grants you the following license:
• You may use the SOFTWARE as
installed on the DEVICES and as
otherwise interfacing with systems
and/or services provide by or through
FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third
party software and service providers.
Description of Other Rights and
Limitations
• Speech Recognition: If the
SOFTWARE includes speech
recognition component(s), you should
understand that speech recognition is
an inherently statistical process and
that recognition errors are inherent in
the process. Neither FORD MOTOR
COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be
liable for any damages arising out of
errors in the speech recognition
process. It is your responsibility to
monitor any speech recognition
functions included in the system.
• Limitations on Reverse Engineering,
Decompilation and Disassembly:
You may not reverse engineer,
decompile, translate, disassemble or
attempt to discover any source code
or underlying ideas or algorithms of the
SOFTWARE nor permit others to
reverse engineer, decompile or
disassemble the SOFTWARE, except
and only to the extent that such activity
is expressly permitted by applicable
law notwithstanding this limitation or
to the extent as may be permitted by
the licensing terms governing use of
any open source components included
with the SOFTWARE.
• Limitations on Distributing,
Copying, Modifying and Creating
Derivative Works: You may not
distribute, copy, make modifications
to or create derivative works based on
the SOFTWARE, except and only to the
extent that such activity is expressly
permitted by applicable law
notwithstanding this limitation or to
the extent as may be permitted by the
licensing terms governing use of any
open source components included with
the SOFTWARE.
• Single EULA: The end user
documentation for the DEVICES and
related systems and services may
contain multiple EULAs, such as
multiple translations and/or multiple
media versions (e.g., in the user
documentation and in the software).
Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you
are licensed to use only one (1) copy of
the SOFTWARE.
351
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
• SOFTWARE Transfer: You may
permanently transfer your rights under
this EULA only as part of a sale or
transfer of the DEVICES, provided you
retain no copies, you transfer all of the
SOFTWARE (including all component
parts, the media and printed materials,
any upgrades, and, if applicable, the
Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the
recipient agrees to the terms of this
EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade,
any transfer must include all prior
versions of the SOFTWARE.
• Termination: Without prejudice to any
other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY
may terminate this EULA if you fail to
comply with the terms and conditions
of this EULA.
• Internet-Based Services
Components: The SOFTWARE may
contain components that enable and
facilitate the use of certain
Internet-based services. You
acknowledge and agree that FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and service suppliers, its
affiliates and/or its designated agent
may automatically check the version
of the SOFTWARE and/or its
components that you are utilizing and
may provide upgrades or supplements
to the SOFTWARE that may be
automatically downloaded to your
DEVICES.
• Additional Software/Services: The
SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, third party software and
service suppliers, its affiliates and/or
its designated agent to provide or make
available to you SOFTWARE updates,
supplements, add-on components, or
Internet-based services components
of the SOFTWARE after the date you
obtain your initial copy of the
SOFTWARE ("Supplemental
Components".) SOFTWARE updates
may cause you to incur additional
charges from your wireless service
provider. If FORD MOTOR COMPANY
or third party software and services
suppliers provide or make available to
you Supplemental Components and
no other EULA terms are provided
along with the Supplemental
Components, then the terms of this
EULA shall apply. FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, its affiliates and/or its
designated agent reserve the right to
discontinue without liability any
Internet-based services provided to
you or made available to you through
the use of the SOFTWARE.
• Links to Third Party Sites: The
SOFTWARE may provide you with the
ability to link to third party sites. The
third party sites are not under the
control of FORD MOTOR COMPANY,
its affiliates and/or its designated
agent. Neither FORD MOTOR
COMPANY nor its affiliates nor its
designated agent are responsible for
(I) the contents of any third party sites,
any links contained in third party sites,
or any changes or updates to third
party sites, or (ii) webcasting or any
other form of transmission received
from any third party sites. If the
SOFTWARE provides links to third
party sites, those links are provided to
you only as a convenience, and the
inclusion of any link does not imply an
endorsement of the third party site by
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates
and/or its designated agent.
• Obligation to Drive Responsibly:
You recognize your obligation to drive
responsibly and keep attention on the
road. You will read and abide with the
DEVICES operating instructions
particularly as they pertain to safety
and you agree to assume any risk
associated with the use of the
DEVICES.
352
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA:
If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY separate from the
DEVICES on media such as a ROM chip,
CD ROM disk(s) or via web download or
other means, and is labeled "For Upgrade
Purposes Only" or "For Recovery Purposes
Only" you may install one (1) copy of such
SOFTWARE onto the DEVICES as a
replacement copy for the existing
SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with
this EULA, including any additional EULA
terms accompanying the upgrade
SOFTWARE.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS:
All title and intellectual property rights in
and to the SOFTWARE (including but not
limited to any images, photographs,
animations, video, audio, music, text and
"applets" incorporated into the
SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed
materials, and any copies of the
SOFTWARE, are owned by FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, or its affiliates or suppliers. The
SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may
not copy the printed materials
accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title
and intellectual property rights in and to
the content which may be accessed
through use of the SOFTWARE is the
property of the respective content owner
and may be protected by applicable
copyright or other intellectual property
laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no
rights to use such content outside its
intended use. All rights not specifically
granted under this EULA are reserved by
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates,
and third party software and service
providers and suppliers. Use of any on-line
services which may be accessed through
the SOFTWARE may be governed by the
respective terms of use relating to such
services. If this SOFTWARE contains
documentation that is provided only in
electronic form, you may print one copy of
such electronic documentation.
EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You
acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is
subject to U.S. and European Union export
jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all
applicable international and national laws
that apply to the SOFTWARE, including
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations,
as well as end-user, end-use and
destination restrictions issued by U.S. and
other governments.
TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant
you any rights in connection with any
trademarks or service marks of FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, and third
party software and service providers.
PRODUCT SUPPORT: Please refer to
FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions
provided in the documentation for the
DEVICES product support, such as the
vehicle owner guide.
Should you have any questions concerning
this EULA, or if you desire to contact FORD
MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason,
please refer to the address provided in the
documentation for the DEVICES.
No Liability for Certain Damages:
EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS,
AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO
LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS
LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY
REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL
PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES
OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY BE
EXPRESSLY PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW
VEHICLE.
353
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
SYNC® Automotive Important Safety
Information Read and follow
instructions:
• Before using your SYNC® system, read
and follow all instructions and safety
information provided in this end user
manual ("Owner Guide".) Not
following precautions found in the
Owner Guide can lead to an accident
or other serious injuries.
General Operation
• Voice Command Control: Certain
functions within the SYNC® system
may be accomplished using voice
commands. Using voice commands
while driving helps you to operate the
system without removing your hands
from the wheel or eyes from the road.
• Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not
access any function requiring a
prolonged view of the screen while you
are driving. Pull over in a safe and legal
manner before attempting to access a
function of the system requiring
prolonged attention.
• Volume Setting: Do not raise the
volume excessively. Keep the volume
at a level where you can still hear
outside traffic and emergency signals
while driving. Driving while unable to
hear these sounds could cause an
accident.
• Navigation Features: Any navigation
features included in the system are
intended to provide turn by turn
instructions to get you to a desired
destination. Please make certain all
persons using this system carefully
read and follow instructions and safety
information fully.
• Distraction Hazard: Any navigation
features may require manual
(non-verbal) setup. Attempting to
perform such set-up or insert data
while driving can distract your attention
and could cause an accident or other
serious injury. Stop the vehicle in a safe
and legal manner before attempting
these operations.
• Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any
navigation features are provided only
as an aid. Make your driving decisions
based on your observations of local
conditions and existing traffic
regulations. Any such feature is not a
substitute for your personal judgment.
Any route suggestions made by this
system should never replace any local
traffic regulations or your personal
judgment or knowledge of safe driving
practices.
• Route Safety: Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in
an unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you
would be placed in an unsafe situation,
or if you would be directed into an area
that you consider unsafe. The driver is
ultimately responsible for the safe
operation of the vehicle and therefore,
must evaluate whether it is safe to
follow the suggested directions.
• Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps
used by this system may be inaccurate
because of changes in roads, traffic
controls or driving conditions. Always
use good judgment and common sense
when following the suggested routes.
• Emergency Services: Do not rely on
any navigation features included in the
system to route you to emergency
services. Ask local authorities or an
emergency services operator for these
locations. Not all emergency services
such as police, fire stations, hospitals
and clinics are likely to be contained in
the map database for such navigation
features.
354
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
Your Responsibilities and Assumptions of
Risk
• You agree to each of the following:(a)
Any use of the SOFTWARE while
driving an automobile or other vehicle
in violation of applicable law or
otherwise driving in an unsafe manner
presents a significant risk of distracted
driving and should not be attempted
under any circumstances;(b) Use of
the SOFTWARE at excessive volume
poses a significant risk of hearing
damage and should not be attempted
under any circumstances;(c) The
SOFTWARE may not be compatible
with new or different versions of an
operating system, third party software,
or third party services, and the
SOFTWARE may potentially cause a
critical failure of an operating system,
third party software, or third party
service.(d) Any third party service
accessed by or third party software
used with the SOFTWARE (I) may
charge an additional fee for access, (ii)
may not work correctly, on an
uninterrupted basis, or error free, (iii)
may change streaming formats or
discontinue operation, (iv) may contain
adult, profane or offensive content; and
(v) may contain inaccurate, false or
misleading traffic, weather, financial
or safety information or other content;
and (e) Use of the SOFTWARE may
cause you to incur additional charges
from your wireless service provider
(WSP) and any data or minute
calculators that may be included in the
software program are for reference
only, are not warranted in any way and
should not be relied upon in anyway.
• When using the SOFTWARE, you agree
to be responsible for and assume the
entire risk to the items set forth in
Section (a) – (e) above.
Disclaimer of Warranty
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND
AGREE THAT USE OF THE DEVICES AND
SOFTWARE IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND
THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO
SATISFACTORY QUALITY,
PERFORMANCE, COMPATIBILITY,
ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU.
TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED
BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE SOFTWARE
AND ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR
THIRD-PARTY SERVICES ARE PROVIDED
"AS IS" AND “AS AVAILABLE”, WITH ALL
FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, AND FORD MOTOR COMPANY
HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO
THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, AND THIRD-PARTY
SERVICES, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR
STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
AND/OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, OF SATISFACTORY
QUALITY, OF FITNESS FOR AN
ARTICULAR PURPOSE, OF ACCURACY,
OF QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY
RIGHTS. FORD MOTOR COMPANY DOES
NOT WARRANT (a) AGAINST
INTERFERENCE WITH YOUR ENJOYMENT
OF THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES,
(b) THAT THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES
WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS, (c)
THAT THE OPERATION OF THE
SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE,
OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE, (d)
OR THAT DEFECTS IN THE SOFTWARE,
THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR
THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE
CORRECTED. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN
INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY
FORD MOTOR COMPANY OR ITS
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL
355
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
CREATE A WARRANTY. SHOULD THE
SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE,
OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES PROVE
DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE ENTIRE
COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION. SOME
JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE
DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OR LIMITATIONS ON APPLICABLE
STATUTORY RIGHTS OF A CONSUMER,
SO THE ABOVE DISCLAIMER MAY NOT
FULLY APPLY TO YOU. THE SOLE
WARRANTY PROVIDED BY FORD MOTOR
COMPANY SHALL BE FOUND IN THE
WARRANTY INFORMATION INCLUDING
WITH YOUR OWNER GUIDE. TO THE
EXTENT THAT THERE IS ANY CONFLICT
BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION
AND THE WARRANTY BOOKLET, THE
WARRANTY BOOKLET SHALL CONTROL.
Applicable Law, Venue, Jurisdiction
• The laws of the State of Michigan
govern this EULA and Your use of the
SOFTWARE. Your use of the
SOFTWARE may also be subject to
other local, state, national, or
international laws. Any litigation arising
out of or related to this EULA shall be
brought and maintained exclusively in
a court of the State of Michigan
located in Wayne County or in the
United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Michigan. You hereby
consent to submit to the personal
jurisdiction of a court in the State of
Michigan located in Wayne County and
the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Michigan for any
dispute arising out of or relating to this
EULA.
Binding Arbitration and Class Action
Waiver
(a) Application. This Section applies to
any dispute EXCEPT IT DOES NOT
INCLUDE A DISPUTE RELATING TO
COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT, OR TO THE
ENFORCEMENT OR VALIDITY OF YOUR,
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, OR ANY OF
FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S LICENSORS’
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.
Dispute means any dispute, action, or other
controversy between You and FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, other than the
exceptions listed above, concerning the
SOFTWARE (including its price) or this
EULA, whether in contract, warranty, tort,
statute, regulation, ordinance, or any other
legal or equitable basis.
(b) Notice of Dispute. In the event of a
Dispute, You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY
must give the other a “Notice of Dispute”,
which is a written statement of the name,
address, and contact information of the
party giving it, the facts giving rise to the
dispute, and the relief requested. You and
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will attempt to
resolve any dispute through informal
negotiation within 60 days from the date
the Notice of Dispute is sent. After 60 days,
You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY may
commence arbitration.
(c) Small claims court. You may also
litigate any dispute in small claims court
in your county of residence or FORD
MOTOR COMPANY’S principal place of
business, if the dispute meets all
requirements to be heard in the small
claims court. You may litigate in small
claims court whether or not You
negotiated informally first.
(d) Binding arbitration. If You and FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, do not resolve any
dispute by informal negotiation or in small
claims court, any other effort to resolve
the dispute will be conducted exclusively
by binding arbitration. You are giving up
356
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
the right to litigate (or participate in as a
party or class member) all disputes in court
before a judge or jury. Instead, all disputes
will be resolved before a neutral arbitrator,
whose decision will be final except for a
limited right of appeal under the Federal
Arbitration Act. Any court with jurisdiction
over the parties may enforce the
arbitrator’s award.
(e) Class action waiver. Any proceedings
to resolve or litigate any dispute in any
forum will be conducted solely on an
individual basis. Neither you nor FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, will seek to have any
dispute heard as a class action, as a private
attorney general action, or in any other
proceeding in which any party acts or
proposes to act in a representative
capacity. No arbitration or proceeding will
be combined with another without the
prior written consent of all parties to all
affected arbitrations or proceedings.
(f) Arbitration procedure. Any
arbitration will be conducted by the
American Arbitration Association (the
“AAA”), under its Commercial Arbitration
Rules. If You are an individual and use the
SOFTWARE for personal or vehicle use, or
if the value of the dispute is $75,000 or
less whether or not You are an individual
or how You use the SOFTWARE, the AAA
Supplementary Procedures for
Consumer-Related Disputes will also
apply. To commence arbitration, submit a
Commercial Arbitration Rules Demand for
Arbitration form to the AAA. You may
request a telephonic or in-person hearing
by following the AAA rules. In a dispute
involving $10,000 or less, any hearing will
be telephonic unless the arbitrator finds
good cause to hold an in-person hearing
instead. For more information, see adr.org
or call 1-800-778-7879. You agree to
commence arbitration only in your county
of residence or FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S
principal place of business. The arbitrator
may award the same damages to You
individually as a court could. The arbitrator
may award declaratory or injunctive relief
only to You individually, and only to the
extent required to satisfy Your individual
claim.
(g) Arbitration fees and incentives.
• I. Disputes involving $75,000 or less.
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will
promptly reimburse your filing fees and
pay the AAA’ s and arbitrator’ s fees and
expenses. If you reject FORD MOTOR
COMPANY’S last written settlement
offer made before the arbitrator was
appointed (“last written offer”), your
dispute goes all the way to an
arbitrator’s decision (called an
“award”), and the arbitrator awards
you more than the last written offer,
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will give you
three incentives: (1) pay the greater of
the award or $1,000; (2) pay twice your
reasonable attorney’s fees, if any; and
(3) reimburse any expenses (including
expert witness fees and costs) that
your attorney reasonably accrues for
investigating, preparing, and pursuing
your claim in arbitration. The arbitrator
will determine the amounts.
• ii. Disputes involving more than
$75,000. The AAA rules will govern
payment of filing fees and the AAA’s
and arbitrator’s fees and expenses.
• iii. Disputes involving any amount. In
any arbitration you commence, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY will seek its AAA
or arbitrator’s fees and expenses, or
Your filing fees it reimbursed, only if the
arbitrator finds the arbitration frivolous
or brought for an improper purpose. In
any arbitration FORD MOTOR
COMPANY commences, it will pay all
357
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
filing, AAA, and arbitrator’s fees and
expenses. It will not seek its attorney’s
fees or expenses from you in any
arbitration. Fees and expenses are not
counted in determining how much a
dispute involves.
(h) Claims or disputes must be filed
within one year. To the extent permitted
by law, any claim or dispute under this
EULA to which this Section applies must
be filed within one year in small claims
court (Section c) or in arbitration (Section
d). The one-year period begins when the
claim or dispute first could be filed. If such
a claim or dispute is not filed within one
year, it is permanently barred.
(I) Severability. If the class action waiver
(Section e) is found to be illegal or
unenforceable as to all or some parts of a
dispute, then that portion of Section e will
not apply to those parts. Instead, those
parts will be severed and proceed in a court
of law, with the remaining parts proceeding
in arbitration. If any other provision of that
portion Section e is found to be illegal or
unenforceable, that provision will be
severed with the remainder of Section e
remaining in full force and effect.
Telenav Software End User License
Agreement
Please read these terms and conditions
carefully before you use the TeleNav
Software. Your use of the TeleNav
Software indicates that you accept these
terms and conditions. If you do not accept
these terms and conditions, do not break
the seal of the package, launch, or
otherwise use the TeleNav Software.
TeleNav may revise this Agreement and
the privacy policy at any time, with or
without notice to you. You agree to visit
http://www.telenav.com from time to time
to review the then current version of this
Agreement and of the privacy policy.
1. Safe and Lawful Use
You acknowledge that devoting attention
to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk
of injury or death to you and others in
situations that otherwise require your
undivided attention, and you therefore
agree to comply with the following when
using the TeleNav Software:
(a) observe all traffic laws and otherwise
drive safely;
(b) use your own personal judgment while
driving. If you feel that a route suggested
by the TeleNav Software instructs you to
perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver,
places you in an unsafe situation, or directs
you into an area that you consider to be
unsafe, do not follow such instructions;
(c) do not input destinations, or otherwise
manipulate the TeleNav Software, unless
your vehicle is stationary and parked;
(d) do not use the TeleNav Software for
any illegal, unauthorized, unintended,
unsafe, hazardous, or unlawful purposes,
or in any manner inconsistent with this
Agreement;
(e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices
and cables necessary for use of the
TeleNav Software in a secure manner in
your vehicle so that they will not interfere
with your driving and will not prevent the
operation of any safety device (such as an
airbag).
You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav
harmless against all claims resulting from
any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate
use of the TeleNav Software in any moving
vehicle, including as a result of your failure
to comply with the directions above.
358
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
2. Account Information
You agree: (a) when registering the
TeleNav Software, to provide TeleNav with
true, accurate, current, and complete
information about yourself, and (b) to
inform TeleNav promptly of any changes
to such information, and to keep it true,
accurate, current and complete.
3. Software License
• Subject to your compliance with the
terms of this Agreement, TeleNav
hereby grants to you a personal,
non-exclusive, non-transferable license
(except as expressly permitted below
in connection with your permanent
transfer of the TeleNav Software
license), without the right to
sublicense, to use the TeleNav
Software (in object code form only) in
order to access and use the TeleNav
Software. This license shall terminate
upon any termination or expiration of
this Agreement. You agree that you will
use the TeleNav Software only for your
personal business or leisure purposes,
and not to provide commercial
navigation services to other parties.
3.1 License Limitations
• (a) reverse engineer, decompile,
disassemble, translate, modify, alter
or otherwise change the TeleNav
Software or any part thereof; (b)
attempt to derive the source code,
audio library or structure of the
TeleNav Software without the prior
express written consent of TeleNav;
(c) remove from the TeleNav
Software, or alter, any of TeleNav's or
its suppliers' trademarks, trade names,
logos, patent or copyright notices, or
other notices or markings; (d)
distribute, sublicense or otherwise
transfer the TeleNav Software to
others, except as part of your
permanent transfer of the TeleNav
Software; or (e) use the TeleNav
Software in any manner that
I. infringes the intellectual property or
proprietary rights, rights of publicity or
privacy or other rights of any party,
ii. violates any law, statute, ordinance or
regulation, including but not limited to laws
and regulations related to spamming,
privacy, consumer and child protection,
obscenity or defamation, or
iii. is harmful, threatening, abusive,
harassing, tortuous, defamatory, vulgar,
obscene, libelous, or otherwise
objectionable; and (f) lease, rent out, or
otherwise permit unauthorized access by
third parties to the TeleNav Software
without advanced written permission of
TeleNav.
4. Disclaimers
• To the fullest extent permissible
pursuant to applicable law, in no event
will TeleNav, its licensors and suppliers,
or agents or employees of any of the
foregoing, be liable for any decision
made or action taken by you or anyone
else in reliance on the information
provided by the TeleNav Software.
TeleNav also does not warrant the
accuracy of the map or other data used
for the TeleNav Software. Such data
may not always reflect reality due to,
among other things, road closures,
construction, weather, new roads and
other changing conditions. You are
responsible for the entire risk arising
out of your use of the TeleNav
Software. For example but without
limitation, you agree not to rely on the
TeleNav Software for critical
navigation in areas where the
well-being or survival of you or others
359
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
is dependent on the accuracy of
navigation, as the maps or functionality
of the TeleNav Software are not
intended to support such high risk
applications, especially in more remote
geographical areas.
• TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS
AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN
CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL
WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE
FROM COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM
OR TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT
OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH
RESPECT TO THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE.
• Certain jurisdictions do not permit the
disclaimer of certain warranties, so this
limitation may not apply to you.
5. Limitation of Liability
• TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER
APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV
OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS
BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD
PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL,
SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES
(INCLUDING IN EACH CASE, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR THE
INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT
OR ACCESS DATA, LOSS OF DATA,
LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF
PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION
OR THE LIKE) ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE
TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES
THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY
REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES
REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL
DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN
CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE), THE
ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND
OF ALL OF TELENAV'S SUPPLIERS
SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT
ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE
TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME STATES
AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT
ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR
LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE
ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS
MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
6. Arbitration and Governing Law
• You agree that any dispute, claim or
controversy arising out of or relating to
this Agreement or the TeleNav
Software shall be settled by
independent arbitration involving a
neutral arbitrator and administered by
the American Arbitration Association
in the County of Santa Clara, California.
The arbitrator shall apply the
Commercial Arbitration Rules of the
American Arbitration Association, and
the judgment upon the award rendered
by the arbitrator may be entered by any
court having jurisdiction. Note that
there is no judge or jury in an arbitration
proceeding and the decision of the
arbitrator shall be binding upon both
parties. You expressly agree to waive
your right to a jury trial. This Agreement
and performance hereunder will be
governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State
of California, without giving effect to
its conflict of law provisions. To the
extent judicial action is necessary in
connection with the binding arbitration,
both TeleNav and you agree to submit
360
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
courts of the County of Santa Clara,
California. The United Nations
Convention on Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods shall not
apply.
7. Assignment
• You may not resell, assign, or transfer
this Agreement or any of your rights or
obligations, except in totality, in
connection with your permanent
transfer of the TeleNav Software, and
expressly conditioned upon the new
user of the TeleNav Software agreeing
to be bound by the terms and
conditions of this Agreement. Any such
sale, assignment or transfer that is not
expressly permitted under this
paragraph will result in immediate
termination of this Agreement, without
liability to TeleNav, in which case you
and all other parties shall immediately
cease all use of the TeleNav Software.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,
TeleNav may assign this Agreement to
any other party at any time without
notice, provided the assignee remains
bound by this Agreement.
8. Miscellaneous
8.1
This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between TeleNav and you with
respect to the subject matter hereof.
8.2
Except for the limited licenses expressly
granted in this Agreement, TeleNav retains
all right, title and interest in and to the
TeleNav Software, including without
limitation all related intellectual property
rights. No licenses or other rights which are
not expressly granted in this Agreement
are intended to, or shall be, granted or
conferred by implication, statute,
inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and
TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors
hereby reserve all of their respective rights
other than the licenses explicitly granted
in this Agreement.
8.3
By using the TeleNav Software, you
consent to receive from TeleNav all
communications, including notices,
agreements, legally required disclosures
or other information in connection with the
TeleNav Software (collectively, "Notices")
electronically. TeleNav may provide such
Notices by posting them on TeleNav's
Website or by downloading such Notices
to your wireless device. If you desire to
withdraw your consent to receive Notices
electronically, you must discontinue your
use of the TeleNav Software.
8.4
TeleNav's or your failure to require
performance of any provision shall not
affect that party's right to require
performance at any time thereafter, nor
shall a waiver of any breach or default of
this Agreement constitute a waiver of any
subsequent breach or default or a waiver
of the provision itself.
8.5
If any provision herein is held
unenforceable, then such provision will be
modified to reflect the intention of the
parties, and the remaining provisions of
this Agreement will remain in full force and
effect.
361
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
8.6
The headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only, will not be
deemed to be a part of this Agreement,
and will not be referred to in connection
with the construction or interpretation of
this Agreement. As used in this Agreement,
the words "include" and "including" and
variations thereof, will not be deemed to
be terms of limitation, but rather will be
deemed to be followed by the words
"without limitation".
9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions
• The Telenav Software utilizes map and
other data licensed to Telenav by third
party vendors for the benefit of you and
other end users. This Agreement
includes end-user terms applicable to
these companies (included at the end
of this Agreement), and thus your use
of the Telenav Software is also subject
to such terms. You agree to comply
with the following additional terms and
conditions, which are applicable to
Telenav’s third party vendor licensors::
9.1 End User Terms Required by HERE
North America, LLC
The data (“Data”) is provided for your
personal, internal use only and not for
resale. It is protected by copyright, and is
subject to the following terms and
conditions which are agreed to by you, on
the one hand, and Telenav (“Telenav”) and
its licensors (including their licensors and
suppliers) on the other hand.
© 2013 HERE. All rights reserved.
The Data for areas of Canada includes
information taken with permission from
Canadian authorities, including: © Her
Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post
Corporation, GeoBase®, © Department of
Natural Resources Canada.
HERE holds a non-exclusive license from
the United States Postal Service® to
publish and sell ZIP+4® information.
©United States Postal Service® 2014.
Prices are not established, controlled or
approved by the United States Postal
Service®. The following trademarks and
registrations are owned by the USPS:
United States Postal Service, USPS, and
ZIP+4
The Data for Mexico includes certain data
from Instituto Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía.
9.2 End User Terms Required by NAV2
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd
The data (“Data”) is provided for your
personal, internal use only and not for
resale. It is protected by copyright, and is
subject to the following terms and
conditions which are agreed to by you, on
the one hand, and NAV2 (Shanghai) Co.,
Ltd (“NAV2”) and its licensors (including
their licensors and suppliers) on the other
hand. 20xx. All rights reserved
Terms and Conditions
Permitted Use. You agree to use this Data
together with the Telenav Software solely
for the internal business and personal
purposes for which you were licensed, and
not for service bureau, time-sharing or
other similar purposes. Accordingly, but
subject to the restrictions set forth in the
following paragraphs, you agree not to
otherwise reproduce, copy, modify,
decompile, disassemble, create any
derivative works of, or reverse engineer any
portion of this Data, and may not transfer
or distribute it in any form, for any purpose,
except to the extent permitted by
mandatory laws.
362
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
Restrictions. Except where you have been
specifically licensed to do so by Telenav,
and without limiting the preceding
paragraph, you may not use this Data (a)
with any products, systems, or applications
installed or otherwise connected to or in
communication with vehicles, capable of
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
real time route guidance, fleet
management or similar applications; or (b)
with or in communication with any
positioning devices or any mobile or
wireless-connected electronic or computer
devices, including without limitation
cellular phones, palmtop and handheld
computers, pagers, and personal digital
assistants or PDAs.
Warning. The Data may contain
inaccurate or incomplete information due
to the passage of time, changing
circumstances, sources used and the
nature of collecting comprehensive
geographic data, any of which may lead to
incorrect results.
No Warranty. This Data is provided to you
“as is,” and you agree to use it at your own
risk. Telenav and its licensors (and their
licensors and suppliers) make no
guarantees, representations or warranties
of any kind, express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not limited
to, content, quality, accuracy,
completeness, effectiveness, reliability,
fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness,
use or results to be obtained from this
Data, or that the Data or server will be
uninterrupted or error-free.
Disclaimer of Warranty: TELENAV AND
ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States,
Territories and Countries do not allow
certain warranty exclusions, so to that
extent the above exclusion may not apply
to you.
Disclaimer of Liability: TELENAV AND
ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR
FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY
OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION,
ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A
WARRANTY, EVEN IF TELENAV OR ITS
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some
States, Territories and Countries do not
allow certain liability exclusions or
damages limitations, so to that extent the
above may not apply to you.
Export Control. You shall not export from
anywhere any part of the Data or any direct
product thereof except in compliance with,
and with all licenses and approvals
required under, applicable export laws,
rules and regulations, including but not
limited to the laws, rules and regulations
administered by the Office of Foreign
Assets Control of the U.S. Department of
Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and
Security of the U.S. Department of
Commerce. To the extent that any such
363
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
export laws, rules or regulations prohibit
HERE from complying with any of its
obligations hereunder to deliver or
distribute Data, such failure shall be
excused and shall not constitute a breach
of this Agreement.
Entire Agreement. These terms and
conditions constitute the entire agreement
between Telenav (and its licensors,
including their licensors and suppliers) and
you pertaining to the subject matter hereof,
and supersedes in their entirety any and
all written or oral agreements previously
existing between us with respect to such
subject matter.
Governing Law. The above terms and
conditions shall be governed by the laws
of the State of Illinois [insert “Netherlands”
where European HERE Data is used],
without giving effect to (i) its conflict of
laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations
Convention for Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods, which is
explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to
the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois
[insert “The Netherlands” where European
HERE Data is used] for any and all
disputes, claims and actions arising from
or in connection with the Data provided to
you hereunder.
Government End Users. If the Data is
being acquired by or on behalf of the
United States government or any other
entity seeking or applying rights similar to
those customarily claimed by the United
States government, this Data is a
“commercial item” as that term is defined
at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in
accordance with these End-User Terms,
and each copy of Data delivered or
otherwise furnished shall be marked and
embedded as appropriate with the
following “Notice of Use,” and shall be
treated in accordance with such Notice:
NOTICE OF USE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER) NAME: HERE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER) ADDRESS: c/o Nokia, 425
West Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois
60606
This Data is a commercial item as
defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to
these End-User Terms under which this
Data was provided.
© 1987 – 2014 HERE – All rights reserved.
If the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
refuses to use the legend provided herein,
the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
must notify HERE prior to seeking
additional or alternative rights in the Data.
I. US/Canada Territory
A. United States Data. The End-User
Terms for any Application containing
Data for the United States shall contain
the following notices:
“HERE holds a non-exclusive license
from the United States Postal
Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4®
information.”
“©United States Postal Service®
20XX. Prices are not established,
controlled or approved by the United
States Postal Service®. The following
trademarks and registrations are
owned by the USPS: United States
Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.”
364
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
B. Canada Data. The following provi-
sions apply to the Data for Canada,
which may include or reflect data from
third party licensors (“Third Party
Data”), including Her Majesty the Queen
in Right of Canada (“Her Majesty”),
Canada Post Corporation (“Canada
Post”) and the Department of Natural
Resources of Canada (“NRCan”):
1. Disclaimer and Limitation: Client
agrees that its use of the Third Party
Data is subject to the following provi-
sions:
a. Disclaimer: The Third Party Data
is licensed on an “as is” basis. The
licensors of such data, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
make no guarantees, representa-
tions or warranties respecting such
data, either express or implied,
arising by law or otherwise, including
but not limited to, effectiveness,
completeness, accuracy or fitness
for a particular purpose.
b. Limitation on Liability: The Third
Party Data licensors, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
shall not be liable: (i) in respect of
any claim, demand or action, irre-
spective of the nature of the cause
of the claim, demand or action
alleging any loss, injury or damages,
direct or indirect, which may result
from the use or possession of such
Data; or (ii) in any way for loss of
revenues or contracts, or any other
consequential loss of any kind
resulting from any defect in the
Data.
2. Copyright Notice: In connection with
each copy of all or any portion of the
Data for the Territory of Canada, Client
shall affix in a conspicuous manner the
following copyright notice on at least
one of: (i) the label for the storage
media of the copy; (ii) the packaging
for the copy; or (iii) other materials
packaged with the copy, such as user
manuals or end user license agree-
ments: “This data includes information
taken with permission from Canadian
authorities, including © Her Majesty
the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada
Post Corporation, GeoBase®, © The
Department of Natural Resources
Canada. All rights reserved.”
3. End-User Terms: Except as other-
wise agreed by the parties, in connec-
tion with the provision of any portion
of the Data for the Territory of Canada
to End-Users as may be authorized
under the Agreement, Client shall
provide such End-Users, in a reason-
ably conspicuous manner, with terms
(set forth with other end user terms
required to be provided under the
Agreement, or as otherwise may be
provided, by Client) which shall include
the following provisions on behalf of
the Third Party Data licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan:
The Data may include or reflect
data of licensors, including Her
Majesty the Queen in the Right of
Canada (“Her Majesty”), Canada
Post Corporation (“Canada Post”)
and the Department of Natural
Resources Canada (“NRCan”). Such
data is licensed on an “as is” basis.
The licensors, including Her Majesty,
Canada Post and NRCan, make no
guarantees, representations or
warranties respecting such data,
365
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
either express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not
limited to, effectiveness, complete-
ness, accuracy or fitness for a
particular purpose. The licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan, shall not be liable in
respect of any claim, demand or
action, irrespective of the nature of
the cause of the claim, demand or
action alleging any loss, injury or
damages, direct or indirect, which
may result from the use or posses-
sion of the data or the Data. The
licensors, including Her Majesty,
Canada Post and NRCan, shall not
be liable in any way for loss of
revenues or contracts, or any other
consequential loss of any kind
resulting from any defect in the data
or the Data.
End User shall indemnify and save
harmless the licensors, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
and their officers, employees and
agents from and against any claim,
demand or action, irrespective of
the nature of the cause of the claim,
demand or action, alleging loss,
costs, expenses, damages or injuries
(including injuries resulting in death)
arising out of the use or possession
of the data or the Data.
4. Additional Provisions: The terms
contained in this Section are in addi-
tion to all of the rights and obligations
of the parties under the Agreement.
To the extent that any of the provi-
sions of this Section are inconsistent
with, or conflict with, any other provi-
sions of the Agreement, the provisions
of this Section shall prevail.
II. Mexico. The following provision applies
to the Data for Mexico, which includes
certain data from the Instituto Nacional
de Estadística y Geografía (“INEGI”):
A. Any and all copies of the Data and/or
packaging containing Data for Mexico
shall contain the following notice:
“Fuente: INEGI (Instituto Nacional de
Estadística y Geografía)”
III. Latin America Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
NoticeTerritory
IGN “INSTITUTO
GEOGRAFICO NACIONAL
ARGENTINO”
Argen-
tina
“INSTITUTO GEOGRAFICO
MILITAR DEL ECUADOR
AUTORIZACION N° IGM-
2011-01- PCO-01 DEL 25 DE
ENERO DE 2011”
Ecuador
“source: © IGN 2009 - BD
TOPO ®”
“Fuente: INEGI (Instituto
Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía)”
Guade-
loupe,
French
Guiana
and
Marti-
nique
Mexico
IV. Middle East Territory
366
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
NoticeCountry
“© Royal Jordanian
Geographic Centre”. The
foregoing notice requirement
for Jordan Data is a material
term of the Agreement. If
Client or any of its permitted
Jordan
sublicensees (if any) fail to
meet such requirement,
HERE shall have the right to
terminate Client’s license
with respect to the Jordan
Data.
B. Jordan Data. Client and its permitted
sublicensees (if any) are restricted from
licensing and/or otherwise distributing
HERE’s database for the country of
Jordan (“Jordan Data”) for use in Enter-
prise Applications to (i) non-Jordanian
entities for use of the Jordan Data solely
in Jordan or (ii) Jordan-based customers.
In addition, Client, its permitted subli-
censees (if any) and End-Users are
restricted from using the Jordan Data in
Enterprise Applications if such party is
(i) a non-Jordanian entity using the
Jordan Data solely in Jordan or (ii) a
Jordan-based customer. For purposes
of the foregoing, “Enterprise Applica-
tions” shall mean Geomarketing applic-
ations, GIS applications, mobile business
asset management applications, call
center applications, telematics applica-
tions, public organization Internet
applications or for providing geocoding
services.
V. Europe Territory
A. Use of Certain Traffic Codes in Europe
1. General Restrictions Applicable to
Traffic Codes. Client acknowledges
and agrees that in certain countries of
the Europe Territory, Client will need
to obtain rights directly from third
party RDS-TMC code providers to
receive and use the Traffic Codes in
the Data and to deliver to End-Users
Transactions in any way derived from
or based on such Traffic Codes. For
such countries, HERE shall deliver the
Data incorporating Traffic Codes to
Client only after receiving certification
from Client of its having obtained such
rights.
2. Display of Third Party Rights
Legends for Belgium. Client shall, for
each Transaction that uses Traffic
Codes for Belgium, provide the
following notice to the End-User:
“Traffic Codes for Belgium are
provided by the Ministerie van de
Vlaamse Gemeenschap and the
Ministèrie de l’Equipement et des
Transports.”
B. Paper Maps. With respect to any
license granted to Client relating to
making, selling or distributing paper
maps (i.e., a map fixed on a paper or
paper-like medium): (a) such license
with respect to Data for the Territory of
Great Britain is conditioned on Client’s
entering into and complying with a
separate written agreement with the
Ordnance Survey (“OS”) to create and
sell paper maps, Client’s paying to the
OS any and all applicable paper map
royalties, and Client’s complying with
the OS copyright notice requirements;
(b) such license for selling or otherwise
distributing for charge with respect to
Data for the Territory of Czech Republic
367
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
is conditioned on Client’ s obtaining prior
written consent from Kartografie a.s.;
(c) such license for selling or distributing
with respect to Data for the Territory of
Switzerland is conditioned on Client’s
obtaining a permit from Bundesamt für
Landestopografie of Switzerland; (d)
Client is restricted from using Data for
the Territory of France to create paper
maps with a scale between 1:5,000 and
1:250,000; and (e) Client is restricted
from using any Data to create, sell or
distribute paper maps that are the same
or substantially similar, in terms of data
content and specific use of color,
symbols and scale, to paper maps
published by the European national
mapping agencies, including without
limitation, Landervermessungämter of
Germany, Topografische Dienst of the
Netherlands, Nationaal Geografisch
Instituut of Belgium, Bundesamt für
Landestopografie of Switzerland,
Bundesamt für Eich-und Vermessung-
swesen of Austria, and the National
Land Survey of Sweden.
C. OS Enforcement. Without limiting
Section IV(B) above, with respect to
Data for the Territory of Great Britain,
Client acknowledges and agrees that
the Ordnance Survey (“OS”) may bring
a direct action against Client to enforce
compliance with the OS copyright notice
(see Section IV(D) below) and paper
map requirements (see Section IV(B)
above) contained in this Agreement.
D. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
NoticeCountry(ies)
“© Bundesamt für Eich-
und Vermessungswesen”
Austria
“© EuroGeographics”
Croatia
Cyprus,
Estonia,
Latvia,
Lithuania,
Moldova,
Poland,
Slovenia
and/or
Ukraine
“source: © IGN 2009 – BD
TOPO ®”
France
“Die Grundlagendaten
wurden mit Genehmigung
der zuständigen Behörden
entnommen”
Germany
“Contains Ordnance
Survey data © Crown
copyright and database
right 2010 Contains Royal
Mail data © Royal Mail
copyright and database
right 2010”
Great Britain
“Copyright Geomatics
Ltd.”
Greece
“Copyright © 2003; Top-
Map Ltd.”
Hungary
“La Banca Dati Italiana è
stata prodotta usando
quale riferimento anche
cartografia numerica ed
al tratto prodotta e fornita
dalla Regione Toscana.”
Italy
“Copyright © 2000;
Norwegian Mapping
Authority”
Norway
“Source: IgeoE – Portugal”Portugal
368
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
“Información geográfica
propiedad del CNIG”
Spain
“Based upon electronic
data © National Land
Survey Sweden.”
Sweden
“Topografische
Grundlage: © Bundesamt
für Landestopographie.
Switzerland
E. Respective Country Distribution. Client
acknowledges that HERE has not
received approvals to distribute map
data for the following countries in such
respective countries: Albania, Belarus,
Kyrgyzstan, Moldova and Uzbekistan.
HERE may update such list from time to
time. The license rights granted to Client
under this TL with respect to the Data
for such countries are contingent upon
Client’s compliance with all applicable
laws and regulations, including, without
limitation, any required licenses or
approvals to distribute the Application
incorporating such Data in such
respective countries.
VI. Australia Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
Copyright. Based on data provided
under license from PSMA Australia
Limited (www.psma.com.au).
Product incorporates data which is ©
20XX Telstra Corporation Limited, GM
Holden Limited, Intelematics Australia
Pty Ltd and Continental Pty Ltd.
B. Third Party Notices for Australia. In
addition to the foregoing, the End-User
Terms for any Application containing
RDS-TMC Traffic Codes for Australia
shall contain the following notice:
“Product incorporates traffic location
codes which is © 20XX Telstra Corpora-
tion Limited and its licensors.”
AT&T Vehicle Network Carrier
Telematics Disclosure
END USER FOR PURPOSES OF THIS
SECTION MEANS YOU AND YOUR HEIRS,
EXECUTORS, LEGAL PERSONAL
REPRESENTATITVES AND PERMITED
ASSIGNS. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS
SECTION “UNDERLYING WIRELESS
SERVICE CARRIER” INCLUDES ITS
AFFILIATES AND CONTRACTORS AND
THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS,
DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SUCCESSORS
AND ASSIGNS. END USER HAS NO
CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIP WITH
THE UNDERLYING WIRELESS SERVICE
CARRIER AND END USER IS NOT A THIRD
PARTY BENEFICIARY OF ANY
AGREEMENT BETWEEN FORD AND
UNDERLYING CARRIER. END USER
UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES THAT THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER HAS NO LEGAL,
EQUITABLE, OR OTHER LIABILITY OF ANY
KIND TO END USER. IN ANY EVENT,
REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE
ACTION, WHETHER FOR BREACH OF
CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE,
STRICT LIABILITY IN TORT OR
OTHERWISE, END USER'S EXCLUSIVE
REMEDY FOR CLAIMS ARISING IN ANY
WAY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
AGREEMENT, FOR ANY CAUSE
WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO ANY FAILURE OR
369
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
DISRUPTION OF SERVICE PROVIDED
HEREUNDER, IS LIMITED TO PAYMENT
OF DAMAGES IN AN AMOUNT NOT TO
EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID BY END USER
FOR THE SERVICES DURING THE
TWO-MONTH PERIOD PRECEDING THE
DATE THE CLAIM AROSE.
(ii) END USER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY
AND HOLD HARMLESS THE UNDERLYING
WIRELESS SERVICE CARRIER AND ITS
OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND AGENTS
AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION
CLAIMS FOR LIBEL, SLANDER, OR ANY
PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY
OR DEATH, ARISING IN ANY WAY,
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN
CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT
OR THE USE, FAILURE TO USE, OR
INABILITY TO USE THE DEVICE EXCEPT
WHERE THE CLAIMS RESULT FROM THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER’S GROSS
NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.
THIS INDEMNITY WILL SURVIVE THE
TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT.
(iii) END USER HAS NO PROPERTY RIGHT
IN ANY NUMBER ASSIGNED TO THE
DEVICE.
(iv) END USER UNDERSTANDS THAT
FORD AND THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
CANNOT GUARANTY THE SECURITY OF
WIRELESS TRANSMISSIONS, AND WILL
NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LACK OF
SECURITY RELATING TO THE USE OF THE
SERVICES
THE SERVICE IS FOR [END USER’S] USE
ONLY AND END USER MAY NOT RESELL
THE SERVICE TO ANY OTHER PARTY END
USER UNDERSTANDS THAT THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER DOES NOT
GUARANTEE ANY END USER
UNINTERRUPTED SERVICE OR
COVERAGE. THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
DOES NOT WARRANT THAT END USERS
CAN OR WILL BE LOCATED USING THE
SERVICE. THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
SUITABILITY, OR PERFORMANCE
REGARDING ANY SERVICES OR GOODS,
AND IN NO EVENT SHALL AT&T BE
LIABLE, WHETHER OR NOT DUE TO ITS
OWN NEGLIGENCE, FOR ANY: (A) ACT OR
OMISSION OF A THIRD PARTY; (B)
MISTAKES, OMISSIONS, INTERRUPTIONS,
ERRORS, FAILURES TO TRANSMIT,
DELAYS, OR DEFECTS IN THE SERVICE
PROVIDED BY OR THROUGH THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER; (C) DAMAGE OR
INJURY CAUSED BY SUSPENSION OR
TERMINATION BY THE UNDERLYING
CARRIER; OR (D) DAMAGE OR INJURY
CAUSED BY A FAILURE OR DELAY IN
CONNECTING A CALL TO ANY ENTITY,
INCLUDING 911 OR ANY OTHER
EMERGENCY SERVICE. TO THE FULL
EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, THE END
USER RELEASES, INDEMNIFIES AND
HOLDS THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ANY
AND ALL CLAIMS OF ANY PERSON OR
ENTITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE
ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM OR RELATING
TO, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SERVICES
PROVIDED BY THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
OR ANY PERSON’S USE THEREOF,
INCLUDING CLAIMS ARISING IN WHOLE
OR IN PART FROM THE ALLEGED
NEGLIGENCE OF THE UNDERLYING
CARRIER.
VII. China Territory
Personal Use Only
You agree to use this Data together with
[insert name of Client Application] for the
solely personal, non-commercial purposes
for which you were licensed, and not for
service bureau, time-sharing or other
similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject
to the restrictions set forth in the following
paragraphs, you may copy this Data only
as necessary for your personal use to (i)
370
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you
do not remove any copyright notices that
appear and do not modify the Data in any
way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce,
copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or
reverse engineer any portion of this Data,
and may not transfer or distribute it in any
form, for any purpose, except to the extent
permitted by mandatory laws.
Restrictions
Except where you have been specifically
licensed to do so by NAV2 , and without
limiting the preceding paragraph, you may
not (a) use this Data with any products,
systems, or applications installed or
otherwise connected to or in
communication with vehicles, capable of
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
real time route guidance, fleet
management or similar applications; or (b)
with or in communication with any
positioning devices or any mobile or
wireless-connected electronic or computer
devices, including without limitation
cellular phones, palmtop and handheld
computers, pagers, and personal digital
assistants or PDAs. You agree to cease
using this Data if you fail to comply with
these terms and conditions.
Limited Warranty
NAV2 warrants that (a) the Data will
perform substantially in accordance with
the accompanying written materials for a
period of ninety (90) days from the date
of receipt, and (b) any support services
provided by NAV2 shall be substantially as
described in applicable written materials
provided to you by NAV2, and NAV2’s
support engineers will make commercially
reasonable efforts to solve any problem
issues.
rigCustomer Remedies
NAV2 and its suppliers’ entire liability and
your exclusive remedy shall be, at NAV2’s
sole discretion, either (a) return of the price
paid, if any, or (b) repair or replacement of
the Data that do not meet NAV2’ s Limited
Warranty and that are returned to NAV2
with a copy of your receipt. This Limited
Warranty is void if failure of the Data has
resulted from accident, abuse, or
misapplication. Any replacement Data will
be warranted for the remainder of the
original warranty period or thirty (30) days,
whichever is longer. Neither these remedies
nor any product support services offered
by NAV2 are available without proof of
purchase from an authorized international
source.
No Other Warranty:
EXCEPT FOR THE LMITED WARRANTY
SET FORTH ABOVE AND TO THE EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2
AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OWNERSHIP OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Certain warranty
exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
exclusion may not apply to you.
Limited Liability:
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR
371
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY
OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION,
ANY DEFECT IN THE INFROMATION, OR
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A
WARRANTY, EVEN IF NAV2 OR ITS
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. UNDER
NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NAV2’s OR
ITS SUPPLIERS’ LIABILITY HEREUNDER
EXCEED THE PRICE PAID. Certain liability
exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
exclusion may not apply to you.
Export Control
You agree not to export to anywhere any
part of the Data provided to you or any
direct product thereof except in
compliance with, and with all licenses and
approvals required under, applicable
export laws, rules and regulations.
IP Protection
The Data are owned by NAV2 or its
suppliers and are protected by applicable
copyright and other intellectual property
law and treaties. The Data are provided
solely on the basis of a license to use, not
sale.
Entire Agreement
These terms and conditions constitute the
entire agreement between NAV2(and its
licensors, including their licensors and
suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject
matter hereof, and supersedes in their
entirety any and all written or oral
agreements previously existing between
us with respect to such subject matter.
Governing Law.
The above terms and conditions shall be
governed by the laws of the People’s
Republic of China, without giving effect to
(i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the
United Nations Convention for Contracts
for the International Sale of Goods, which
is explicitly excluded. Any dispute arising
from or in connection with the Data
provided to you hereunder shall be
submitted to the Shanghai International
Economic and Trade Arbitration
Commission for arbitration.
Gracenote® Copyright
CD and music-related data from
Gracenote, Inc., copyright©
2000-2007 Gracenote. Gracenote
Software, copyright © 2000-2007
Gracenote. This product and service may
practice one or more of the following U.S.
Patents 5,987,525; 6,061,680; 6,154,773;
6,161,132; 6,230,192; 6,230,207; 6.240,459;
6,330,593 and other patents issued or
pending. Some services supplied under
license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S.
Patent 6,304,523.
Gracenote and CDDB are registered
trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote
logo and logotype, and the "Powered by
Gracenote™" logo are trademarks of
Gracenote.
Gracenote® End User License Agreement
(EULA)
This device contains software from
Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street
Emeryville, California 94608
("Gracenote").
The software from Gracenote (the
"Gracenote Software") enables this device
to do disc and music file identification and
obtain music-related information, including
name, artist, track, and title information
("Gracenote Data") from online servers
372
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform
other functions. You may use Gracenote
Data only by means of the intended End
User functions of this device. This device
may contain content belonging to
Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the
restrictions set forth herein with respect to
Gracenote Data shall also apply to such
content and such content providers shall
be entitled to all of the benefits and
protections set forth herein that are
available to Gracenote. You agree that you
will use the content from Gracenote
("Gracenote Content") , Gracenote Data,
the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers for your own personal,
non-commercial use only. You agree not
to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the
Gracenote Content, Gracenote Software
or any Gracenote Data (except in a Tag
associated with a music file) to any third
party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR
EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT,
GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE
SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS,
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED
HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive licenses
to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers will terminate if you
violate these restrictions. If your licenses
terminate, you agree to cease any and all
use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers.
Gracenote, respectively, reserve all rights
in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and the Gracenote Servers and
Gracenote Content, including all ownership
rights. Under no circumstances will either
Gracenote become liable for any payment
to you for any information that you provide,
including any copyrighted material or
music file information. You agree that
Gracenote may enforce its respective
rights, collectively or separately, under this
agreement against you, directly in each
company's own name.
Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track
queries for statistical purposes. The
purpose of a randomly assigned numeric
identifier is to allow Gracenote to count
queries without knowing anything about
who you are. For more information, see the
web page at www.gracenote.com for the
Gracenote Privacy Policy.
THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM
OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE
GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED
TO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE
MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY
GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE
GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE
CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY
AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT
TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT
FROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVE
SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF
GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA
CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT
GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO
WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER
GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE
OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT
OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY
ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES
THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO
PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE
TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES
AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
373
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER
GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS
THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE
OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL
GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS
OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON
WHATSOEVER. © Gracenote 2007.
Radio Frequency Statement
FCC ID: ACJ-SYNCG3-L
IC: 216B-SYNCG3-L
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING: Changes or
modifications not expressively approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
radio certification number only signifies
that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
The antenna used for this transmitter must
not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.
Taiwan Territory
Note: In accordance with the management
approach of low-power radio wave
radiation motors:
Article 12: For approved and certified
low-power radiation motor models,
companies, firms or users must not alter
the frequency, increase the power or
change the characteristics and functions
of the original design without authorization.
Article 14: The usage of low-power
radio-frequency motors must not affect
aviation safety and interfere with legal
telecommunications. Should interference
be detected, immediately stop using the
device and only resume usage after
ensuring that there is no longer any
interference. For the legal
telecommunication and wireless
telecommunication of the telco, the
low-power radio frequency motor must be
able to tolerate legal limits of interference
from telecommunication, industrial,
scientific and radio wave equipment.
SUNA TRAFFIC CHANNEL – TERMS
AND CONDITIONS
By activating, using and/or accessing the
SUNA Traffic Channel, SUNA Predictive or
other content or material provided by
Intelematics (together, SUNA Products
and/or Services), you must accept
certain terms and conditions. The following
is a brief summary of the terms and
conditions that apply to you. To view the
full terms and conditions relevant to your
use of the SUNA Products and/or Services,
please consult:
Website
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcon-
ditions/
1. Acceptance
374
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
By using SUNA Products and/or Services,
you will be deemed to have accepted and
agreed to be bound by the terms and
conditions fully detailed at:
Website
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcon-
ditions/
2. Intellectual Property
SUNA Products and/or Services are for
your personal use. You may not record, or
retransmit the content, nor use the content
in association with any other traffic
information or route guidance service or
device not approved by Intelematics. You
obtain no right of ownership in any
Intellectual Property Rights (including
copyright) in the data that is used to
provide SUNA Products and/or Services.
3. Appropriate Use
SUNA Products and/or Services are
intended as an aid to personal motoring
and travel planning, and do not provide
comprehensive or accurate information on
all occasions. On occasions, you may
experience additional delay as a result of
using SUNA Products and/or Services. You
acknowledge that it is not intended, or
suitable, for use in applications where time
of arrival or driving directions may impact
the safety of the public or yourself.
4. Use of SUNA Products and Services
while driving
You, and other authorised drivers of the
vehicle in which SUNA Products and/or
Services are available or installed and
active, remain at all times responsible for
observing all relevant laws and codes of
safe driving. In particular, you agree to only
actively operate SUNA Products and/or
Services when the Vehicle is at a complete
stop and it is safe to do so.
5. Service Continuity and Reception of
the SUNA Traffic Channel
We will use reasonable endeavours to
provide the SUNA Traffic Channel 24 hours
a day, 365 days a year. The SUNA Traffic
Channel may occasionally be unavailable
for technical reasons or for planned
maintenance. We will try to perform
maintenance at times when congestion is
light. We reserve the right to withdraw
SUNA Products and/or Services at any
time.
Also, we cannot assure the uninterrupted
reception of the SUNA Traffic Channel
RDS-TMC signal at any particular location.
6. Limitation of Liability
Neither Intelematics (nor its suppliers or
the manufacturer of your device (the
“Suppliers”)) shall be liable to you or to
any third party for any damages either
direct, indirect, incidental, consequential
or otherwise arising out of the use of or
inability to use SUNA Products and/or
Services even if Intelematics or a Supplier
has been advised of the possibility of such
damages. You also acknowledge that the
neither Intelematics nor any Supplier
guarantees nor make any warranties that
relate to the availability, accuracy or
completeness of SUNA Products and/or
Services, and to the extent which it is
lawful to do so, both Intelematics and each
Supplier excludes any warranties which
might otherwise be implied by any State
or Federal legislation in relation to SUNA
Products and/or Services.
7. Please Note
Great care has been taken in preparing this
manual. Constant product development
may mean that some information is not
entirely up-to-date. The information in this
document is subject to change without
notice.
375
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
DECLARATION OF
CONFORMITY
Your vehicle could have components that
transmit and receive radio waves and are
therefore subject to government
regulation.
These components must accept any
interference received, including
interference that could cause undesired
operation. For certification labels and
declarations of conformity, visit
www.wirelessconformity.ford.com.
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY - VEHICLES WITH: SYNC 3
Radio Frequency Statement
IC Identification NumberFCC Identification NumberSYNC Version
216B-SYNCG3-LACJ-SYNCG3-L3.0
216B-FA170BCARHSACJ-FA-170-BCARHS3.1
216B-FG185SG32MHACJ-FG-185-SG32MH3.2
WARNING: Changes or
modifications not expressively approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
radio certification number only signifies
that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
These devices comply with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
1. The device does not cause harmful
interference.
2. The device accepts any interference
received, including interference that
could cause undesired operation.
376
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Appendices
A
A/C
See: Climate Control.........................................102
About Cruise Control..................................165
About Drive Mode Control.........................178
About the Cabin Air Filter..........................107
About This Manual...........................................7
ABS
See: Brakes............................................................152
ABS driving hints
See: Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes.................................................................152
Accessories
See: Replacement Parts
Recommendation............................................14
Adjusting the Headlamps..........................231
Vertical Aim Adjustment..................................231
Adjusting the Steering Wheel...................66
Airbag Disposal...............................................54
Air Conditioning
See: Climate Control.........................................102
Air Filter
See: Changing the Engine Air Filter -
3.0L....................................................................234
See: Changing the Engine Air Filter -
3.3L.....................................................................235
Alarm
See: Anti-Theft Alarm........................................64
All-Wheel Drive.............................................145
Anti-Theft Alarm............................................64
Alarm System........................................................64
Arming the Alarm.................................................64
Disarming the Alarm...........................................64
Object Detection..................................................65
Police Perimeter Alert Settings.......................65
Police Perimeter Alert System........................64
Switching the Police Perimeter Alert On
and Off................................................................64
System Configuration.........................................65
System Error...........................................................65
Triggering the Alarm...........................................64
Appendices....................................................348
At a Glance........................................................18
Audible Warnings and Indicators.............83
Automatic Transmission Warning
Chime..................................................................84
Headlamps On Warning Chime......................83
Key in Ignition Warning Chime........................83
Parking Brake On Warning Chime.................84
Audio Control..................................................66
Auxiliary Steering Wheel Controls.................67
You can operate the following functions
with the control:..............................................66
Audio System...............................................304
General Information.........................................304
Audio Unit......................................................304
Accessing the Sound Settings.....................304
Accessing the System Settings...................304
Adjusting the Volume......................................305
Changing Radio Stations................................305
Pausing or Playing Media...............................305
Returning to the Previous Screen................305
Scrolling Through the Menu Options........305
Selecting a Menu Option...............................306
Selecting Media.................................................305
Selecting the Radio..........................................306
Switching the Audio Unit On and Off........306
Switching the Display On and Off..............306
Using a Cell Phone...........................................306
Using Seek, Fast Forward and
Reverse.............................................................306
Autolamps..........................................................71
Windshield Wiper Activated
Headlamps..........................................................71
Automatic Climate Control......................102
Directing the Airflow..........................................102
Setting the Blower Motor Speed..................102
Setting the Temperature.................................102
Switching Auto Mode On and Off................102
Switching Maximum Air Conditioning On
and Off..............................................................104
Switching Maximum Defrost On and
Off.......................................................................104
Switching Recirculated Air On and
Off.......................................................................104
Switching the Air Conditioning On and
Off.......................................................................103
Switching the Climate Control On and
Off.......................................................................103
Automatic Transmission............................143
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck in Mud or
Snow...................................................................143
Understanding the Positions of Your
Automatic Transmission.............................143
377
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Index
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Check.............................................................226
Auxiliary Power Points.................................115
110 Volt AC Power Point....................................115
12 Volt DC Power Point......................................115
USB Port and Power Point Locations..........115
AWD
See: All-Wheel Drive.........................................145
B
Battery
See: Changing the 12V Battery.....................228
Blind Spot Information System...............167
Blind Spot Information System with Trailer
Tow.....................................................................168
Switching the System On and Off................170
System Errors.......................................................170
Using the Blind Spot Information
System...............................................................167
BLIS
See: Blind Spot Information System...........167
Bonnet Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood...........216
Booster Seats..................................................28
Types of Booster Seats......................................28
Brake Fluid Check........................................226
Brake Fluid Service Interval............................227
Brakes................................................................152
General Information..........................................152
Breaking-In.....................................................189
Bulb Specification Chart..........................302
C
Canceling the Set Speed...........................166
Capacities and Specifications -
3.0L................................................................280
Air Conditioning System.................................280
Alternative Engine Oil for Extremely Cold
Climates...........................................................283
Automatic Transmission................................280
Engine Coolant....................................................281
Engine Oil..............................................................282
Front Axle.............................................................285
Fuel Tank...............................................................283
Grease....................................................................283
Hydraulic Brake System..................................284
Locks......................................................................284
Rear Axle...............................................................286
Transfer Case......................................................285
Washer Reservoir...............................................286
Capacities and Specifications - 3.3L,
Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV)..............294
Air Conditioning System.................................295
Alternative Engine Oil for Extremely Cold
Climates...........................................................298
Automatic Transmission.................................295
Engine Coolant...................................................296
Engine Oil..............................................................297
Front Axle.............................................................300
Fuel Tank..............................................................298
Grease....................................................................298
Hydraulic Brake System..................................299
Locks......................................................................299
Rear Axle................................................................301
Transfer Case......................................................300
Washer Reservoir................................................301
Capacities and Specifications -
3.3L.................................................................287
Air Conditioning System..................................287
Alternative Engine Oil for Extremely Cold
Climates...........................................................290
Automatic Transmission................................288
Engine Coolant...................................................289
Engine Oil.............................................................289
Front Axle.............................................................293
Fuel Tank................................................................291
Grease.....................................................................291
Hydraulic Brake System...................................291
Locks.......................................................................292
Rear Axle...............................................................293
Transfer Case......................................................292
Washer Reservoir...............................................294
Capacities and Specifications................274
Car Wash
See: Cleaning the Exterior...............................237
Catalytic Converter......................................139
On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)...................140
Readiness for Inspection and Maintenance
(I/M) Testing...................................................140
Center Console................................................117
Console Mounting Plates..................................117
Universal Top Tray................................................117
Changing a Bulb...........................................232
LED Lamps...........................................................233
378
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Index
License Plate Lamp...........................................233
Rear Direction Indicator and Reversing
Lamp..................................................................232
Changing a Fuse............................................214
Fuses.......................................................................214
Changing a Road Wheel...........................266
Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly
Information......................................................267
Tire Change Procedure....................................268
Changing the 12V Battery.........................228
Battery Management System.......................229
Remove and Reinstall the Battery..............229
Changing the Cabin Air Filter....................107
Changing the Engine Air Filter -
3.0L................................................................234
Changing the Engine Air Filter -
3.3L.................................................................235
Changing the Front Wiper Blades.........230
Changing the Rear Wiper Blades............231
Checking the Wiper Blades.....................230
Child Restraint and Seatbelt
Maintenance.................................................38
Child Restraint Positioning.........................30
Child Safety......................................................20
General Information............................................20
Child Safety Locks..........................................32
Left-Hand Side......................................................32
Right-Hand Side...................................................32
Cleaning Products........................................237
Materials................................................................237
Cleaning the Engine....................................239
Cleaning the Exterior...................................237
Cleaning the Headlamps................................238
Exterior Chrome Parts......................................238
Exterior Plastic Parts........................................238
Stripes or Graphics............................................238
Underbody...........................................................238
Under Hood.........................................................238
Cleaning the Instrument Panel and
Instrument Cluster Lens........................240
Cleaning the Interior...................................240
Mirrors....................................................................240
Cleaning the Wheels...................................241
Cleaning the Windows and Wiper
Blades...........................................................239
Climate Control.............................................102
Cold Weather Precautions.......................190
Collision, Damage or Fire Event..............196
Guidance for Ford Motor Company Electric
and Hybrid-Electric Vehicles Equipped
With High Voltage Batteries......................196
Coolant Check
See: Engine Coolant Check............................222
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator.......48
Airbags and Police Equipment.......................49
Cross Traffic Alert...........................................171
Cross Traffic Alert Behavior When Trailer
is Attached........................................................173
Cross Traffic Alert Indicator.............................173
Cross Traffic Alert Information
Messages...........................................................173
Cross Traffic Alert System
Limitations........................................................172
Cross Traffic Alert System Sensors..............172
Switching the System On and Off................173
Using Cross Traffic Alert....................................171
Cruise Control..................................................67
Cruise Control Indicators...........................166
Customer Assistance.................................199
D
Data Recording..................................................9
911 Assist Privacy Notice.....................................13
Comfort, Convenience and Entertainment
Data........................................................................11
Event Data.................................................................11
Service Data............................................................10
Services That Third Parties Provide...............12
Services That We Provide..................................12
Vehicles With a Modem......................................12
Vehicles With SYNC.............................................12
Daytime Running Lamps - Vehicles With:
Configurable Daytime Running
Lamps..............................................................72
Daytime Running Lamps - Vehicles With:
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL).............72
Declaration of Conformity........................376
Declaration of Conformity - Vehicles
With: SYNC 3..............................................376
Radio Frequency Statement.........................376
Decommissioning Requirements..........347
Dark Car.................................................................347
OBD-II Split Connector....................................347
Police Engine Idle...............................................347
379
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Index
Police Perimeter Alert......................................347
Pre-Collision Assist Disable...........................347
Rear Camera On Demand..............................347
Vehicle Sealing of Aftermarket
Equipment.......................................................347
Decommissioning the Vehicle.................347
Direction Indicators........................................73
Doors and Locks.............................................59
Drive Mode Control......................................178
Drive Modes..........................................................178
Drive Modes....................................................178
Deep Snow/Sand...............................................178
Normal....................................................................178
Driver and Passenger Airbags....................42
Children and Airbags...........................................43
Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating
Adjustment........................................................42
Driver and Passenger Knee Airbags........46
Driving Aids......................................................167
Driving Hints...................................................189
Driving Through Water...............................190
DRL
See: Daytime Running Lamps - Vehicles With:
Configurable Daytime Running Lamps....72
See: Daytime Running Lamps - Vehicles With:
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL).................72
E
Economical Driving......................................189
Electric Parking Brake.................................153
Applying the Electric Parking Brake.............153
Automatically Releasing the Electric
Parking Brake..................................................154
Manually Releasing the Electric Parking
Brake...................................................................153
Releasing the Electric Parking Brake if the
Vehicle Battery is Running Out of
Charge................................................................154
Electromagnetic Compatibility..............348
Emission Law.................................................138
Noise Emissions Warranty, Prohibited
Tampering Acts and Maintenance..........139
Tampering With a Noise Control
System...............................................................138
End User License Agreement.................350
VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT (EULA) ................................350
Engine Block Heater....................................120
Using the Engine Block Heater......................120
Engine Coolant Check................................222
Adding Coolant...................................................222
Coolant Change..................................................224
Engine Coolant Temperature
Management..................................................225
Fail-Safe Cooling...............................................224
Recycled Coolant...............................................223
Severe Climates.................................................224
Engine Emission Control............................138
Engine Oil Check..........................................220
Adding Engine Oil..............................................220
Engine Oil Dipstick - 3.0L.........................220
Engine Oil Dipstick - 3.3L..........................220
Engine Specifications - 3.0L....................274
Drivebelt Routing................................................274
Engine Specifications - 3.3L, Hybrid
Electric Vehicle (HEV).............................275
Drivebelt Routing................................................275
Engine Specifications - 3.3L.....................274
Drivebelt Routing................................................275
Environment......................................................17
EPB
See: Electric Parking Brake..............................153
Essential Towing Checks...........................186
Before Towing a Trailer.....................................187
Hitches...................................................................186
Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal
Watercraft (PWC).........................................187
Safety Chains.......................................................186
Trailer Brakes.......................................................186
Trailer Lamps.......................................................186
When Towing a Trailer......................................187
Event Data Recording
See: Data Recording..............................................9
Export Unique Options.................................16
Exterior Mirrors................................................76
Blind Spot Information System.......................77
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors...............................76
Heated Exterior Mirrors ......................................77
Integrated Blind Spot Mirror.............................77
Power Exterior Mirrors.........................................76
F
Fastening the Seatbelts..............................34
Seatbelt Locking Modes....................................35
380
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Index
Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy................34
Flat Tire
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................266
Floor Mats........................................................191
Fog Lamps - Front
See: Front Fog Lamps.........................................72
Ford Credit.........................................................13
US Only.....................................................................13
Ford Protect...................................................325
Ford Protect Extended Service Plan
(CANADA ONLY)..........................................326
Ford Protect Extended Service Plans (U.S.
Only)..................................................................325
Front Fog Lamps.............................................72
Front Fog Lamp Indicator..................................73
Switching the Front Fog Lamps On or
Off..........................................................................72
Front Passenger Sensing System............43
Front Wiper Blades
See: Changing the Front Wiper Blades......230
Fuel and Refueling.......................................126
Fuel Consumption........................................136
Advertised Capacity..........................................136
Calculating Fuel Economy..............................136
Filling the Fuel Tank...........................................136
Fuel Filler Funnel Location........................129
Fuel Filter........................................................228
Fuel Quality - E85........................................126
Choosing the Right Fuel - Flex Fuel
Vehicles.............................................................126
Switching Between E85 and
Gasoline.............................................................127
Fuel Quality - Gasoline...............................128
Choosing the Right Fuel...................................128
Fuel Quality - Hybrid Electric Vehicle
(HEV).............................................................128
Choosing the Right Fuel...................................128
Fuel Shutoff....................................................193
Fuses................................................................206
Fuse Specification Chart..........................206
Engine Compartment Fuse Box..................206
Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel..........211
G
Gauges................................................................79
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge............80
Fuel Gauge..............................................................79
Information Display.............................................79
Speedometer.........................................................79
Gearbox
See: Transmission..............................................143
General Information on Radio
Frequencies...................................................56
General Maintenance Information........327
Multi-Point Inspection.....................................329
Owner Checks and Services..........................328
Protecting Your Investment...........................327
Why Maintain Your Vehicle?..........................327
Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your
Dealership?......................................................327
Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and
Canada.........................................................202
Getting the Services You Need...............199
Away From Home..............................................199
Global Opening...............................................76
Remote Control Front Windows.....................76
H
Hazard Flashers............................................193
Headlamp Adjusting
See: Adjusting the Headlamps......................231
Headrest
See: Head Restraints........................................108
Head Restraints............................................108
Adjusting the Head Restraints......................109
Second Row Center Seat Head Restraint
..............................................................................109
Second Row Outermost Seat Head
Restraints..........................................................110
Tilting Head Restraints .....................................110
Heated Exterior Mirrors..............................106
Heated Rear Window.................................106
Heating
See: Climate Control.........................................102
High Voltage Battery...................................142
General Information..........................................142
Hill Start Assist..............................................154
Switching the System On and Off...............155
Using Hill Start Assist........................................155
Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate..........................................................104
Defogging the Side Windows in Cold
Weather............................................................105
General Hints.......................................................104
381
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Index
Quickly Cooling the Interior............................105
Quickly Heating the Interior............................105
Recommended Settings for Cooling..........105
Recommended Settings for Heating..........105
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes.............................................................152
Hood Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood...........216
Horn.....................................................................67
Hybrid Vehicle Frequently Asked
Questions......................................................124
Hybrid Vehicle Operation...........................122
Battery.....................................................................123
Braking....................................................................123
Driving......................................................................122
Driving to Optimize Fuel Economy...............123
Police Pursuit Mode...........................................122
Starting...................................................................122
Stopping.................................................................122
Transmission Operation...................................122
I
Ignition Switch................................................118
In California (U.S. Only)............................200
Information Display Control.......................67
Information Displays.....................................85
General Information............................................85
Information Messages.................................88
AdvanceTrac™ and Traction Control...........89
Alarm........................................................................89
AWD..........................................................................88
Battery and Charging System (12
volt)......................................................................90
Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic
Alert System.....................................................90
Doors and Locks....................................................91
Fuel............................................................................92
Hill Start Assist......................................................92
Keys and Intelligent Access..............................93
Lane Keeping System.........................................94
Maintenance..........................................................94
Park Aid....................................................................95
Park Brake...............................................................96
Police Engine Idle feature..................................97
Power Steering......................................................97
Pre-Collision Assist..............................................97
Seats.........................................................................98
Starting System....................................................98
Tire Pressure Monitoring System...................98
Trailer........................................................................99
Transmission.........................................................99
Installing Child Restraints...........................22
Child Seats..............................................................22
Using Lap and Shoulder Belts.........................22
Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for
CHildren (LATCH)............................................25
Using Tether Straps.............................................26
Instrument Cluster.........................................79
Instrument Lighting Dimmer......................72
Instrument Panel............................................18
Interior Air Quality.........................................107
Interior Lamps..................................................73
Dome Task Lamp..................................................74
Front Interior Lamp..............................................73
Rear Interior Lamps.............................................74
Interior Mirror....................................................78
Automatic Dimming Mirror...............................78
Manual Dimming Mirror.....................................78
Introduction.........................................................7
J
Jump Starting the Vehicle.........................194
Connecting the Jumper Cables.....................194
Jump Starting.......................................................195
Locating the Jump Starting Connection
Points.................................................................194
Preparing Your Vehicle.....................................194
Removing the Jumper Cables........................195
K
Keys and Remote Controls.........................56
L
Liftgate...............................................................62
Lighting Control..............................................70
Flashing High Beam Headlamps.....................71
Lighting Control Selections..............................70
Switching High Beam Headlamps On and
Off...........................................................................71
Lighting..............................................................70
General Information............................................70
Load Carrying.................................................179
382
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Index
Load Limit........................................................179
Special Loading Instructions for Owners of
Pick-up Trucks and Utility-type
Vehicles.............................................................183
Vehicle Loading - with and without a
Trailer..................................................................179
Locating the Cabin Air Filter.....................107
Locking and Unlocking.................................59
Battery Saver..........................................................61
Hidden Rear Door Locks....................................59
Illuminated Entry...................................................61
Illuminated Exit......................................................61
Independent Liftgate Unlocking
Feature................................................................60
Locking and Unlocking the Doors with the
Key Blade...........................................................60
Opening a Rear Door From the Inside...........61
Power Door Locks................................................59
Remote Control....................................................59
Lug Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................266
M
Maintenance..................................................216
General Information..........................................216
Manual Liftgate...............................................62
Closing the Liftgate.............................................63
Opening with the Outside Control
Button..................................................................62
Opening with the Remote Control................62
Manual Seats..................................................110
Adjusting the Seat Backrest.............................111
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward..............................................................110
Message Center
See: Information Displays.................................85
Mirrors
See: Windows and Mirrors................................75
Mobile Communications Equipment.......15
Motorcraft Parts - 3.0L..............................276
Motorcraft Parts - 3.3L...............................277
N
Normal Scheduled Maintenance..........330
Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor™........................330
Normal Maintenance Intervals......................331
O
Oil Change Indicator Reset........................221
Oil Check
See: Engine Oil Check......................................220
Opening and Closing the Hood...............216
Closing the Hood.................................................217
Opening the Hood..............................................216
Ordering Additional Owner's
Literature.....................................................204
Obtaining a French Owner’s Manual.........204
P
Parking Aids....................................................159
Principle of Operation.......................................159
Pedestrian Alert System..............................55
Pedestrian Protection..................................55
Perchlorate........................................................13
Personal Safety System™.........................40
How Does the Personal Safety System
Work?..................................................................40
Police Engine Idle Feature..........................121
Switching the System Off.................................121
Switching the System On.................................121
Post-Crash Alert System...........................197
Power Door Locks
See: Locking and Unlocking.............................59
Power Seats......................................................111
Adjusting the Lumbar Support.......................112
Adjusting the Seat Backrest............................112
Adjusting the Seat Cushion..............................112
Adjusting the Seat Height.................................112
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward...............................................................111
Power Steering Fluid Check.....................227
Power Windows..............................................75
Accessory Delay....................................................76
Bounce-Back..........................................................75
One-Touch Down.................................................75
One-Touch Up.......................................................75
Window Lock..........................................................76
Pre-Collision Assist......................................174
Adjusting the Pre-Collision Assist
Settings..............................................................176
Blocked Sensors..................................................176
Using the Pre-Collision Assist
System...............................................................175
383
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Index
Protecting the Environment........................17
Puncture
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................266
R
Rear Parking Aid............................................159
Object Distance Indicator.................................161
Rear Passenger Climate Controls..........105
Directing Air to the Overhead Air
Vents..................................................................105
Directing Air to the Rear Footwell Air
Vents..................................................................105
Rear Climate Control Lock Indicator...........105
Setting the Rear Blower Motor
Speed................................................................106
Setting the Rear Temperature.......................106
Switching the Rear Climate Control On and
Off.......................................................................106
Switching the Rear Heated Seats On and
Off.......................................................................106
Rear Seats........................................................113
Adjusting the Seat Backrest............................113
Folding the Seat Backrest Flat.......................113
Rear View Camera........................................161
Camera Guidelines.............................................162
Manual Zoom......................................................164
Obstacle Distance Indicator...........................163
Rear Camera Delay............................................164
Rear Camera On Demand...............................164
Using the Rear View Camera System.........162
Rear View Camera
See: Rear View Camera.....................................161
Rear Window Wiper and Washers..........68
Rear Camera Washer.........................................69
Rear Window Washer.........................................69
Rear Window Wiper Blade...............................69
Rear Wiper Blades
See: Changing the Rear Wiper Blades........231
Recommended Towing Weights............185
Reduced Engine Performance................189
Refueling - Excluding: Hybrid Electric
Vehicle (HEV)...............................................131
Refueling System Overview.............................131
Refueling System Warning..............................133
Refueling Your Vehicle.......................................131
Refueling - Hybrid Electric Vehicle
(HEV).............................................................133
Fuel Filler Door Manual Override
Lever...................................................................135
System Warnings................................................135
Remote Control..............................................56
Changing the Remote Control Battery.........57
Opening the Liftgate With the Liftgate
Button .................................................................58
Sounding the Panic Alarm................................58
Repairing Minor Paint Damage................241
Replacement Parts
Recommendation........................................14
Collision Repairs....................................................14
Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical
Repairs..................................................................14
Warranty on Replacement Parts.....................14
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control............................................................58
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada
Only).............................................................204
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.
Only).............................................................204
Resuming the Set Speed..........................166
Roadside Assistance...................................192
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting Roadside
Assistance........................................................193
Vehicles Sold in the United States: Getting
Roadside Assistance....................................192
Vehicles Sold in the United States: Using
Roadside Assistance....................................192
Roadside Emergencies...............................192
Running-In
See: Breaking-In..................................................189
Running Out of Fuel.....................................129
Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel
Container..........................................................130
Filling a Portable Fuel Container..................129
S
Safety Canopy™............................................46
Safety Precautions.......................................126
Scheduled Maintenance Record...........336
Scheduled Maintenance...........................327
Seatbelt Extension........................................39
Seatbelt Height Adjustment......................36
384
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Index
Seatbelt Reminder.........................................37
Seatbelt Status.....................................................37
Seatbelts...........................................................33
Principle of Operation.........................................33
Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator
Chime..............................................................36
Conditions of operation.....................................36
Seats.................................................................108
Security..............................................................64
Selecting a Drive Mode...............................178
Setting the Cruise Control Speed..........165
Changing the Set Speed..................................165
Side Airbags.....................................................45
Sitting in the Correct Position.................108
Snow Chains
See: Using Snow Chains.................................259
Spare Wheel
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................266
Special Notices................................................14
Decommissioning Requirements....................15
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.........................14
Notice to Owners of Pickup Trucks and
Utility Type Vehicles........................................15
On Board Diagnostics Data Link
Connector............................................................15
Special Instructions..............................................14
Using Your Vehicle as an Ambulance............15
Using Your Vehicle With a Snowplow...........15
Special Operating Conditions Scheduled
Maintenance...............................................333
Engine Idle Hour Meter....................................335
Exceptions............................................................336
Speed Control
See: Cruise Control............................................165
Stability Control.............................................157
Principle of Operation.......................................157
Starter Switch
See: Ignition Switch............................................118
Starting a Gasoline Engine........................118
Failure to Start......................................................119
Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes.................119
Important Ventilating Information...............120
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Moving................................................................119
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Stationary..........................................................119
Starting and Stopping the Engine...........118
General Information...........................................118
Steering.............................................................174
Electric Power Steering.....................................174
Steering Wheel...............................................66
Storage Compartments..............................117
Sun Visors.........................................................78
Slide-on-rod...........................................................78
Supplementary Restraints System..........41
Principle of Operation.........................................41
Switching Cruise Control On and
Off...................................................................165
Switching Cruise Control Off.........................165
Switching Cruise Control On..........................165
Symbols Glossary.............................................7
SYNC™ Applications and Services.......312
911 Assist................................................................313
SYNC Mobile Apps.............................................314
SYNC™...........................................................308
General Information.........................................308
SYNC™ Troubleshooting...........................317
T
Technical Specifications
See: Capacities and Specifications.............274
The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto
Line Program (U.S. Only)........................201
Tire Care..........................................................245
Glossary of Tire Terminology.........................247
Information About Uniform Tire Quality
Grading.............................................................245
Information Contained on the Tire
Sidewall...........................................................248
Police Wheels and Tires..................................258
Temperature A B C............................................246
Traction AA A B C..............................................246
Treadwear............................................................246
Tire Pressure Monitoring System............261
Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.......................................262
Understanding Your Tire Pressure
Monitoring System ......................................262
Tires
See: Wheels and Tires.....................................244
Towing a Trailer.............................................184
Load Placement.................................................184
Towing Points................................................198
Installing the Recovery Hook.........................198
Recovery Hook Location..................................198
385
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Index
Towing the Vehicle on Four
Wheels..........................................................188
Emergency Towing............................................188
Recreational Towing.........................................188
Towing..............................................................184
Traction Control............................................156
Principle of Operation.......................................156
Transmission Code Designation............279
Transmission..................................................143
Transporting the Vehicle............................197
U
Under Hood Overview - 3.0L...................218
Under Hood Overview - 3.3L....................219
Unique Driving Characteristics................122
USB Port.........................................................306
Using All-Wheel Drive.................................145
Driving In Special Conditions With
All-Wheel Drive (AWD)................................147
How Utility Vehicles Differ from Other
Vehicles..............................................................147
Operating AWD Vehicles With Mismatched
Tires.....................................................................147
Using Snow Chains.....................................259
Using Stability Control...............................158
Using SYNC™ With Your Media
Player.............................................................316
Audio Voice Commands..................................316
Media Sources.....................................................316
Using SYNC™ With Your Phone..............311
Accessing Features through the Phone
Menu...................................................................312
Pairing a Phone.....................................................311
Phone Controls....................................................312
Phone Voice Commands.................................312
Using Traction Control................................156
Switching the System Off...............................156
System Indicator Lights and
Messages..........................................................156
Using a Switch.....................................................156
Using the Information Display
Controls.............................................................156
Using Voice Recognition...........................309
Initiating a Voice Session...............................309
System Interaction and Feedback...............310
Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration
Program (Canada Only)........................202
V
Vehicle Care....................................................237
General Information..........................................237
Vehicle Certification Label.......................278
Vehicle Identification Number................278
Vehicle Storage.............................................242
Battery...................................................................243
Body........................................................................242
Brakes.....................................................................243
Cooling system...................................................242
Engine.....................................................................242
Fuel system..........................................................242
General..................................................................242
Miscellaneous.....................................................243
Removing Vehicle From Storage..................243
Tires.........................................................................243
Ventilation
See: Climate Control.........................................102
VIN
See: Vehicle Identification Number............278
Voice Control....................................................67
W
Warning Lamps and Indicators................80
Anti-Lock Braking System................................80
Battery.....................................................................80
Blind Spot Monitor..............................................80
Brake System Warning Lamp.........................80
Cruise Control.........................................................81
Deep Snow and Sand.........................................81
Direction Indicator................................................81
Door Ajar...................................................................81
Electric Park Brake................................................81
Engine Oil.................................................................81
Engine or Motor Coolant Temperature.........81
Fasten Seatbelt.....................................................81
Front Airbag.............................................................81
Front Fog Lamps...................................................81
High Beam..............................................................82
Hood Ajar................................................................82
Lamps On................................................................82
Liftgate Ajar............................................................82
Liftgate Lock Release.........................................82
Low Beam Warning.............................................82
Low Fuel Level.......................................................82
Low Tire Pressure Warning...............................82
386
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Index
Low Washer Fluid.................................................82
Police Engine Idle feature..................................82
Police Perimeter Alert.........................................82
Police Pursuit Mode............................................82
Powertrain Fault...................................................82
Pre-Collision Assist.............................................83
Ready to Drive.......................................................83
Service Engine Soon...........................................83
Stability Control....................................................83
Stability Control Off............................................83
Stop Safely Now...................................................83
Washer Fluid Check.....................................227
Washers
See: Cleaning the Exterior...............................237
See: Wipers and Washers.................................68
Waxing.............................................................239
Wheel Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................266
Wheels and Tires.........................................244
General Information.........................................244
Technical Specifications..................................272
Windows and Mirrors....................................75
Windshield Washers.....................................68
Windshield Wipers........................................68
Speed Dependent Wipers................................68
Wiper Blades
See: Checking the Wiper Blades..................230
Wipers and Washers....................................68
387
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
Index
388
Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, Police, enUSA, Edition date: 201902, First-Printing
